West Sacramento City Council
June 18, 2025

Pavement preservation offers numerous long-term benefits for the community, local infrastructure, and public safety. These proactive maintenance efforts are designed to extend the service life of existing roadways, enhance ride quality, and reduce the need for costly full-depth reconstruction.

Preserving pavement through timely interventions (such as slurry seal, cape seal, or microsurfacing) significantly lowers lifecycle costs by delaying major repairs, and applying preservation treatments at the right time can extend the life of the pavement by 5–10 years or more, maximizing the return on infrastructure investment.

To guide decisions about where and when to perform pavement treatments, City staff updated the Pavement Management Program (PMP) in October 2024 and created a roadway prioritization methodology. The prioritization methodology evaluates factors such as road conditions, disadvantaged communities, bike paths, functional classification, designated routes, attractors, utilities, sidewalks, and future CIPs to prioritize the maintenance of roads consistent with the City’s strategic principles of providing well-maintained and equitable investment in infrastructure.

The 2025 Pavement Preservation Project is funded by Measure O, a 1% local sales tax approved by voters in November 2024 and effective on April 1, 2025. Measure O provides dedicated funding to support key community priorities, including public safety, infrastructure, parks, and homelessness response. A portion of these funds will be used to support the City’s pavement preservation efforts, allowing for proactive roadway maintenance that improves safety, extends pavement life, and reduces long-term costs. 290
2025 Pavement Preservation Project (CIP 17029)
June 18, 2025

The proposed work of the 2025 Pavement Preservation Project includes, but is not limited to, removal of existing traffic stripes, markings, and markers, the dig-out of pavement, the placement of Type II Slurry Seal, Cape Seal, Type II Microsurface, and the installation of thermoplastic pavement striping markings and markers. Roads selected to receive these preventative maintenance treatments are shown on the Vicinity Map (Attachment 1).

ANALYSIS
Pursuant to the Public Contract Code, the project was publicly advertised for construction in the West Sacramento News Ledger, City of West Sacramento website, and an Invitation to Bid (25-023-ITB) for the 2025 Pavement Preservation Program was released on OpenGov, the City’s eProcurement system with the following timeline:

Original Date Extended Date
Advertisement: 04/30/2025 N/A
Pre-Bid Meeting: 05/06/2025 N/A
Questions Due 05/13/2025 N/A
Post Responses to Questions: 05/16/2025 N/A
Bid Open: 05/22/2025 N/A
The project team released two (2) addenda during the bidding process. The two (2) bid proposals received and publicly opened on May 22, 2025, are as follows:

Table 1: 2025 Pavement Preservation Project (CIP 17029) Bid Summary (Rank) Contractor (1) VSS International, Inc. (2) The Design Build Inc.

Base Bid $1,994,120.00 $2,777,786.89
Alternative 1 $ 244,730.00 $ 420,155.00
Total (Base Bid + Bid Alt. 1) $2,238,850.00 $3,197,941.89 As summarized above and based on the review and evaluation of all bids, received along with required documentation, staff has determined that VSS International, Inc. is the lowest responsive, responsible bidder.

The engineer’s estimate for the base bid and the bid alternative 1 at the time of bidding was $2,400,000, and the lowest bid is 7% lower than the engineer’s estimate. Staff is therefore recommending that the Council award the construction contract to VSS International, Inc. in the amount of $2,238,850.

Upon award of the contract by Council, staff will coordinate with the contractor to execute the contract and issue a Notice to Proceed for Construction.

Environmental Considerations
Staff determined that the appropriate level of environmental review for this project is a Categorical Exemption as identified under California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Division 6, Chapter 3, Article 19, Section 15301 Class 1 (c) of the California Environmental Quality Act. Although a previous Notice of Exemption (NOE) was filed a new NOE will be filed and approved with Yolo County for this project (Attachment 3). This project is a rehabilitation and/or maintenance of the roadway facility involving no expansion of use beyond the existing, therefore it is a Categorical Exemption and falls under the Notice of Exemption.

Commission Recommendation
Not Applicable
Strategic Plan Integration
Not Applicable
Alternatives
The City Council may choose among the following alternatives:
1) Approve the recommended actions as stated above.
2) Amend the recommended actions.
3) Decline to approve the recommended actions or cancel the project. 291
2025 Pavement Preservation Project (CIP 17029)
June 18, 2025

Staff recommends Alternative 1 to ensure the project remains funded and on schedule. Alternatives 2 and 3 are not recommended, as they would delay the project.

Coordination and Review
This report was prepared by the Capital Projects Department, in coordination with and reviewed by the Finance Department.

Budget/Cost Impact
There is sufficient funding available in the project budget for the requested actions. No additional funds are required or requested at this time.

ATTACHMENTS
1) Vicinity Map
2) CPE25-162 VSS International 2025 Pavement Preservation Contract 3) Notice of Exemption
292
293

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
THIS CONTRACT made on June 18, 2025 by and between the City of West Sacramento (“City”), and VSS International, Inc., hereinafter “Contractor”. The City and Contractor may be collectively referred to as the “parties”.

The parties have mutually covenanted and agreed as follows:

1. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:

The complete Contract consists of the following documents (“Contract Documents”):

Invitation to Bid (See Part 1)
Accepted Bid (and all accompanying documents)
Addenda Nos. 2, as issued
Bidders List of Subcontractors, (See Part 2)
Construction Contract (See Part 3)
Payment Bond to accompany Contract (See Part 3)
Performance Bond to accompany Contract (See Part 3)
Contractor’s Certification Regarding Workers’ Compensation (See Part 3) General Conditions (See Part 4)
Supplemental Conditions (Special Provisions) (See Part 5) Drawings (See Part 8)
Technical Specifications (See Part 6)
Change Orders
City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications 2002, with Amendments #1 & #2 State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications 2024

2. THE WORK:

The Contractor agrees to furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor, transportation, and material necessary to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner, the 2025 Pavement Preservation Program (“Project”) as called for, and in the manner designated in, and in strict conformity with, the Contract Documents. It is understood and agreed that the tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor, transportation, and material shall be furnished and the work performed and completed as required in the Drawings and Specifications under the sole direction and control of the Contractor, and subject to inspection and approval of the City, or its representatives. The City hereby designates as its representative for the purpose of this Contract the following named person: Christian Asuncion.

3. CONTRACT PRICE:

The City agrees to pay and the Contractor agrees to accept, in full payment for the work above agreed to be done, the sum of two million, two hundred and thirty-eight thousand, eight hundred and fifty dollars ($2,238,850.00) for the Project subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.

Attachment 2
VSS International, Inc.

CPE25-162 2025 Pavement Preservation
70 Working Days
294

4. COMPLETION DATE:

The Project shall be commenced on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The total project will be completed within Seventy (70) working days, for base bid items as defined in the General Conditions, after the date stated in the Notice to Proceed.

5. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF:

Any notice from one party to the other under the Contract shall be in writing and shall be dated and signed by the party giving such notice or by a duly authorized representative of such party. Any such notice shall not be effective for any purpose whatsoever unless served in the following manner, namely:
(a) If the notice is given to the City, by personal delivery thereof to the Project Manager, or by depositing the same in the United States mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope, postage prepaid, and certified; addressed to the City at:

City of West Sacramento
Christian Asuncion, Associate Engineer
1110 West Capitol Avenue, 1st Floor
West Sacramento, CA 95691
(b) If the notice is given to the Contractor, by personal delivery thereof to said Contractor or to its duly authorized representative at the site of the project, or by depositing the same in the United States mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope, postage prepaid, and certified; addressed to the Contractor at:

Business
Attention
Street Address
City, State, Zip Code
(c) If the notice is given to the surety or any other person, by personal delivery to such surety or other person, or by depositing the same in the United States mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed to such surety or other person, as the case may be, at the address of such surety or person last communicated by it to the party giving the notice, postage prepaid and certified.

6. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:

Liquidated damages as provided for in the General Conditions of the Contract shall be in the sum of Five Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($5,200.00) for each and every day as defined therein for each different scope of work as defined by the Base Bid and each change order except as otherwise specified in the Supplemental Conditions.

7. PREVAILING WAGE:

Copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations in accordance with Labor Code section 1773.2 are on file at the City, and copies are available for inspection at that office to any interested party on request.

VSS International Inc.

Jeff Roberts
3785 Channel Dr
West Sacramento, CA 95691
295
Bidders shall be responsible for verifying with the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations that all such copies of the prevailing rate provided by the City are current and accurate. The requirement to pay the wage rate so specified is further detailed in the General Conditions.

8. CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION
By the execution of this Contract, Contractor hereby certifies that it is registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations as required pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 (Contractor registration).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, four (4) identical counterparts of this Contract, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original, have been duly executed by the above-named parties, on the date noted on the first page of this Contract.

By signing below, the Consultant agrees to the provisions on the reverse side.

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION OF CONTRACT AND SIGNATURE. By electronically signing this document in electronic form, Parties agree that this Agreement may be transmitted and signed electronically by all Parties, and that such signatures shall have the same force and effect as original signatures, in accordance with California law and regulations, including but not limited to Civil Code section 1633.7.

Date VSS International, Inc.

Date Amanda Berlin, Assistant City Manager
City of West Sacramento
Approved as to form:

Jeffrey Mitchell, City Attorney
Attest:

Jennifer Cusmir, City Clerk
296
297
Line Item Description Quantity Unit of Measure Unit Cost Total 1 Progress Schedule (Critical Path Method) 1 LS $1,000.00 $1,000.00 2 Mobilization 1 LS $58,099.17 $58,099.17
3 Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control 1 LS $11,060.00 $11,060.00 4 Traffic Control 1 LS $146,437.95 $146,437.95
5 Remove Existing Striping 1 LS $26,500.00 $26,500.00
6 Remove Existing Pavement Markings 1 LS $74,200.00 $74,200.00 7 Type II Slurry Seal 118630 SY $2.95 $349,958.50
8 Type II Microsurface 73240 SY $2.95 $216,058.00
9 Rubber Cape Seal 26402 SY $10.00 $264,020.00
10 2” Grind (Evergreen Blvd) 1234 SY $9.28 $11,451.52
11 3" Grind (Harbor Blvd) 1824 SY $9.81 $17,893.44
12 1/2” HMA (Type A) 432 TON $330.72 $142,871.04
12 Install 6” and 8" Thermoplastic Striping 86687 LF $1.86 $161,237.82 14 Install Thermoplastic Pavement Markings 47573 SF $10.60 $504,273.80 15 K-71 Bollards 7 EA $530.00 $3,710.00
16 Green MMA Bike Markings 168 SF $23.32 $3,917.76
17 Construction Funding Signs (48"x30") 3 EA $477.00 $1,431.00 Total $1,994,120.00
298
Line Item Description Quantity Unit of Measure Unit Cost Total 1 6" Grind (Harbor Blvd) 1824 SY $20.00 $36,480.00
2 1/2" HMA (Type A) 595 TON $350.00 $208,250.00
Total $244,730.00
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
Bidder’s List of Subcontractors
As of March 1, 2015 Contractors (and sub-contractors) wishing to bid on public works contracts shall be registered with the State Division of Industrial Relations and certified to bid on Public Works contracts. Please register at: https://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/Contractor-Registration.html In accordance with Title 49, Section 26.11 of the Code of Federal Regulations, and Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, as amended, the following information is required for each sub-contractor who will perform work amounting to more than one half of one percent (0.5%) of the Total Base Bid or $10,000 (whichever is greater). Photocopy this form for additional firms.

Subcontractor Name and
Location
Line Item & Description Subcontract
Amount
Percentage
of Bid Item
Subcontracted
Contractor
License
Number
DIR Registration
Number
Annual Gross Receipts
Name:

City, State:
<$1 million
<$5 million
<$10 million
<$15 million
Age of Firm: ___ yrs.

Name:

City, State:
<$1 million
<$5 million
<$10 million
<$15 million
Age of Firm: ___ yrs.

Name:

City, State:
<$1 million
<$5 million
<$10 million
<$15 million
Age of Firm: ___ yrs.

Name:

City, State:
<$1 million
<$5 million
<$10 million
<$15 million
Age of Firm: ___ yrs.

Name:

City, State:
<$1 million
<$5 million
<$10 million
<$15 million
Age of Firm: ___ yrs.

Name:

City, State:
<$1 million
<$5 million
<$10 million
<$15 million
Age of Firm: ___ yrs.

16.62% of total bid

35.11% of total bid

6.68% of total bid
CHRISP COMPANY Striping/5,6,13-17
Partial:2,4
$785,978.25 2:39.11%,4:19.06%
,5:94.34,6:94.34%,
13:94.09%,14:94.34
%,15:94.34%,
16:94.34%,17:94.34
%
374600 1000000306
GRAHAM CONTRACTORS INC Crack
Seal/partial:7,8
$149,658.60 7:26.44%
8:26.44%
315789 1000898576
C.F. Archibald Paving, Inc. Paving/ 10-12
partial: 2,4 Alt:1,2
$372,069.50 2:7.75%,4:7.38%,
10:94.29%,
11:94.29%,
12:94.34%,Alt1:82.50%,2:78.86
%
267077 1000004140
Woodland,
CA
San Jose, CA
Redwood
City, CA
49 54
46 307
308
309
City of West Sacramento
Capital Projects - Engineering
Ariana Adame, Director
1110 W Capitol Ave, West Sacramento, CA 95691

ADDENDA REPORT
Invitation to Bid - 2025 Pavement Preservation Program

ADDENDA REPORT
ITB No. 25-023-ITB
2025 Pavement Preservation Program
RESPONSE DEADLINE: May 22, 2025 at 2:00 pm
Friday, May 23, 2025
Addenda Issued:

Addendum #1
May 7, 2025 3:33 PM
On the Attachments section of the Invitation to Bid, Attachment A – 2025 Pavement Preservation Plans shall be replaced with “2025 Pavement Preservation Plans – Addendum 1” Attachments:
· Addendum No1 Signed
· 2025 Pavement Preservation Plans - Addendum 1
Addendum #2
May 16, 2025 1:57 PM
Please use the See What Changed link to view all the changes made by this addendum.

Attachments:
· Addendum No.2 Signed
Addenda Acknowledgements:

Addendum #1
Proposal Confirmed Confirmed At Confirmed By
VSS International, Inc. X May 8, 2025 10:26 AM Maria Prado The Design Build Inc. X May 22, 2025 10:56 AM Nyla Mansha Addendum #2
Proposal Confirmed Confirmed At Confirmed By
VSS International, Inc. X May 16, 2025 2:06 PM Maria Prado The Design Build Inc. X May 22, 2025 10:56 AM Nyla Mansha 310
2025 Pavement Preservation Project
City Work Order Number: 17029
ADDENDUM NO. 1
May 7, 2025
__________________________________
Christian Asuncion, PE
Associate Engineer

CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO

CAPIAL PROJECT DEPARTMENT

ENGINEERING DIVISION
1110 West Capitol Avenue, First Floor
West Sacramento, California 95691
311
Addendum No. 1
ADDENDUM NO. 1
TO
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Project
THIS ADDENDUM shall be considered as part of the contract documents and shall be signed and attached to the volume of proposal documents, which must be submitted with the bid.

The cost of meeting these requirements shall be included in the bid prices for the respective items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

On the Attachments section of the Invitation to Bid, Attachment A – 2025 Pavement Preservation Plans shall be replaced with “2025 Pavement Preservation Plans – Addendum 1”.

The following revisions are to be made to the Plans:

1. Sheets 1-26: Plans pages have been stamped and signed

2. Sheets 1-26: New General Notes have been added to all sheets. • Existing pavement stripes and markings shall be removed prior to surface treatment • Install blue pavement markers at each fire hydrant location whether fire hydrants are shown on these plans or not.
• Additional digouts, if necessary, shall be determined and approved by the City.

3. Sheets 5-7: Legend updated from Cape Seal to Rubber Cape Seal.

4. Sheets 1-26: Lane width dimensions – Removed the approximate (~) symbol for all lane widths.

5. Sheets 1-26: Centerline alignment turned off and hidden.

6. Sheets 1-26: Provide length of smaller striping detail, i.e. 100LF of Detail 39A

7. Sheets 1-26: Use Detail 22 instead of Detail 21

8. Sheets 15-16: Added bicycle lane on Michigan Blvd. Intersection treatment for Michigan Blvd and Jefferson Blvd.

9. Sheet 26: Update details sheet.

10. Sheet 27: Removed.
312
2025 Pavement Preservation Project
City Work Order Number: 17029
ADDENDUM NO. 2
May 16, 2025
__________________________________
Christian Asuncion, PE
Associate Engineer

CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO

CAPITAL PROJECT DEPARTMENT

ENGINEERING DIVISION
1110 West Capitol Avenue, First Floor
West Sacramento, California 95691
313
Addendum No. 2
ADDENDUM NO. 2
TO
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Project
THIS ADDENDUM shall be considered as part of the contract documents and shall be signed and attached to the volume of proposal documents, which must be submitted with the bid.

The cost of meeting these requirements shall be included in the bid prices for the respective items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

The following revisions are to be made to the Specifications:

1. Page iii: Signature page signed and attached to this addendum.

2. Page 2-15: Numbering updated from 10-16 to 7-13. Updated bidder’s checklist attached to this addendum.

3. Page 2-19, Bid Schedule: Item 9 shall be updated from Cape Seal to Rubber Cape Seal. Item 9 updated on OpenGov as well.

4. Page 2-19, Bid Schedule: Added Item 17, Construction Funding Signs (48”x30”). Item 17 updated on OpenGov as well.

5. Page 2-24, Schedule of Measurement and Payment: Added Item 17, Construction Funding Sign (48”x30”). Exact sign to be fabricated is attached to this addendum.

17. Construction Funding Signs (48”x30”): Payment for this bid item shall be measured for and paid by each and shall include full compensation for furnishing transportation, labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for performing all work involved in Construction Funding Signs as described in Section 01 55 26 of Technical Specifications and Chapter 6 of the California MUTCD. This item Includes, but is not limited to, preparatory work and installation of Construction Funding Signs. All work shall be complete in place in accordance to plans, specifications, permits, and as directed by the Engineer.

Payment shall be based on each Construction Finding Sign installed.

6. Page 2-32: Equal Employment Opportunity Certification shall be removed.

7. Page 2-34: This specific Debarment and Suspension Certification page shall be removed. Bidders shall use the Debarment and Suspension Certification on OpenGov.

8. Page 4-4, Section 1.03 Definitions: The following definitions shall be updated to the following:

Acceptance - The final acceptance by the City of the entire Contract, which has been completed in all respects in accordance with the Specifications and any approved modifications.

Plans or Drawings - The term "Plans," “Capital Improvement Plans,” or “Drawings" refers to the official plans, profiles, cross sections, elevations, details, and other Working Drawings and supplementary drawings, or reproductions thereof, signed by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the work to be performed. Plans may either be bound in the 314
Addendum No. 2
same book as the balance of the Contract Documents or bound in separate sets. Regardless of the method of binding, Plans shall be part of the Contract Documents.

Substantial Completion - The formal written notice the Contractor gives to the City that Work is complete. “Final Acceptance” is when the City certifies all of the Work is complete. Substantial Completion may initiate the beginning of the warranty period defined by the Contract, but not bind the City to final acceptance nor relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of completing or correcting the work.

9. Page 4-10, Section 2.01: Governing ranking of Contract parts in descending order is:

1.1. Amendments and Change Orders

1.2. Project Plans

1.3. Supplemental Conditions (Special Provisions)

1.4. Technical Specifications

1.5. Construction Contract

1.6. General Conditions

1.7. Caltrans Traffic Manual

1.8. State Revised standard specifications

1.9. State Standard specifications

1.10. State Revised standard plans

1.11. State Standard plans

1.12. State Supplemental project information

10. Page 4-14, Section 2.04(B)(6) Failure to Agree on Lump Sum Amount: Replace with the following:

In the event that the parties are unable to agree as to the reasonable costs and time to perform the change in or addition to the Work based upon the Contractor's proposal and the Engineer and City do not elect to have the change in the Work performed on a force account, the Engineer and City shall make a unilateral determination of the reasonable cost and time to perform the change in the Work, based upon the City’s own estimates, the Contractor's submission or combination thereof. In such instances, a Change Order shall be issued for the amount of costs and time determined by the Engineer and the City and shall become binding upon the Contractor unless the Contractor follows the protest procedure as described in Section 2.03(B). The City has the right to direct the Contractor in writing to perform the change in the Work, which is the subject of the Change Order. Failure of the parties to reach agreement regarding the costs and time of performing the change in the Work and/or any pending protest shall not relieve the Contractor from performing the change in the Work promptly and expeditiously.

11. Page 4-52, Section 5.12(M)(3) Elimination of On-Street Parking: Replace with the following:

Closure/Use of On-Street Parking and Removal/Relocation of Parking Meters. The Contractor shall apply for the closure/use of on-street parking and/or removal/relocation of parking meters at www.WestSacPark.org or by emailing [email protected].

Upon approval and payment of applicable fees, the Contractor shall post notification for the elimination of on-street parking, if required, at least seventy-two (72) hours, but not more than one hundred and twenty (120) hours prior to the start of work. 315
Addendum No. 2
Notification Requirements:
 The notification must follow the current California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices ("MUTCD") standard and be a 12" x 18" red and white "Tow-Away No Parking" sign, stating: "Tow-Away No Parking (insert date and timeframe) For Towed Vehicles Phone (916) 372-3375"
 The sign must be affixed on both sides of a Type II barricade placed within the on-street parking lane, with a maximum spacing of 40 feet.
 Alternative placement methods require prior approval from the Parking Manager.

The Contractor shall periodically, but at a minimum once per day every day they are working on the project site, check for missing, collapsed, damaged, or improperly placed signs and make necessary corrections to ensure compliance with this section.

Once the no parking period ends, the Contractor shall promptly remove the Type II barricade(s) within 48 business hours.

All notifications shall be in a form approved by the Engineer and Parking Manager.

Failure to comply with any stipulations in this section will be justification for the City to stop work.

12. Page 4-68, Section 6.04(F): Replace with the following:

The Engineer will, within a reasonable period of time, issue a ruling on the Contractor’s notice of objection. All such rulings by the Engineer shall be final, unless the Contractor files a written protest with the Engineer within fifteen (15) days of the Engineer’s ruling. This protest shall clearly state the basis of the dispute. Such protest will be forwarded promptly to the City, which will issue a decision on each such protest. The City decision will be final. Pending the City decision, the Contractor shall proceed with its work in accordance with the Engineer’s ruling and/or instructions.

It is hereby agreed that the Contractor’s failure to file a protest within fifteen (15) days of the Engineer’s ruling shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor of all its rights to further protest, judicial or otherwise.

13. Page 4-75, Section 7.01: Section shall be updated from H-K to A-D.

14. Page 4-78, Section 7.09 Final Payment: Replace with the following:

Within ten (10) days after the date of final acceptance, the City will file in the Office of the Yolo County Recorder, a Notice of Completion of the Work herein agreed to be done by the Contractor.

Within sixty (60) days of completion defined in Public Contract Code section 7107, the difference between said final estimate and all payments theretofore made to the Contractor shall be due and payable to the Contractor, subject to any requirements concerning the furnishing of a maintenance bond and excepting only such sum or sums as may be withheld or deducted in accordance with this Contract. All prior certificates upon which partial Payments may have been made, being merely estimates, shall be subject to correction in the final certificate.

15. Page 5-5, Supplemental Conditions: Add the following:

SECTION 5
316
Addendum No. 2

LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY

5.12. PUBLIC CONVENIENCE
Add the following to Section 5.12(M)(2)
The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove two (2) portable changeable message boards. Locations and messaging shall be included on the Traffic Control Plans and approved by the Engineer.

16. Page 6-3, Section 01 32 16, 8-1.02A: Replace the last sentence of the fifth paragraph with “If the Contract includes construction staging and you propose changes to the described staging, do not perform work affected by the proposed changes until the Engineer accepts your schedule and the Department approves the proposed changes.”
Remove the last paragraph of this section.
317
318
319
320
1751480.1 7203-001
Contract Documents
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 3-11
CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATE REGARDING WORKER’S COMPENSATION TO: Christian Asuncion, Associate Civil Engineer
City of West Sacramento
1110 West Capitol Avenue, 1st Floor
West Sacramento, CA 95691
I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code of the State of California which require every employer to be insured against liability for Workers’ Compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract. (Contractor)
By
(Business Address)
(Place of Residence)
321
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-1
PART 4 GENERAL CONDITIONS
322
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-2

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
323
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-3
PART 4: GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

1.01. GENERAL
Wherever the following abbreviations and terms, or pronouns in place of them, are used in these Conditions and other Contract Documents of which these Conditions are a part, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as provided below.

1.02. ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations supplement and modify the Abbreviations in the State Standard Specifications Section 1-1.06 and shall be used in the Contract Documents:

AA Aluminum Association
AA Aluminum Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway/Transportation Officials ABMA American Boiler Manufacturer's Association
ACI American Concrete Institute
AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association
AGA American Gas Association
AGC Associated General Contractors
AGMA American Gear Manufacturer's Association
AI The Asphalt Institute
AIA American Institute of Architects
AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc.

APA American Plywood Association
API American Petroleum Institute
APWA American Public Works Association
ARA American Railway Association
AREA American Railway Engineering Association
ASCE American Society Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWG American Wire Gage
AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
CCMTC California Concrete Masonry Technical Committee
CRSI Concrete Reinforcement Steel Institute
ETL Electrical Testing Laboratory
FS Federal Specification
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IES Illuminating Engineering Society
IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
324
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-4
JICS Joint Industry Conference Standards
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer's Association
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry Standards
NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters
NBS National Building Standards
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970
PCA Portland Cement Association
RWQCB CA Regional Water Quality Control Board
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction SWRCB CA State Water Quality Control Board
UBC Uniform Building Code
UL Underwriter's Laboratory
UMC Uniform Mechanical Code
UPC Uniform Plumbing Code
USAS The United States of America Standard Institute
USBR United States Bureau of Reclamation
USPHS United States Public Health Service
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WIC Woodwork Institute of California

1.03. DEFINITIONS
The following definitions supplement and modify the Definitions in the State Standard Specifications Section 1-1.07 and shall be used in the Contract Documents. The intent and meaning of the following definitions, wherever they appear in the Contract Documents, shall be interpreted as follows:

Acceptance - The formal Acceptance by the Engineer of the entire Contract, which has been completed in all respects in accordance with the Specifications and any, approved modifications.

Addenda - Any written change, clarification, or supplement to documents issued for bidding, issued by the City or its Engineer prior to bid.

As-Builts - Drawings prepared by the Contractor that document changes to, or deductions from the Plans, which represent the Work constructed.

Agency - City of West Sacramento
As Approved - The words "as approved," unless otherwise qualified, shall be understood to be followed by the words "by the Engineer."
As Shown, and As Indicated - The words "as shown" and "as indicated" shall be understood to be followed by the words "on the Plans."
Award - The decision of the City Council to accept the proposal of the lowest responsible Bidder for the Work, subject to the execution and approval of a satisfactory contract therefore and bond to secure the performance thereof, and to such other conditions as may be specified or required by law.
325
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-5
Bid - The offer of the Bidder for the Work when made out and submitted on the prescribed bid form, properly signed and guaranteed. A Bid is also known as a Proposal.

Bid Bond or Bid Security - The cash, cashier's check, certified check, or bidder's bond accompanying the bid submitted by the bidder, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a Contract with the City for the performance of Work herein described.

Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership or corporation submitting a Bid for the Work contemplated and acting directly or through a duly authorized representative.

Bureau - United States Bureau of Reclamation.

Calendar Day - Each day shown on the calendar.

Change Order - Written order issued by the Engineer to the Contractor covering changes in the Contract and establishing the basis of compensation and time adjustments for work affected by the changes.

City - The City of West Sacramento, also referred to as the Owner or the Department.

City Council or Council - The City Council of the City of West Sacramento.

City Standard Details – The most current edition standard details contained in the City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications (Division V) as amended to the date of the Bid submittal.

City Standard Specifications – Most current edition of the City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications as amended to date of the Bid submittal.

Claim - A separate demand by the Contractor for (i) a time extension, (ii) payment of money or damages arising from work done by or on behalf of the Contractor pursuant to the Contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for, or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (iii) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the City.

Contract - The written agreement covering the performance of the Work and the furnishing of labor, materials, tools, and equipment in the construction of the Work. The Contract shall include all Contract Documents and supplemental agreements amending or extending the Work contemplated which may be required to complete the Work in a substantial and acceptable manner. Supplemental agreements are written agreements covering alterations, amendments, or extensions to the contract and include addenda and change orders.

Contract Documents - The Contract Documents are the collective term for all of the documents listed in the Contract Documents, Part 2 – Construction Contract, Paragraph 1.

Contractor - The person or persons, firm, partnership, joint venture, or corporation or other entity who has entered into the Contract with the City to perform the Work.

County - County of Yolo, California.

Date of Completion - Date of filing of the Notice of Completion with the Yolo County Clerk Recorder’s Office.

Date of Execution of the Contract - The date on which the Contract is signed by the City's authorized representative.

Datum - The Figures given in the Specifications or upon the drawings after the word "Elevation" or an abbreviation of it, shall mean U.S.G.S. datum, unless otherwise noted. 326
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-6
Days - Unless otherwise designated, days as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar days.

Department - Unless otherwise noted, the Department refers to the City of West Sacramento Capital Projects Department.

Elevation - The figures given on the Plans or in the other Contract Documents after the word "elevation" or abbreviation of it shall mean the distance in feet above the standard datum used by the City.

Engineer - The City Engineer, or the person designated by the City as its engineering representative during the course of construction, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents, such agents acting within the scope of the particular duties delegated to them.

Extra Work - Work other than that required either expressly or implied by the Contract in its executed form.

Field Instructions or Field Orders – Direction given in writing by the Engineer or his designated representative.

His - "His" shall include "her", “their”, and "its.”
Inspector – The person or persons authorized to act as agent(s) for the City in the inspection of the Work.

Laboratory – Material Testing Laboratories authorized by the City Engineer, or representative of the City to test materials and the work completed during the course of completing the construction project.

Notice to Proceed – The written authorization by the City to the Contractor specifying the date the Work may proceed and any conditions regarding the beginning of Work.

Notice of Completion – Notice of Completion is the recorded project completion document filed with the Yolo County Clerk.

Or Equal - The term "or equal" shall be understood to indicate that the "equal" product be the equivalent or better than the product named in function, performance, reliability, quality, and general configuration. Determination of equality in reference to the project design requirements will be made by the Engineer.

Plans or Specification Drawings - The term "Plans," “Capital Improvement Plans,” or "Specification Drawings" refers to the official plans, profiles, cross sections, elevations, details, and other Working Drawings and supplementary drawings, or reproductions thereof, signed by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the work to be performed. Plans may either be bound in the same book as the balance of the Contract Documents or bound in separate sets. Regardless of the method of binding, Plans shall be part of the Contract Documents.

Plant - All physical resources, facilities, machinery, equipment, staging, tools, work and storage space other than provided by the Contract, together with subsidiary essentials and necessary maintenance for proper construction and acceptable completion of the project.

Project - The entire Work to be completed under the Contract. 327
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-7
Project Manager - The person designated by the City as its project management representative during the course of construction, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents, such agents acting within the scope of the particular duties delegated to them.

Shop Drawings - Drawings prepared by the fabricator or supplier showing the layout and details of components fabricated in a shop for inclusion in the permanent facility (e.g., structural steel, reinforcing steel, railings, electronic systems).

Site - The area upon or in which the Contractor's operations are carried on and such other areas adjacent thereto as may be designated by the Engineer or shown on the Contract Drawings.

Specifications - The term "specifications" refers to the terms, provisions, and requirements contained herein. Where reference specifications, such as those of "ASTM," "AASHTO," etc. have been referred to, the applicable portions of such standard specifications shall become a part of these Contract Documents.

State - State of California.

State Standard Plans - Standard Plans issued by the State of California Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation, latest edition, and as amended in the Supplemental Conditions and other Contract Documents.

State Standard Specifications - Standard Specifications issued by the State of California Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation, latest edition, and as amended in the Supplemental Conditions and other Contract Documents.

Subcontractor – The term “Subcontractor”, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor and it includes one who furnishes material worked to a special design according to the plans and specifications of the work, but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so worked and would be considered a supplier only Substantial Completion – The formal written notice the Contractor gives to the City that Work is complete. “Final Acceptance” is when the City all of the Work is complete. This may initiate the beginning of the warranty period defined by the Contract, but not bind the City to final acceptance nor relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of completing or correcting the work.

Supplemental Conditions – Additions, revisions, special directions, and requirements peculiar to a project and not otherwise thoroughly set forth in the City General Conditions and/or Standard Construction Specifications.

Time Limits - All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.

Work - All actions which the Contractor is contractually required to do as specified, indicated, shown, contemplated, or implied in the Contract to construct the improvements, including all alterations, amendments, or extensions made by Contract Change Orders or other written orders or directives by the City. Unless specified otherwise in the Contract, the Work is further defined to include furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, labor, transportation, supervision, and all incidentals necessary to complete the Work.

Working Days – A Working Day is defined as any day, except Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays of the City.
328
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-8
Working Drawings – Drawings furnished by the Contractor showing the layout and details of temporary construction procedures and methods of construction, and data for construction equipment which are to be employed in the construction of the permanent facility (e.g., form drawings, erection drawings, load test pile procedures, pile hammer data, etc.) Written Notice - "Written Notice" shall be deemed to have been duly served when delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by U.S. mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice as specified in the Contract
329
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-9

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
330
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-10
SECTION 2

SCOPE OF WORK

2.01. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The intent of the Contract Documents is to prescribe the details for the construction and completion of the Work, which the Contractor undertakes to perform in accordance with the terms of the Contract. These General Conditions are meant to replace Division I of the State Standard Specifications for all City public works (or capital improvement) projects which incorporate these General Conditions by reference.

Where the Specifications and Plans describe portions of the Work in general terms, but not in complete detail, it is understood that only the best general practice is to prevail and that only materials and workmanship of the first quality are to be used. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, supervision, and incidentals and do all the Work involved in performing the Contract in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. The technical provisions are presented in sections for convenience. However, this presentation does not necessarily delineate trades or limits of responsibility. All sections of the Specifications and Plans are interdependent and applicable to the Project as a whole. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for in any one shall be as binding as if called for in all. Anything shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications or mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned respectively in both. Any work shown on one Drawing shall be construed to be shown in all Drawings and the Contractor will coordinate the Work and the Drawings. If any portion of the Contract Documents shall be in conflict with any other portion, the various documents comprising the Contract Documents shall govern in the order of precedence detailed in the paragraph below:

1. Governing ranking of Contract parts in descending order is:

1.1. Amendments and Change Orders

1.2. Project Plans

1.3. Supplemental Conditions (Special Provisions)

1.4. Technical Specifications

1.5. Construction Contract

1.6. General Conditions

1.7. Caltrans Traffic Manual

1.8. Revised standard specifications

1.9. Standard specifications

1.10. Revised standard plans

1.11. Standard plans

1.12. Supplemental project information

2. Written numbers and notes on a drawing govern over graphics

3. Detail drawing governs over a general drawing

4. Specific specification governs over a general specification

5. Specification in a section governs over a specification referenced by that section

6. If a discrepancy is found or confusion arises, submit an RFI Detail Drawings take precedence over General Drawings. As between schedules and other information given on Drawings, the Schedules shall govern. If an item is shown on any Drawing and not specifically included in Technical Specifications specific to this project, the Drawing shall govern. Any conflict or inconsistency between or in the drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for clarification as soon as the Contractor becomes aware of such inconsistency.
331
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-11

2.02. CONTRACTOR’S UNDERSTANDING
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work under this Contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the City, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained herein.

2.03. CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. The City may, at any time, by written order, make changes in the Work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Such changes include, but are not limited to:

1. In the Specifications or Plans;

2. In the sequence, method or manner of performance of the Work;

3. In the owner-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services or site; and

4. Directing acceleration of the Work.

B. If such changes cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment will be made and the Contract modified in writing accordingly.

1. Change Orders
A change pursuant to this section will be in the form of a Contract Change Order, which will set forth the work to be done or the method by which the change and cost adjustment, if any, will be determined, and the time of completion of the work.

Upon receipt of a Contract Change Order, the Contractor shall proceed with the ordered work. If ordered in writing by the Engineer, the Contractor shall proceed with the work so ordered prior to actual receipt of a Contract Change Order. A Contract Change Order executed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer is an executed Contract Change Order as that term is used throughout this Section.

2. Change Order Protests
A Contract Change Order may be issued to the Contractor at any time.

Should the Contractor disagree with any terms or conditions set forth in a Contract Change Order, which he has not executed, he shall submit a written protest to the Engineer within fifteen calendar (15) days after the receipt of such Contract Change Order. The Protest shall state the points of disagreement and, if possible, the quantities and cost involved.

If a written protest is not submitted, payment will be made as set forth in the Contract Change Order. Such payment shall constitute full compensation for all work included therein or required thereby. Such unprotested Contract Change Orders shall be considered as executed Contract Change Orders.
332
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-12
Where the protest concerning a Contract Change Order relates to compensation, the compensation payable for all work specified or required by said Contract Change Order to which such protest relates will be determined in the same manner as provided in Section 2.04 of this section.

The Contractor shall keep full and complete records of the cost of such work and shall permit the Engineer to have such access thereto as may be necessary to assist in the determination of the compensation payable for such work. Where the protest concerning a Contract Change Order relates to the adjustment of time and the completion of the Work, the time to be allowed therefore will be determined as provided in this Section.

The consent of the Contractor's sureties shall not be required as to any change or Extra Work, and the liability of the Contractor's Bonds shall be increased or decreased accordingly without notice to the sureties.

2.04. PROCEDURES AND ALLOWABLE COSTS ON CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO WORK
A. Forms of Payment
If the change in, or addition to, the Work will result in an increase in the contract sum, the City shall have the right to require the performance thereof. The compensation to be paid for any such work shall, in the City's sole discretion, be determined in one or more of the following ways:

1. By extension of agreed unit prices, if unit prices are required by the City's bid form and provided with contractor's bid;

2. By revision of unit prices; or

3. By proposal and Acceptance of an agreed upon lump sum; or.

4. On a force account basis.

Until one of the above methods is agreed on, or if the Work is to be paid for on a force account basis, the Contractor shall keep full and complete records of the cost of such work in the form and manner prescribed by the Engineer and shall permit the Engineer to have access to such records as may be necessary to assist in the determination of the compensation payable for such work.

B. Lump Sum Payment
The City, in its sole and absolute discretion, may request a lump sum proposal by Contractor to perform the change in, or addition to, the Work performed. Such lump sum proposal shall be submitted by the Contractor within ten (10) calendar days of the City's request therefor. Request for a lump sum proposal by the City shall not be deemed an election by the City to have the Work performed on a lump sum basis. Costs of preparing the proposal shall not be compensable.

1. Contents of Lump Sum Proposal
The Contractor's proposal shall be itemized and segregated by labor and materials for the various components of the change (no aggregate labor total will be acceptable). The proposal shall be accompanied by signed proposals of any Subcontractors, which will perform any portion of the change, and of any persons who will furnish materials or equipment for 333
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-13
incorporation therein. The proposal shall also include the Contractor's estimate of the time required to perform said changes or additional work.

2. Computation of Labor Costs
The portion of the proposal relating to labor, whether by the Contractor's forces or the forces of any of its Subcontractors, may include the projected wages of the reasonably anticipated Site labor, including foremen, who will be directly involved in the change in the Work. These projected wages shall not include charges for assistant superintendents, superintendents, office personnel, timekeepers, and maintenance mechanics.

Labor costs may also include Contractor's overhead and profit which shall be computed by adding to the labor costs either up to fifteen (15) percent of the projected wages, but not payroll costs, or the labor surcharge set forth in the California Department of Transportation publication entitled Labor Surcharge And Equipment Rental Rates, which is in effect on the date upon which the Work is accomplished and which is a part of the Contract. The method of computing the overhead and profit shall be solely within the discretion of the City.

The labor surcharge, if used, shall constitute full compensation for all payments imposed by State and Federal laws and for all other payments made to, or on behalf of, the workmen, other than actual wages as defined above. No time or charges will be allowed except when the workers are actually engaged in the proper, efficient and diligent performance or completion of the extra work as authorized. Overtime shall not be worked without prior approval of the Engineer.

3. Computation of Equipment and Materials Costs
The portion of the proposal relating to materials may include the reasonably anticipated direct costs to the Contractor or to any of its Subcontractors of materials to be purchased for incorporation in the change in the Work. This portion of the proposal may also include transportation and applicable sales or use taxes. Up to fifteen (15) percent of these direct costs may be included as overhead and profit for the Contractor or any such Subcontractor (such overhead and profit to include all small tools).

This portion of the proposal may further include the Contractor's and any of its Subcontractors' reasonably anticipated costs for the rental and operation of prime construction and automotive equipment furnished and used in connection with the change in the Work. The equipment rental and operation rates used shall be the latest edition of the Department of Transportation, Division of Construction, Equipment Rental Rates. These costs shall not include charges for listed equipment or major tools with a new cost of five hundred dollars ($500.00) or less. No time charges shall be allowed except for equipment actually used for the proper and efficient performance or completion of the authorized change in the Work. 334
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-14

4. Subcontractors
The lump sum proposal may include up to five (5) percent of the amount, which the Contractor will pay to any of its Subcontractors for the change in the Work as allowable overhead and profit to the Contractor.

5. Failure to Submit Lump Sum Proposal
In the event that the Contractor fails to submit its proposal within the designated period, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed with the change or addition to the Work and the Contractor shall so proceed. The Engineer shall unilaterally determine the reasonable costs and time to perform the work in question, which determination shall be final and binding upon the Contractor.

6. Failure to Agree on Lump Sum Amount
In the event that the parties are unable to agree as to the reasonable costs and time to perform the change in or addition to the Work based upon the Contractor's proposal and the Engineer and City do not elect to have the change in the Work performed on a force account, the Engineer and City shall make a unilateral determination of the reasonable cost and time to perform the change in the Work, based upon the City’s own estimates, the Contractor's submission or combination thereof. In such instances, a Change Order shall be issued for the amount of costs and time determined by the Engineer and the City and shall become binding upon the Contractor unless the Contractor submits its protest in writing to the City within fifteen (15) calendar days of the issuance of the Change Order. The City has the right to direct the Contractor in writing to perform the change in the Work, which is the subject of the Change Order.

Failure of the parties to reach agreement regarding the costs and time of performing the change in the Work and/or any pending protest shall not relieve the Contractor from performing the change in the Work promptly and expeditiously.

C. Payment by Unit Prices
If any of the items included in the lump sum proposal are covered by unit prices contained in the contract document, the City may, if it requires the change in the Work to be performed on a lump sum basis, elect to use these unit prices in lieu of the similar items included in the lump sum proposal in which event an appropriate deduction will be made in the lump sum amount prior to the application of any allowed overhead and profit percentages. No overhead and profit shall be applied to any unit prices.

D. Payment on a Force Account Basis
If the City elects to have the change or addition to the Work performed on a force account basis, the Work shall be performed, whether by the Contractor's forces or the forces of any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors, and payment shall be made subject to the following provision. The Contractor will be paid the direct cost of labor, equipment, and material used in performing force account work determine as hereinafter provided.

1. For labor, the Contractor will be paid the cost of labor for the workers (including foremen when authorized by the Engineer or Project Manager) 335
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-15
used in the actual and direct performance of the work. The cost of labor, whether the employer is the Contractor or any or any Subcontractor of any tier, shall be actual wages, including basic hourly wage, health and welfare payments and pension payments incurred in performing the force account work, plus any travel and subsistence payments for the workers performing such work and made necessary thereby. To the actual wages shall be added a labor surcharge as set forth in the State Department of Transportation publication entitled “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates”, as in effect on the date the work is performed. The labor surcharge shall be deemed to encompass the City’s entire liability to reimburse the Contractor for workers compensation insurance payments, social security payments, Medicare payments, federal unemployment insurance payments, state unemployment insurance payments and state training taxes, made necessary by the force account work.

2. For equipment, the Contractor will be paid for the use of equipment at the rental rates listed for that equipment in the CA State Department of Transportation publication entitled “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates”, which is in effect on the date the work is performed, regardless of ownership or any rental agreement entered into by Contractor for such equipment. The rental rate paid in accord with said publication shall be deemed to include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, attachments, repairs and maintenance, depreciation, storage and insurance for said equipment. Rental time will not be paid when equipment is inoperable due to breakdowns, repairs or maintenance. Payment for loading, transporting and unloading time will be in accordance with the State Standard Specifications applicable to loading, transporting and unloading equipment for force account work, as applicable as of the date the equipment is loaded, transported or unloaded.

3. For materials used in the work, the City will pay for materials furnished by the Contractor and necessarily used in the force account work. Prior to markups as set forth below, the amount paid shall be the price paid by the actual purchaser to the actual supplier plus any necessary actual costs of handling the materials.

4. Contractor may add fifteen percent (15%) to the total labor, equipment and material charges as the total overhead and profit to the entity or entities actually performing the force account work. If the entity or entities actually performing the work are Subcontractors or Sub-Subcontractors, the Contractor shall be allowed five percent (5%) of the total charge of the performing entity or entities (including mark- up) as Contractor’s mark-up. No other mark-ups shall be allowed hereunder.

E. Limitations on Changes
The Contractor shall not be entitled to any amount for indirect costs, damages, or expenses of any nature, including, but not limited to, so-called "impact" costs, labor inefficiency, wage, material, or other escalations beyond the prices upon which the proposal is based and to which the parties have agreed pursuant to the provisions of this Section, and which the Contractor, its Subcontractors, and SubSubcontractors or any other person may incur as a result of delays, interferences, suspensions, changes in sequence, or the like, for whatever cause, whether reasonable or unreasonable, foreseeable or unforeseeable, or avoidable or unavoidable, arising from the performance of any and all changes in 336
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-16
the work performed pursuant to this Section. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy in such event shall be recovery of its direct costs as compensable hereunder and an extension of the time of the Contract, but only in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents.

It is expressly agreed that Contractor shall not be entitled to claim damages for anticipated profits on any portion of the Work that may be deleted.

The amount of any adjustment for work deleted shall be estimated at the time deletion of work is ordered and the estimated adjustment will be deducted for the subsequent monthly pay estimates. The City reserves its rights under Section

3.20 to audit Contractor's as-bid profit in connection with any deductive change, to arrive at a final adjustment. Contractor's as-bid profit shall be reduced pro rata according to the proportion of the original contract value less as-bid profit, represented by the work deleted.

The City reserves the right to contract with any person or firm other than the Contractor for any or all Extra Work.

2.05. UNILATERAL CHANGE IN OR ADDITION TO THE WORK
Notwithstanding the above, the City, directly or through the Engineer, may direct the Contractor in writing to perform changes in or additions to the scope of the Contract. The Contractor shall perform such work and the parties shall proceed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.04.

2.06. CHANGES IN CHARACTER OF WORK
If an ordered change in the Plans or Specifications materially changes the character of the Work of a Contract item from that upon which the Contractor based his bid price, and if the change increases or decreases the actual unit costs of such changed item as compared to the actual or estimated unit cost of performing the Work of said item in accordance with the Specifications and Plans originally applicable thereto, in the absence of an executed Contract Change Order specifying the compensation payable, an adjustment in compensation therefor will be made in accordance with the following:

A. The basis of such adjustment in compensation will be the difference between the Contract unit price to perform the work of said item or portion thereof involved in the change as originally planned and the actual unit cost of performing the work of said item or portion thereof involved in the change, as changed. Actual unit costs will be as agreed upon by the Contractor and the Engineer. If they cannot agree or if there is no unit price for the subject work, then the costs of the work will be determined by the Engineer in the same manner as if the work were to be paid for on the time and material basis as provided in Section 2.04. Any such adjustment will apply only to the portion of the work of said item actually changed in character.

B. Failure of the Engineer to recognize the change in character of the work at the time the Contract Change Order is issued shall in no way be construed as relieving the Contractor of his duties and responsibility of filing a written protest within the fifteen (15) day limit as herein above provided.

2.07. UNIT PRICE INCREASES OR REDUCTIONS GREATER THAN TWENTY-FIVE (25)

PERCENT
Increases or reductions of the quantity of any major unit price item installed in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Engineer’s Estimate for such item shall be deemed to be 337
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-17
compensable changes in character of the work as to that item. For purposes of this section, major unit price items shall mean unit price items which, as bid for the quantity thereof under “the Engineer’s Estimate, exceed ten percent (10%) of the Total Bid Price. For quantity increases or reductions subject to this section, any change in compensation shall be limited to the quantity installed in excess of one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Engineer’s Estimate, subject to bid schedule definitions that may take precedence.

2.08. DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS
The Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify the City in writing of any:

A. Material that the Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25110 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law; or
B. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Site differing from those indicated in the Contract Documents; or
C. Unknown conditions at the Site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract.

The Engineer shall thereupon promptly investigate the conditions. If the Engineer finds that they do involve hazardous waste or do materially differ and cause and decrease or increase in the Contractor's cost of time of performance, it will issue a change order as appropriate. Any increase or decrease of cost resulting from such changes shall be adjusted in the manner provided in Section 2.04 for adjustments as to extra and/or additional work and changes.

However, neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable or responsible for additional work, costs, or changes to the Work due to material difference between actual conditions and any geotechnical, soils and other reports, surveys and analyses made available for the Contractor's review. In the event that a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor, whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause and decrease or increase the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided by the Contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the Contract, the procedures applicable to claims for extra costs shall then apply.

2.09. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COSTS
A. Notice of Potential Claims

1. It is hereby mutually agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any cause, including any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, or the happening of any event, thing, or occurrence, unless the Contractor provides the Engineer with written notice of the potential claims as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section, however, shall not be a prerequisite as to matters within the scope of the protest provisions in Section 2.03.

2. The written notice of potential claims shall set forth the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation will or may be due, the nature of the costs involved, and, insofar as possible, the amount of the potential claim. The notice as above required shall be given to the Engineer prior to the time that the Contractor commences performance of 338
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-18
the Work giving rise to the potential claim for additional compensation, if based on an act or failure to act by the Engineer, or in all other cases within ten (10) days after the happening of the event, thing or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim.

B. Construction Claims

1. The Contractor may submit a dispute to the Engineer concerning any matter for which a protest under Section 2.03, or a notice of potential claim, is filed. Such disputes, or potential claims, shall be submitted to the Engineer within sixty (60) days following the submission of said protest or notice, unless, due to the nature of the claim or the uncompleted state of the Work, it is impracticable to determine the amount or the extent of the claim within such period. In such cases, disputes shall be submitted at the earliest practicable time in which such a determination can be made. In any event, all disputes shall be filed before the date of the final release by the Contractor..

2. All disputes shall be in writing and shall set forth clearly and in detail, for each item of additional compensation requested, the reasons for the dispute, reference to applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, the nature and the amount of the costs involved, the computations used in determining such costs, all pertinent factual data and all the documents necessary to substantiate the dispute. The Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate records of the cost or any portion of the Work for which additional compensation is claimed, and shall provide the Engineer with copies thereof, as required. The Engineer shall provide a written decision to the decision of the dispute or potential claim as soon as practicable, but not less than thirty (30) days.

C. Resolution of Construction Claims

1. To the extent that the Contractor disputes the Engineer’s Written Decision issued pursuant to Section 2.09 B.2, or to the extent the Engineer fails to issue a timely written decision, the Contractor may file a written claim, as defined by Public Contract Code section 9204(c)(1), with the City including reasonable documentation to support the claim. Upon receipt of the claim, the City shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim, and within a period not to exceed forty-five (45) days, the City shall provide the Contractor with a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. The time in which the City must provide a written statement may be extended by mutual agreement of the parties as specified by Public Contract Code section 9204(d)(1)(C). The City shall pay any undisputed portion of the claim within sixty (60) days after issuance of its written statement.

2. Claims submitted by the Contractor shall be accompanied by a notarized certificate containing the following language:

Under the penalty of law for perjury or falsification and with specific reference to the California False Claims Act, Government Code section 12650, et. seq., the undersigned,

(Name)
339
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-19

(Title

(Company
hereby certifies that the claim for the additional compensation and time, if any, made herein for the work on this contract is a true statement of the actual costs incurred and time sought, and is fully documented and supported under the contract between parties.

Dated:
/s/
Subscribed and sworn before me this _____ day
of

Notary Public
My commission expires
Failure to submit the notarized certificate will be sufficient cause for denying the claim.

Any claim for overhead type expenses or costs, in addition to being certified as stated above, shall be supported by an audit report of any independent Certified Public Accountant. Any such overhead claim shall also be subject to audit by the City at its discretion.

Any costs or expenses incurred by the City in reviewing or auditing any claims that are not supported by the Contractor’s cost accounting or other records shall be deemed to be damages incurred by the City within the meaning of the California False Claims Act.

3. Meet And Confer Regarding Unresolved Claims - If the Contractor disputes the City’s written statement issued pursuant to Section 2.09 C. 1. or if the City fails to issue a timely written response, the Contractor may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the City shall schedule a meet and confer conference within thirty (30) days for settlement of the dispute. The meet and confer conference shall be attended by senior executives of the parties who have authority to settle the controversy.

Within ten (10) business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, the City shall provide the Contractor with a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. The City shall pay any undisputed portion of the claim within sixty (60) days after it issues its written statement.

4. Mediation. If the Contractor disputes, in writing, any portion of the City’s written statement as issued under Section 2.09 C. 3., the disputed items shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation according to the provisions of 340
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-20
Public Contract Code section 9204(d)(2), and any costs of mediation shall be allocated as set forth in that section. Upon receipt of a claim, the City and the Contractor may agree to waive, in writing, mediation.

5. Failure to Respond or Pay. If the City fails to timely respond to a claim from the Contractor or otherwise fails to meet the time requirements of Public Contract Code section 9204, the claim shall be deemed rejected in its entirety. Additionally, amounts not timely paid in the manner required by Public Contract Code section 9204 shall bear interest at seven percent (7%) per annum.

6. Subcontractor Claims. If a Subcontractor or a lower tier Subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against the City because privity of contract does not exist, the Contractor may present to the City a claim on behalf of the Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor pursuant to Public Contract Code section 9204(d)(5

2.10. CIVIL ACTION PROCEDURES
A. Alternative Dispute Resolution of Claims of $375,000.00 or Less.

1. Claims Less Than $375,000.00. Notwithstanding any other provision herein but after compliance with the provisions of Public Contract Code section 9204 as set forth in Section 2.09 C. claims of $375,000.00 or less shall be resolved pursuant to the alternative dispute resolution procedures set forth in Public Contract Code section 20104 et seq. “Claim” for this purpose means a separate demand by the Contractor for a time extension, payment of money or damages arising from work done by or on behalf of the Contractor pursuant to the Contract, for which payment is expressly provided, or the Contractor is otherwise entitled to, or an amount the payment of which is disputed by the City.

2. Submission of Claims Less than $375,000.00. The Contractor shall submit its claim of $375,000.00 or less to the City in writing, within the time frames established under Sections 2.03 and 2.09, but no later than before the final payment is made. The City shall respond within the time provided by statute. If the Contractor disagrees with the response or the City fails to respond within the time permitted, the Contractor shall notify the City of the disagreement in writing within fifteen (15) days from the date of the response or expiration of the time permitted to respond and demand a meet-and-confer conference. The City shall schedule a meet-and-confer conference within thirty (30) days of the demand. The meet and confer conference shall be attended by senior executives of the parties who have authority to settle the controversy. If not resolved at the meet-and-confer conference, the Contractor may initiate a civil action as set forth in Public Contract Code section 20104 et seq., including but not limited to compliance with applicable Government Code provisions.

3. Time Limits Not Extended. Nothing in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code section 20104.2 shall extend the time limit or supersede the notice requirements provided in this Contract for filing claims by the Contractor. 341
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-21
B. Alternative Dispute Resolution of Claims in Excess of $375,000.00.

As a condition precedent to the initiation of litigation, disputes in excess of a total value of $375,000.00 shall first be submitted to the claim’s procedures set forth within this Section above.

2.11. GUARANTEE
A. In addition to warranties, representations and guarantees stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor unconditionally guarantees all materials and workmanship furnished hereunder, and agrees to replace the same at its sole cost and expense, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, any and all materials which may be defective or improperly installed.

B. The Contractor shall repair or replace to the satisfaction of the Engineer any or all such work that may prove defective in workmanship or materials, ordinary wear and tear excepted, together with any other work, which may be damaged or displaced in so doing.

C. In the event of failure to comply with the above stated conditions within a reasonable time, the City is authorized to have the defect repaired and made good at the expense of the Contractor who will pay the costs and charges therefore immediately upon demand, including any reasonable management and administrative costs, and engineering, legal, and other consultant fees incurred to enforce this Section.

D. The signing of the Contract by the Contractor shall constitute execution of the above guarantees. Except as otherwise provided in this Contract, the guarantees and warranties shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year after final acceptance of the Work by the City.
342
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-22

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
343
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-23
SECTION 3

CONTROL OF WORK

3.01. AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER
A. The Engineer is the representative of the City and has full authority to interpret the Contract Documents, to conduct the construction review and inspection of the Contractor's performance, and to decide questions, which arise during the course of the Work and his decisions on these matters, shall be final and conclusive. The Engineer has the authority to reject all work and materials, which do not conform to the Contract Documents, and has the authority to stop the Work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the Contract. The Engineer’s failure to stop the Work shall not obligate the City to accept defective or otherwise unacceptable work or otherwise affect the Engineer’s or City’s authority to reject work for any reason set forth in the Contract Documents.

B. If at any time the Contractor's work force, tools, plant, or equipment appear to the Engineer to be insufficient or inappropriate to secure the required quality of work or the proper rate of progress, the Engineer may order the Contractor to increase their efficiency, improve their character, to augment their number or to substitute other personnel, new or additional tools, plant or equipment, as the case may be, and the Contractor shall comply with such order. Neither the failure of the Engineer to demand such increase of efficiency, number, or improvement, nor the compliance by the Contractor with the demand, shall relieve the Contractor of his obligation to provide quality work at the rate of progress necessary to complete the Work within the specified time.

C. The Engineer shall have the authority to make minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. These may be accomplished by Field Order. Contractor shall comply promptly with all Field Orders. If the Engineer and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, or cost, as result of a Field Order, a claim may be made therefore pursuant to Section 2.09.

D. Any order given by the Engineer, not otherwise required by the Contract Documents to be in writing shall, on request of the Contractor, be given or confirmed by the Engineer in writing.

E. Whenever work, methods of procedure, or any other matters are made subject to direction or approval, such direction or approval will be given by the Engineer.

3.02. DRAWINGS
A. Drawings furnished herewith are for bidding purposes. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor, free of charge, two (2) sets (one for As-Built Drawings) of the Project Plans and Specifications for the execution of the work. Additional copies, beyond two sets, may be obtained by the Contractor from https://procurement.opengov.com/portal/cityofwestsacramento. The Contractor shall have no claim for excusable delay on account of the failure of the Engineer to deliver such Drawings, unless the Engineer shall have failed to deliver the same within two (2) weeks after receipt of written demand therefore from the Contractor.

The Contractor shall keep one copy of said Drawings, in good order, available to 344
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-24
the Engineer and the Engineer’s representatives, and convenient to the working site.

B. If the Contractor, in the course of the Work, finds any discrepancy between the Drawings and the physical condition of the locality, or any errors or omissions in the Drawings, or in the layout as given by points and instructions, it shall be the Contractor's duty to inform the Engineer in writing, and the Engineer will promptly verify the same.

Any work done after such discovery, until authorized, will be done at the Contractor's risk.

All Drawings, Technical Specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Engineer are the property of the Engineer and shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the signed Contract sets, are to be returned to the Engineer, on request, at the completion of the Work. All models are the property of the City.

C. The Drawings shall be supplemented by such Submittals and Shop Drawings prepared by the fabricator and/or supplier and Working Drawings prepared by the Contractor as are necessary to adequately control the Work. No changes shall be made by the Contractor in any Shop or Working Drawings after they have been reviewed by the Engineer, if the Engineer deems that no further submittals are necessary. The Contractor shall not commence the layout, purchase, fabrication, or construction of any work for which Shop or Working Drawings are required until Engineer has reviewed the Submittals and Shop Drawings and has indicated in writing no further submittals are required for compliance with the Contract Documents.

D. Shop and Working Drawings for any structure shall include, but not be limited to, detail design calculations, fabrication and installation drawings, lists, graphs, operating instructions, etc., which shall be reviewed and accepted by the Engineer before any such work is performed.

E. Shop and Working Drawings will be required for cribs, cofferdams, falsework, centering and form work, and for other temporary work and methods of construction the Contractor proposes to use. Such Drawings shall be subject to the review and Acceptance of the Engineer insofar as the details affect the character of the finished work, but details of design will be left to the Contractor who shall be responsible for the successful construction of the Work.

F. Contractor agrees that Shop and/or Working Drawings processed by the Engineer are not Contract Change Orders; that the purpose of these Drawings submitted by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the Engineer that the Contractor understands the design concept, that the Contractor demonstrates its understanding by indicating which equipment and material the Contractor intends to furnish, and by detailing the fabrication methods it intends to use. It is expressly understood, however, that favorable review of the Contractor's Shop and Working Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for accuracy of dimensions and details, or for mutual agreements of dimensions and details. It is mutually agreed that the Contractor shall be responsible for agreement and conformity of its Drawings with the Specifications. Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between Shop and/or Working Drawings and 345
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-25
Specifications are discovered either prior to or after the Drawings are processed by the Engineer, the Specifications shall control and shall be followed.

G. Unless otherwise stated, the Engineer shall have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of Shop and/or Working Drawings for review.

H. Full compensation for furnishing all Shop and/or Working Drawings shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the Contract items of work to which such drawings relate, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Any cost related to the Engineer’s review of any particular set of Shop and/or Working Drawings more than twice, due to incompleteness or unacceptability, shall be borne by the Contractor, and the City reserves the right to withhold such costs from payments due the Contractor.

I. All reasonable effort has been made to locate and delineate all known structures and facilities on the plans. Except as otherwise provided herein, the City of West Sacramento shall assume no responsibility for the completeness or accuracy of its delineation of underground utilities nor the existence of other buried objects which may be encountered, or which are not shown on the plans.

J. The Contractor shall keep and maintain a clean set of plans for the project and shall record in red ink all changes, revisions, etc. made during the course of construction. These plans shall include all changes, revisions, etc. from the original plan complete with the exact sizes, locations, dimensions, elevations, etc.

These plans shall be kept and maintained in a neat, clean, and legible condition and shall be available for inspection at all times by the Engineer. The Contractor shall deliver these completed plans to the Engineer and the Engineer shall approve these plans prior to final acceptance of the project by the City.

3.03. CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEYS
This work shall consist of furnishing and setting construction stakes and marks by the Contractor to establish the lines and grades required for the completion of the work as shown on the plans and as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The Contractor places stakes and marks conformance with Chapter 12, "Construction Surveys," of the Caltrans's Surveys Manual.

The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary construction stakes and marks to establish the lines and grades for the construction and completion of the work, including but not limited to, control and base lines, offset lines, cut/fill grade stakes, temporary survey stakes, tie-out protection, corner records, records of survey, and resetting of monuments as required and as directed by the Engineer. Tie-outs to existing monuments are to be provided to the City by the Contractor prior to starting work.

The Contractor shall employ a person authorized to perform Land Surveying in the State of California to perform all necessary construction staking and survey work. All construction stakes and marks set by the Contractor’s Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer, shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. In case such stakes and marks are destroyed or damaged, they shall be promptly replaced, at the direction of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the City.

The Contractor shall diligently and thoroughly search for, locate, and preserve all existing monumentation, horizontal control, and vertical control potentially affected by the work in accordance with Section 8771 of the Professional Land Surveyors Act in the Business and Professions Code of the State of California. Locations of existing monumentation, horizontal control, and vertical control within the area of work shall be completed and appropriate 346
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-26
documentation submitted to the City Engineer prior to beginning work. Unless otherwise specified, all construction staking, or survey work shall be performed by an appropriately licensed land surveyor or civil engineer.

The Contractor shall remove construction stakes, and any markings placed for the purpose of this project by the Contractor from the site of the work when no longer needed.

Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in performing construction staking, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

3.04. PERMITS AND REGULATIONS
Permits and licenses, of a temporary nature, necessary for the prosecution of the Work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, licenses, and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the City unless otherwise specified.

The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations bearing on the conduct of the Work as shown on the plans and described in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any specification at variance therewith. In such instances, any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the Contract for changes in the Work. If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations and without such notice to the Engineer, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom.

3.05. CONFORMITY WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND ALLOWABLE DEVIATIONS Work and materials shall conform to the lines, grades, cross sections, dimensions, and material requirements, including tolerances, shown on Contract Documents. Although measurement, sampling, and testing may be considered evidence as to such conformity, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the Work or materials deviate from the Contract Documents. The Engineer's decision as to any allowable deviations therefrom shall be final and conclusive.

3.06. COORDINATION AND INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Should it appear that the Work to be done or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Specifications and Plans, the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to them as part of the Contract. In the event of any doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of the Specifications and Plans, reference shall be made to the Engineer, whose decision thereon shall be final and conclusive.

B. Any reference made in the Specifications and Plans to any specification, standard, method, or publication of any scientific or technical society or other organization shall, in the absence of a specific designation to the contrary, be understood to refer to the specification, standard, method, or publication in effect as of the date that the Work is advertised for Bids.

C. Prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed, a pre-construction conference will be held at the office of the Capital Projects Department for the purpose of discussing with the Contractor the Scope of Work, Contract Drawings, Specifications, existing conditions, materials to be ordered, equipment to be used, 347
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-27
the project schedule, the traffic control plan, and all essential matters pertaining to the execution and the satisfactory completion of the project as required. The Contractor's representatives at this conference shall include all major superintendents for the work and shall include major sub-contractors. The preconstruction conference will be held within ten (10) calendar days of Council award of Contract .

3.07. SUBCONTRACTORS
A. The attention of the Contractor is directed to the provisions of California Public Contract Code sections 4100-4113 regarding subcontracting and said provisions are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

B. Each subcontract shall contain a suitable provision for the suspension or termination thereof should the Work be suspended or terminated or should the Subcontractor neglect or fail to conform to every provision of the Contract Documents insofar as such provisions are relevant. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the City for the acts or omissions of the Contractor’s Subcontractors and of the persons either directly or indirectly employed by him. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor and the City. If a legal action, including arbitration and litigation, against the City is initiated by a Subcontractor or Supplier, the Contractor shall reimburse the City for the amount of legal, engineering, and all other expenses incurred by the City in defending itself in said action.

C. The City and the Engineer reserve the right to approve all Subcontractors. Such approval shall be a consideration to the awarding of the Contract and unless notification to the contrary is given to the Contractor prior to the signing of the Contract, the List of Subcontractors, which is submitted with his proposal, will be deemed to be acceptable. Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the City, subcontract the whole of the Work.

D. Violation and Penalty
In the event of a violation of California Public Contract Code sections 4100-4113, Contractor will be assessed a penalty of up to ten (10) percent of the value of the work as defined by contract item unit process.

3.08. COOPERATION OF CONTRACTORS
A. Should construction be under way by other forces or by other contractors within or adjacent to the limits of the Work specified or should work of any other nature be under way by other forces within or adjacent to said limits, the Contractor shall cooperate with all such other contractors or other forces to the end that any delay or hindrance to their work will be avoided. The right is reserved to perform other or additional work at or near the site (including material sources) at any time, by the use of other forces.

B. When two (2) or more contractors are employed on related or adjacent work, each shall conduct his operation in such a manner as not to cause any unnecessary delay or hindrance to the other. Each contractor shall be responsible to the other for all damage to work, to persons, or property caused to the other by his 348
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-28
operations, and for loss caused the other due to his unnecessary delays or failure to finish the work within the time specified for completion.

3.09. SUPERINTENDENCE
A. The Contractor shall designate in writing, before starting work, an individual as authorized representative who shall have the authority to represent and act for the Contractor. This authorized representative shall be present at the Site of the Work at all times while work is actually in progress on the Contract. When the Work is not in progress and during periods when the Work is suspended, arrangements acceptable to the Engineer shall be made for any emergency work, which may be required.

B. The Contractor is solely responsible, at all times, for the superintendence of the Work and for its safety and progress.

C. Whenever the Contractor or his authorized representative is not present on any particular part of the Work where it may be desired to give direction, orders will be given by the Engineer, which shall be received and obeyed by the superintendent or foreman who may have charge of the particular work in reference to which the orders are given.

D. Any order given by the Engineer, not otherwise required by the Specifications to be in writing, will on request of the Contractor, be given or confirmed by the Engineer in writing.

3.10. INSPECTION OF WORK
A. Unless otherwise provided, all equipment, materials, and work shall be subject to inspection and testing by the Engineer. The Engineer will observe the progress and quality of the Work and determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall not be required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections to check the quality of the Work. The Engineer shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Visits and observations made by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of Contractor's obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work and to furnish proper materials, labor, equipment, and tools, and perform acceptable work, and to provide adequate safety precautions, in conformance with the intent of the Contract.

B. Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which work is carried on each day, the Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer so that proper inspection may be provided. Any work done in the absence of the Engineer shall be subject to rejection. Proper facilities for safe access for inspection to all parts of the Work shall at all times be maintained for the necessary use of the Engineer and other agents of the City, and agents of the Federal, State, or local governments at all reasonable hours for inspection by such agencies to ascertain compliance with laws and regulations.

C. One or more inspectors may be assigned to observe the Work by the Engineer and to act in matters of construction under this Contract. It is understood that inspectors shall have the power to issue instructions and make decisions within the limitations of the authority of the Engineer. Such inspection shall not relieve the 349
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-29
Contractor of the Contractor's obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work, to furnish proper materials, labor, equipment and tools, and perform acceptable work, and to provide adequate safety precautions in conformance with the intent of the Contract.

D. The Engineer and the Engineer’s representatives shall at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide safe and convenient facilities for such access and for inspection. If the Specifications, the Engineer’s instructions, laws, ordinances, or any public authority require any material, equipment or work to be specifically tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice of its readiness for inspection, and if the inspection is by an authority other than the City, of the time fixed for inspection. Inspections by the Engineer will be made promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply.

E. Work performed without inspection may be required to be removed and replaced under proper inspection. In such instances, the entire cost of removal and replacing, including the cost of City-furnished materials used in the Work, shall be borne by the Contractor, regardless of whether or not the Work exposed is found to be defective. Examination of questioned work, other than that installed without inspection, may be ordered by the Engineer and, if so ordered, the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work is found to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, the City will pay the cost of re-examination and replacement.

If such work is found to be not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such cost, unless the Contractor can show that the defect in the Work was caused by another contractor, and in that event the City will pay such costs.

F. The inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's obligation to fulfill the Contract as herein prescribed, or in any way alter the standard of performance provided by the Contractor, and defective work shall be made good and unusable materials may be rejected, notwithstanding that such work and materials have been previously overlooked by the Engineer and accepted or estimated for payment. If the Work or any part thereof shall be found defective, the Contractor shall, within ten (10) calendar days, make good such defect in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to make ordered repairs of defective work or to remove the condemned materials from the Work within ten (10) calendar days after written direction by the Engineer, the City may make the ordered repairs, or remove the condemned materials, and deduct the cost thereof from any monies due the Contractor.

G. The Contractor shall furnish promptly, without additional charge, all facilities, labor and materials reasonably needed by the Engineer for performing all inspection and tests. Contractor shall be charged with any additional cost of inspection when material and workmanship are not ready at the time specified by the Contractor for its inspection.

H. Where any part of the Work is being done under an encroachment permit or building permit, or is subject to Federal, State, County or City codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations, representatives of the government agency shall have full access to the Work and shall be allowed to make any inspection or tests in accordance with such permits, codes, laws, ordinances, rules, or regulations. If advance notice of the readiness of the Work for inspection by the governing 350
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-30
agency is required, the Contractor shall furnish such notice to the appropriate agency.

I. The Engineer may inspect the production of material, or the manufacture of products at the source of supply. Plant inspection, however, will not be undertaken until the Engineer is assured of the cooperation and assistance of both the Contractor and the material producer. The Engineer or the Engineer's authorized representative shall have free entry at all times to such parts of the plant as concerns the manufacture or production of the materials. Adequate facilities shall be furnished free of charge to make the necessary inspection. The City assumes no obligation to inspect materials at the source of supply.

3.11. TESTS
The Contractor shall perform, at the Contractor's own expense, all tests specified or required by the Specifications. The Engineer may perform such tests as the Engineer deems necessary to determine the quality of work or compliance with Contract Documents. The Contractor shall furnish promptly without additional charge all facilities, labor, and material reasonably required for performing safe and convenient tests as may be required by the Engineer. All tests by the Engineer will be performed in such a manner as will not unnecessarily delay the Work. The Contractor shall not be required to reimburse the City for tests performed by the City or Engineer. If samples of materials are submitted which fail to pass the specified tests, the Contractor shall pay for all subsequent tests.

3.12. REMOVAL OF REJECTED AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK AND MATERIALS A. All work or materials, which have been rejected, shall be remedied or removed and replaced by the Contractor in an acceptable manner and no compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for such removal, replacement, or remedial work.

B. Any work done beyond the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the Engineer or any Extra Work done without written authority will be considered as unauthorized work and will not be paid for. Upon order of the Engineer, unauthorized work shall be remedied, removed, or replaced at the Contractor’s expense.

C. Upon failure of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under this Section, the City may cause rejected or unauthorized work to be remedied, removed, or replaced, and may deduct the costs therefore from any monies due or to become due the Contractor.

3.13. DEDUCTIONS FOR UNCORRECTED WORK
If the Engineer deems it inexpedient to correct work damaged or not done in accordance with the Contract, an equitable deduction from the Contract price shall be made therefore, and such sum may be withheld by the City from Contractor’s payment.

3.14. EQUIPMENT AND PLANTS
351
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-31
A. Only equipment and plants suitable to produce the quality of work and materials required will be permitted to operate on the Project.

B. Plants will be designed and constructed in accordance with general practice for such equipment and shall be of sufficient capacity to insure the production of sufficient material to carry the Work to completion within the time limit.

C. The Contractor shall provide adequate and suitable equipment and plants to meet the above requirements, and when ordered by the Engineer, shall remove unsuitable equipment from the Work and discontinue the operation of unsatisfactory plants. Contractor shall, upon request of the Engineer, submit one or more lists identifying, by make, model number, Contractor ‘s identification number and empty gross weight, each piece of operable equipment used for the Work.

Contractor shall, upon request of the Engineer, submit documentation establishing that any measuring device used for the Work has been tested and properly approved under California Test 109.

D. In the case of termination of this Contract before its completion for any cause whatsoever, the Contractor, if notified to do so by the City, shall promptly remove any part or all of his equipment and supplies from the property of the City. If the Contractor fails to do so, the City shall have the right to remove such equipment and supplies at the expense of the Contractor.

3.15. CHARACTER OF WORKER
If any Subcontractor, or person employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor fails or refuses to carry out the directions of the Engineer or appears to the Engineer to be incompetent or to act in a disorderly or improper manner, said person shall be removed from the Project immediately on the requisition of the Engineer. That person shall not again be employed on the Work. Such discharge shall not be the basis for any claim for compensation or damages against the City, or any of its officers or agents.

3.16. SEPARATE CONTRACTS
A. The City reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Work. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their work and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with the other contractor’s work.

B. If any part of the Contractor's work depends on proper execution or results upon the Work of any other contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. The Contractor's failure to inspect and report shall constitute an Acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper for the reception of the Contractor’s work, except as to defects which may develop in the other contractor's work after the execution of the Contractor’s work.

C. To ensure the proper execution of the Contractor’s subsequent work, the Contractor shall measure work already in place and shall at once report to the Engineer any discrepancy between the executed work and the Drawings.

3.17. ASSIGNMENT
The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole or in part without the written consent of the City, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due, or to become due to the Contractor hereafter without the prior written consent of the City. 352
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-32

3.18. USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS, RIGHT TO OPERATE UNSATISFACTORY

EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES
A. The City may, at any time, during the performance of the Work, enter the Work Site for the purpose of installing any necessary work by City labor or other contracts, and for other purpose in connection with the installation of facilities. In doing so, the City shall endeavor not to interfere with the Contractor and the Contractor shall not interfere with other work being done by or on behalf of the City.

B. If, prior to completion and final Acceptance of all the Work, the City takes possession of any structure or facility (whether completed or otherwise) comprising a portion of the Work with the intent to retain possession thereof (as distinguished from temporary possession contemplating the return to the Contractor), then, while the City is in possession of the same, the Contractor shall be relieved of liability for loss or damage to such structure other than that resulting from the Contractor's fault or negligence. Such taking of possession by the City shall not relieve the Contractor from any provisions of this Contract regarding such structure, other than to the extent specified in the preceding sentence, nor shall such taking constitute a final Acceptance of such structure or facility.

C. If, following installation of any equipment or facilities furnished by the Contractor, defects requiring correction by the Contractor are found, the City shall have the right to operate such unsatisfactory equipment or facilities and make reasonable use thereof until the equipment or facilities can be shut down for correction of defects without injury to the City.

3.19. LANDS FOR WORK, RIGHT-OF-WAY CONSTRUCTION ROADS
A. The City will provide the lands, easements, right-of-way, and/or encroachment permits necessary or other rights to enter and work on lands necessary for the performance of the Work. Other permits and licenses are addressed by Section

3.04. Should the Contractor find it advantageous to use any additional land for any purpose whatever, the Contractor shall provide for the use of such land at its expense. The Engineer shall be furnished with a copy of written agreements or otherwise be notified in writing of additional working space which is acquired.

Nothing herein contained and nothing marked on the Plans shall be interpreted as giving the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the territory provided by the City.

When two or more contracts are being executed at one time on the same or adjacent land in such a manner that work on one contract may interfere with that on another, the Engineer shall decide which contractor shall cease work, and which shall continue, or whether the work on both contracts shall progress at the same time and in what manner, and the decision of the Engineer shall be final and binding. When the territory of one contract is the necessary or convenient means of access for the performance of another contract, such privilege of access or any other reasonable privilege may be granted by the Engineer to the Contractor so desiring, to the extent, amount, in the manner, and at the time permitted. No such decision as to the method or time of conducting the Work or the use of territory shall be the basis of any claim for delay or damage.

B. Lands, easements, or rights-of-way to be furnished by the City for construction operations will be specifically shown on the Plans.

C. The Contractor shall construct and maintain all roads necessary to reach the various parts of the Work and for the transportation thereto of construction material 353
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-33
and personnel. The cost of constructing and maintaining such roads shall be borne by the Contractor.

3.20. CITY’S RIGHT TO AUDIT AND PRESERVATION OF RECORDS A. The Contractor shall maintain books, records and accounts of all costs in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. The City and its authorized representatives shall have the right to audit the books, records and accounts of the Contractor under any of the following conditions:

1. The Contract is terminated for any reason in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents in order to arrive at equitable termination costs;

2. In the event of a disagreement between the Contractor and the City over the amount due the Contractor under the terms of the Contract;

3. To check or substantiate any amounts invoiced or paid which are required to reflect the costs of the Contractor, or the Contractor's efficiency or effectiveness under this Contract or in connection with extras, changes, claims, additions, backcharges, or others, as may be provided for in this Contract;

4. If it becomes necessary to determine the City's rights and the Contractor's obligations under the Contract or to ascertain facts relative to any claim against the Contractor which may result in a charge against the City;

5. To determine any difference in cost occasioned by a permissible substitution;

6. And/or for any other reason in the City's sole judgment.

B. Contractor shall provide the City (or its representatives), unlimited, reasonable access during working hours to the Contractor's books and records. The City's audit rights shall be liberally construed in the City's favor.

C. The Contractor, from the effective date of final payment or termination hereunder, shall preserve and make available to the City for a period of three (3) years thereafter, at all reasonable times at the office of the Contractor (but without any charge to the City), all its books, records, documents, photographs, micro-photographs, and other evidence bearing on the costs and expenses of the Contractor under this Contract and relating to the Work hereunder.

D. The City will make all payments required of it under this Contract subject to audit, under circumstances stated above, which audit may be performed at the City's option, either during the Contract time period or during the record retention time period.

Regardless of authorization, approval or acceptance, signatures or letters which are given by the City and are part of the City's control systems or are requested by the Contractor, the payments made under this Contract shall not constitute a waiver or agreement by the City that it accepts as correct the billings, invoices or other charges on which the payments are based. If the City's audit produces a claim against the Contractor, the City may pursue all its legal remedies even though it has made all or part of the payments required by this Contract.

E. If any audit by the City or its representative discloses an underpayment by the City pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents, the City shall have the duty to pay any amount found by the audit to be owed to the Contractor. If such audit discloses an overpayment, the Contractor shall have the obligation to reimburse the City for the 354
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-34
amount of the overpayment. The City's right to claim reimbursement from the Contractor of any overpayment shall not be terminated or waived until three (3) years after the completion of the City's audit or upon the termination of audit rights under subparagraph 3.20 F, below, whichever date is later. The obligation of the Contractor to make reimbursements hereunder shall not terminate except as provided by law.

F. The City's right to audit and the preservation of records shall terminate at the end of three (3) years after the date final payment is made or termination of the Contract.

The Contractor shall include this "Right to Audit and Preservation of Records" clause in all subcontracts issued by it and it shall require the same to be inserted by all lower tier Subcontractors in their subcontracts, for any portion of the work. Should Contractor fail to include this clause in any such contract or lower tier contract, or otherwise fail to insure the City's rights hereunder, Contractor shall be liable to the City for all costs, expenses and attorney's fees which the City may have to incur obtaining or attempting to obtain an audit or inspection of or the restoration of records which otherwise would have been available to the City from said persons under this clause. Such audit may be conducted by the City or its authorized representative.
355
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-35

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
356
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-36
SECTION 4

CONTROL OF MATERIALS

4.01. MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish all materials necessary for the execution and completion of the Work.

Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and shall be manufactured, handled, and installed in a workmanlike manner to ensure completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall, upon request of the Engineer, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials.

B. Where materials are to be furnished by the City, the type, size, quantity and location at which they are available will be stated in the Contract Documents.

C. Manufacturers’ warranties, guarantees, instruction sheets and parts listed, which are furnished with certain articles or materials incorporated in the Work, shall be delivered to the Engineer before Acceptance of the Contract.

4.02. STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Articles or materials to be incorporated in the Work shall be stored in such a manner as to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the Work, and to facilitate inspection.

4.03. TRADE NAMES AND ALTERNATIVES
Whenever a material, article, system or sub-system is specified or described by using the name and/or model of a proprietary product or trademark or the name of the manufacturer or vendor, the specified item shall establish the type, function, and quality required. It shall be understood that the words “or approved equivalent” are implied whether or not they follow the proprietary enumeration.

The City reserves the right to determine when proprietary items have no equivalency, and when uniformity of operations, interchangeability of parts, standard parts inventory, etc., are in the City’s best interest.

Requests for review of equivalency will be considered upon submission of sufficient information as described herein, to allow complete review. Such requests shall not be accepted from anyone other than the Contractor. Such submission must be made prior to purchase, fabrication, manufacture or use of the equivalent items under consideration.

A. Contractor’s Risk. If the Contractor includes in its Bid or later proposes any material, product or equipment that the Contractor considers equivalent to that specified, the Contractor assumes all risk of any sort associated with Acceptance or rejection of proposed equivalent items. The Contractor shall have no right to make claim based upon Contractor’s Bid that includes a proposed equivalent item(s) of work which resulted in a lower Bid amount for said item(s) or lower total bid.

B. Submission Requirements. Each submission for equivalency review shall include:

1. Justification for use of the proposed equivalent item(s), including evidence, as applicable, that Contract specified material, product or equipment is 357
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-37
unobtainable or unobtainable within an acceptable time for contract completion;

2. A description of the difference between specified item(s) and proposed equivalent item(s) and the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each;

3. All relevant data addressing each specified parameter to show equivalency;

4. A prediction of any effects the proposed change will have on operation and maintenance costs where applicable.

C. Equivalency. An item will be considered equivalent to the item specified if it is equal to or better in:

1. Design and strength in all sub-parts, quality, reliability and durability, operation, maintenance and serviceability, as applicable; and

2. Specified parameters in performance in all respects for the specific function(s) indicated in the contract.

D. Supplemental Requirements. Any tests required by the City to establish quality and performance standards shall be promptly conducted by or through the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. In addition, the Contractor shall:

1. Submit any additional data requested by the Engineer for the equivalency review; and

2. Satisfactorily accomplish all changes, including any Engineering associated with use of equivalent items, at no additional cost to the City.

E. Equivalency Determinations. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to equivalency determinations. The Engineer’s decision shall be final. The Contractor shall have no right of appeal to any decision rejecting the equivalency of any item.

F. Procedure.

1. Data substantiating a request for a substitution of “an equal” item shall be submitted prior to the Award of the Contract pursuant to Section 3400 of the latest edition of the Public Contract Code.

2. After the Bid opening, the apparent three low bidders shall have seven (7) calendar days to provide complete substantiating data for all product, material or system substitution requests. After this seven (7)-day period, the City may award the Contract to the apparent low bidder. In no event will product, material or system substitution requests submitted after the Award of Contract be considered. Failure to submit such substantiating data will result in the automatic rejection of the proposed substitution request. The City will have thirty (30) days to review the first ten (10) proposed substitution requests. For each additional five (5) product, material or system substitution requests over and above the initial ten (10), the City will have ten (10) additional days to review the proposed substitution requests.

3. Each substitution request may include one (1) alternate substitution. All alternate substitutions shall be submitted concurrently with substitution requests. Upon review by the City, proposed substitutions shall be returned to 358
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-38
the Bidder marked either “accepted” or “rejected”. The City shall only review alternative substitution requests if the primary substitution request is rejected.

If a substitution request, and its alternative, is returned “rejected”, no further substitution requests for that product, material or system will be allowed and the Bidder will provide the specified product, material or system.

4. If, after all substitution requests have been processed, substitution requests by the apparent low Bidder are rejected by the City, the apparent low Bidder may elect not to execute the Contract. Under no circumstances, will bidders be allowed to alter their Bid Price as originally submitted. This election shall be made in writing no later than five (5) days following the receipt of the reviewed substitution requests. An election by the Bidder not to execute the Contract will result in the forfeiture of the bidder’s Bid bond. If the apparent low Bidder elects not to continue, and the second low Bidder is awarded the Contract, the second low Bidder may then elect not to execute the Contract for the contract price shown on its Bid Form. Subsequent bidders shall have five (5) days following the receipt of the reviewed substitution requests and the Notice of Award in which to make their election. This process shall continue until one Bidder decides to continue with the Award of Contract process.

5. The City may award the Contract at any time after the time for submitting substitution requests expires pursuant to subpart (2), above. In the event the Contract is awarded prior to acceptance/rejection of substitution requests, all outstanding substitution requests shall be reviewed by the City as provided above. If the apparent low Bidder elects not to execute the Contract, the Award of Contract to the apparent low Bidder shall be rescinded and the Contract awarded to the next apparent low bidder. All bidders electing not to execute the Contract expressly agree that the City shall incur no liability for such rescissions. As provided herein, “apparent low bidder” means the lowest responsive and responsible bidder.

4.04. CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE
A. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished prior to the use of any materials for which the Technical Specifications require that such a certificate be furnished. In addition, when so authorized in the Specifications, the Engineer may permit the use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance. The Certificate of Compliance shall be signed by the manufacturer of the material or the manufacturer of assembled materials and shall state that the materials involved comply in all respects with the requirements of the Contract. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each lot of material delivered to the Work and the lot so certified shall be clearly identified in the Certificate.

B. All materials used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance may be sampled and tested at any time. The fact that material is used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for incorporating material in the Work which conforms to the requirements of the Contract 359
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-39
Documents and any such material not conforming to such requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not.

C. The City reserves the right to refuse to permit the use of material on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance.

D. The form of the Certificate of Compliance and its disposition shall be as directed by the Engineer.
360
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-40
SECTION 5

LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY

5.01. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS – PERMITS, REGULATIONS, TAXES The Contractor is an independent contractor and shall, at the Contractor's sole cost and expense, comply with all laws, rules, ordinances and regulations of all governing bodies having jurisdiction over the Work, obtain all necessary permits and licenses therefore, pay all manufacturers' taxes, sales taxes, use taxes, processing taxes, and all federal and state taxes, insurance and contributions for social security and unemployment which are measured by wages, salaries or any remuneration paid to Contractor's employees, whether levied under existing or subsequently enacted laws, rules or regulations. The Contractor shall also pay all property tax assessments on materials or equipment used until Acceptance by the City. If any discrepancy or inconsistency is discovered in the Plans or Specifications, or in this Contract in relation to any such law, rule, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, the Contractor shall forthwith report the same to the Engineer in writing. The Contractor shall also protect, defend, and indemnify the City, the Engineer, and all of the City's officers, agents, and servants against any claim or liability arising from or based upon the violation of any such law, rule, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by the Contractor or by its employees. Particular attention is called to the following:

A. Without limitation, materials furnished and performance by Contractor hereunder shall comply with Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, State of California, Federal Safety regulations of the Bureau of Labor, Department of Labor, and any other applicable Federal regulations.

B. The Contractor, upon request shall furnish evidence satisfactory to the City and Engineer that any or all of the foregoing obligations have been or are being fulfilled.

The Contractor warrants to the City that he is licensed by all applicable governmental bodies to perform this Contract and will remain so licensed throughout the progress of the Work, and that he has, and will have, throughout the progress of the Work, the necessary experience, skill, and financial resources to enable him to perform this Contract. The same requirement applies to all levels of Subcontractors which the Contractor or Contractor’s Subcontractors contracts with who are used in the construction work under this Contract.

C. Contractor is required to ensure that material safety data sheets (MSDS’s) for any material requiring a material safety data sheet pursuant to any federal or state law are available in a readily accessible place on the Project premises. Contractor is also required to ensure:

1. The proper labeling of any substance brought onto the Project premises by Contractor or any Subcontractors and

2. That the person(s) working with the material, or within the general area of the material, are appropriately informed and instructed about the hazards of the substance and follow proper handling and protection procedures.

D. Contractor is required to comply with the provisions of California Health and Safety Code Section 25249.5 et seq. (Prop. 65), which requires the posting and giving of 361
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-41
notice to persons who may be exposed to any chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer.

5.02. PREVAILING WAGE
A. The Contractor shall forfeit as penalty to the City the amount specified by law for each calendar day or portion thereof for each worker (whether employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor) paid less than the stipulated prevailing rates for any work done under the Contract in violation of the provisions of the Labor Code and in particular, Section 1775 which is incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the current schedules for prevailing wages are on file in the City office, and the contents of those schedules are included herein as if set forth in full.

B. The City will not recognize any claims for additional compensation because of the payment of the wages set forth in these General Conditions. The possibility of wage increases is one of the elements to be considered by the Contractor in determining its proposal, and will not under any circumstances, other than delays caused by the City, the Engineer, or the City’s agents, be considered as the basis of a claim against the City.

C. The Contractor agrees to follow the instructions of the City’s labor compliance officer until notified otherwise in writing by the City.

D. The Director of the Department of Industrial Relations of the State of California has determined the general prevailing rate of wages of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract. Copies of the applicable prevailing wage rate determinations are made available to the Contractor and Subcontractor at the Pre-Job Conference Meeting. The Contractor shall post a copy of this document of the prevailing wages at each job site, along with a CMU work place poster, printed on 8 1/2” X 11” paper or larger, in accordance with California Code of Regulations, Title 8, section 16451(d).

5.03. PREVAILING WAGE RECORDS
A. The Work is subject to monitoring and enforcement of prevailing wage requirements by the CA Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) and the following provisions will apply:

1. Contractor and Subcontractors shall maintain and furnish to the DIR, a certified copy of each weekly payroll (but no less often than monthly), with a statement of compliance signed under penalty of perjury. Such certified payroll reports in PDF form shall be transmitted electronically to the DIR after first registering at http://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/Certified-PayrollReporting.html. The provisions of Labor Code section 1776 are incorporated herein by reference.

2. The City shall withhold payments when payroll records are delinquent or inadequate.

3. The City shall withhold payments equal to the amount of underpayment and applicable penalties when, after investigation, it is established that underpayment has occurred.
362
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-42

4. The City shall cooperate with the DIR and DLSE (Division of Labor Standards Enforcement) in any investigation of suspected violations of prevailing wage requirements.

5. As directed by the DSLE Labor Commissioner, the City shall withhold Contract payments equal to the payments due or estimated to be due to the Contractor or Subcontractors whose payroll records are delinquent or inadequate, plus any additional amount that the Labor Commissioner has reasonable cause to believe may be needed to cover a back wage and penalty assessment against such Contractor or Subcontractors. The Contractor shall be required to withhold payments to a Subcontractor whose payroll records are delinquent or inadequate until the Labor Commissioner provides notice that the Subcontractor has cured such delinquency or deficiency.

6. These payroll records shall be made available to the City’s representatives.

These records shall be maintained during the course of the Work. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall make the certified payroll records available for inspection by City representatives upon request and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during the work hours on the job site.

7. The Contractor shall be held entirely responsible for the prompt resolution of all non-compliances with the prevailing wage laws, including those pertaining to all Subcontractors and any lower tier Subcontractors.

8. The Project will not be accepted as complete by the City nor final payment made until all items of non-compliance are corrected or until appropriate provision is made by depository agreement to assure the ultimate resolution and payment of any back wages that may be found due.

B. A pre-construction conference shall be conducted before commencement of the Work with the Contractor and Subcontractors at which time the prevailing wage requirements will be reviewed and agreed by all the parties.

5.04. LABOR DISCRIMINATION
Attention is directed to Section 1735 of the Labor Code, which reads as follows: “A Contractor shall not discriminate in the employment of persons upon public works on any basis listed in subdivision (a) of Section 12940 of the Government Code, as those bases are defined in Sections 12926 and 12926.1 of the Government Code, except as otherwise provided in Section 12940 of the Government Code. Every Contractor for public works who violates this section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of this chapter.”

5.05. EIGHT-HOUR DAY LIMITATION
A. In accordance with the provisions of the Labor Code, and in particular, Sections 1810 to 1815 thereof, inclusive, eight (8) hours labor shall constitute a day's work, and no worker, in the employ of said Contractor, or any Subcontractor, doing or contracting to do any part of the work contemplated by this Contract, shall be required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one (1) calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one (1) calendar week in violation of those provisions; provided that subject to Labor Code Section 1815, a worker may perform work in excess of either eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours during any one week upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or 363
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-43
forty (40) hours during any one week at not less than one and one-half (1 ½) times the basic rate of pay.

B. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall also keep an accurate record showing the names and actual hours worked of all workers employed by them in connection with the Work. This record shall be open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the City, State and Federal officers and agents. It is hereby further agreed that, except as provided in 5.05A above, the Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City the sum of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each worker employed in the performance of this Contract by the Contractor or by any of its Subcontractors for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to labor more than eight (8) hours in and one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of Sections 1810 through 1815.

5.06. COMPLIANCE WITH STATE REQUIREMENTS FOR EMPLOYMENT OF

APPRENTICES
The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code. Provisions of said Section pertaining to employment of registered apprentices are hereby incorporated by reference into these Specifications. As applicable, the Contractor or any Subcontractor employed by the Contractor in the performance of the Work shall take such actions as necessary to comply with the provisions of Section 1777.5.

5.07. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
H. In accordance with Government Code Section 4215, the Contractor shall be compensated for the costs of locating, repairing damage not due to the failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating existing main or trunkline utility facilities which are not indicated in the Contract Plans and Specifications with reasonable accuracy, and for the equipment on the Project necessarily idled during such work, provided that the Contractor shall first notify the Engineer before commencing work on locating, repairing damage to, removing or relocating such utilities. Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delays in completing the Work when such delays are due to the failure of either the City or the owner of the utility to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities.

I. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect the existing utilities within the project area. Any utilities damaged due to the Contractor's negligence shall be repaired or restored to their original condition at the Contractor's sole expense. Existing utilities shall be kept in service during the life of the Contract unless relocation, reconstruction, abandonment, or outage is specifically authorized by the Engineer.

J. The Contractor shall provide and maintain such temporary supports as may be necessary to preserve the functions of the various utility systems. No wires, conduits and/or pipes shall be removed until all services therein have been made inoperable.

K. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and appropriate Regional Notification Center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days, but not more than fourteen (14) calendar days, prior to performing excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline, conduit, duct, wire, and other structures.

The Contractor shall provide updated information to the Notification Center as 364
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-44
required and on a periodic basis. The Regional Notification Center includes but is not limited to the Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) at 811.

L. The Contractor is advised that the State of California does not participate in USA.

The Contractor is required to notify Caltrans Permits Branch (916) 322-1297 for the location of State facilities.

M. The Contractor shall not proceed with work until utility facilities involved have been located, disconnected, or otherwise adjusted by utility representatives.

N. The City Public Works Department Utility Maintenance Division will make repairs to all City owned utilities damaged by the Contractor during the course of construction unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the Contractor shall be required to pay all labor, material and equipment costs incurred by the Utilities Maintenance Division for the repairs made to damaged water service laterals and water mains. The City will bill the Contractor for the repairs and the bills will be paid by the Contractor prior to either the next monthly progress payment or prior to the final payment, whichever comes first.

The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer proof of payment of the repair bills prior to the issuance of either the monthly progress payment or final payment. The current labor and equipment rates for the City Public Works Department Utility Maintenance Division will be made available to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference. The City shall have the right to deduct the total amount of any unpaid City repair bill from the money due or to become due the Contractor.

O. The Contractor is responsible for having a private Utility Locator mark the location of all underground facilities outside of the City street right-of-way prior to performing excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline, conduit, duct, wire and other structures on any private property. Minor utilities with surface features (i.e. irrigation & electrical pull boxes) within and beyond the right-of-way should be located and marked by the Contractor if left unmarked by the utility purveyor.

P. The Contractor shall coordinate his activities in a manner that will provide the least interference with the City's operations, other contractors and utility companies working in the area, and agencies exercising jurisdiction over the project area or portions thereof. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of relocation or adjustments of any facilities within the project limits. At a minimum the Contractor shall coordinate their operations with the Underground Service Alert at 811 and all utilities referenced on the project construction plans.

Q. Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in locating existing underground facilities within the City right-of-way and on private property as specified in these Special Provisions shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

5.08. WATER POLLUTION
The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect wetlands, streams, lakes, reservoirs, and canals from pollution with fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium chloride, and other harmful materials and shall conduct and schedule his operations so as to avoid or minimize muddying and silting of said wetlands, streams, lakes, reservoirs, and canals. Care 365
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-45
shall be exercised to preserve vegetation beyond the limits of construction. The Contractor shall comply with Section 5650 of the California Fish and Game Code and all other applicable statutes and regulations relating to the prevention and abatement of water pollution.

Before starting any work on the project, the Contractor shall submit, for acceptance by the City Engineer, a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP) to control water pollution effectively during construction of the project. The SWPPP or WPCP shall show all water pollution control measures which the Contractor proposes to take in connection with the construction of the project to minimize the effects of construction runoff during operations. The Contractor shall not perform any clearing or grubbing or earthwork on the project, other than that specifically authorized in writing by the City Engineer, until the program has been accepted and implemented.

Submittal: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP) – depending on project size.

The provisions in Section 13 “Water Pollution Control” of the State Standard Specifications shall apply to this contract unless otherwise stated in the Bid Documents. The SWPPP or WPCP shall specify Best Management Practices (BMPs) that will prevent all construction pollutants from contacting storm water before, during, and post-construction with the intent of keeping all products of erosion from moving off site into receiving waters. Work also includes complying with the project SWPPP or WPCP provisions and providing a current approved copy which shall be on site during the duration of the project at all times. All work shall conform to City Standard Specifications and Details, the Caltrans Standard Specifications, these General Conditions, the California Environmental Protection Agency, and as directed by the City Engineer.

5.09. PAYMENT OF TAXES
The Contract prices paid for the Work shall include full compensation for all taxes, which the Contractor is required to pay, whether imposed by federal, state, or local governments.

5.10. PERMITS AND LICENSES
A. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the lawful prosecution of the work.

All permits and licenses shall be obtained in sufficient time to prevent delays to the 366
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-46
work. The Contractor shall, at a minimum, possess and maintain the licenses and permits set forth in the Contract Provisions.

B. The Contractor shall possess a Class "A" General Engineering Contractor's License in the State of California, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Bid documents.

C. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a City of West Sacramento business license and furnishing a copy to the Engineer prior to the commencement of work.

D. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a City Encroachment Permit to do the work and complying with all conditions and requirements of the permit. The Contractor will not be charged a fee for this permit.

E. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a Caltrans Rider Encroachment Permit to do all work within Caltrans Right of Way and complying with all conditions and requirements of the permit. The Contractor will not be charged a fee for this permit.

F. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a City Fire Hydrant Permit for construction water, prior to construction. The permit for temporary construction water shall be obtained at the City Public Works office located at 4300 West Capitol Avenue, West Sacramento; Phone: (916) 617-4850. The Contractor shall be held to all responsibilities and conditions of the Fire Hydrant Permit and the Hydrant Meter Policy. The Fire Hydrant Permit will be provided to the Contractor free of charge but there will be a refundable $1,725 deposit required. The temporary water permit, obtained prior to construction, may be charged against the project Work Order Number. All City equipment issued to the Contractor under the Fire Hydrant Permit shall be returned to the City prior to issuance of the Contract final payment. All costs for repair and/or replacement of any lost or damaged City equipment, including repair of hydrants damaged as a result of use by the Contractor, shall be deducted from the Contractor’s final payment.

G. The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting a completed Industrial Discharge Permit Application to Sacramento County Wastewater Source Control Section for all anticipated discharges of chlorinated water into the City sanitary sewer system. The permit application will require data on allowable flows into the system, times of discharge, concentrations of chlorine, etc. For information on obtaining an Industrial Discharge Permit Application contact Sacramento County Wastewater Source Control Section at (916) 876-6522.

5.11. PATENTS
The Contractor shall assume all costs arising from the use of patented materials, equipment, devices, or processes used on or incorporated into the Work, and agrees to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City, the Engineer, and their duly authorized representatives, from all suits at law, or actions of every nature for, or on account of, the use of any patented materials, equipment, devices, or processes.

5.12. PUBLIC CONVENIENCE
This section defines the Contractor’s responsibility with regard to convenience of the public and public traffic in connection with its operations.

A. The Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to offer the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to the public. The Contractor shall have under 367
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-47
construction no greater length or amount of work than can be properly prosecuted with due regard to the rights of the public.

B. Notification of Residents and Businesses: Proper and timely notification of residents and businesses in the project areas is of utmost importance to the City. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all residents and businesses receive written notice detailing streets, description of work, dates and hours of work, at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the commencement of work. If the Contractor anticipates any delay in the work that exceeds the forty-eight (48) hour notice, the Contractor shall submit another notice to the resident or business indicating the extended window of delay. There shall be a limit of no more than forty-eight (48) hours for the extended window notification.

The Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to ensure that written notification is received and acknowledged by residents and businesses located in the construction zone. The notification must be in a form approved by the Engineer. Non-compliance with any stipulation of this section will be justification for the City to stop work.

Submittals: Notification to residents and businesses shall be submitted to the Engineer five (5) business days prior to the start of the notification period.

Notification to residents and businesses of extension of delay shall be submitted to the Engineer five (5) business days prior to the start of the notification period.

C. The Contractor shall maintain property access to all residences, businesses, and schools at all times unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. All portions of the driveway, concrete, and sidewalk removed during progress of work shall be replaced within a maximum of five (5) days after concrete is removed, The section removed shall be backfilled with temporary material if work is delayed or anticipated to take longer than maximum allowable days. Notification shall be made to the residents or businesses at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to commencement of work and shall include when the concrete will be poured and completed.

Upon approval by the City Engineer, access to certain properties may be temporarily closed if all of the following conditions can be met:
i. No options exist to maintain property access and complete the project. ii. Contractor has discussed the closure with the business owner in person. iii. Residents or business owners have been notified in writing at least seven (7) calendar days in advance of the time and length of closure. iv. Residents or business owners have been reminded of the closure in writing at least two (2) working days prior to the actual closure. v. Contractor has provided business with a contractor name and number to call with questions regarding the closure.

D. Full and temporary closures require a minimum of forty-eight (48) hour notification to residents and shall be re-opened to the public with the least amount of 368
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-48
inconvenience. Temporary access may be required for emergency vehicles at any time.

The Contractor shall inform the City Fire and Police Departments, Yolo Bus, Washington Unified School District, and Waste Management at least two (2) working days prior to the commencement of construction activities.

Contractor shall not impair or impede refuse and recycling operations scheduled to be conducted within the project area. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine which waste hauler and recycling operators are scheduled to operate within the project area and to develop a project schedule that will not impair or impede the waste hauler or recycling operations. The Contractor shall inform all residents not to leave yard waste on the street until the scheduled pick-up day. If the yard waste is left on the streets, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove or arrange for proper removal of the items at no additional cost to the City.

Likewise, if the waste hauler or recycling operations must return for pick-up due to Contractor activity, any additional charges shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

E. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, all public traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work with as little inconvenience and delay as possible. In order to expedite the passage of public traffic through or around the work, the Contractor shall install as appropriate signs, lights, flares, barricades, and other facilities for the sole convenience and direction of public traffic. Also, where directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide and station competent flaggers whose sole duties shall consist of directing the movement of public traffic through or around the Work. The cost of furnishing and installing such signs, lights, flares, barricades, and other facilities, and the cost of providing and stationing such flaggers, all for the convenience and direction of public traffic, will be considered as included in the Contract price and no additional compensation will be.

F. Spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across any publicly traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at its expense.

G. Construction operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to abutting property owners.

H. Noise control shall conform to the provisions in Section 14-8.02, "Noise Control" of the State Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. This requirement in no way relieves the Contractor from responsibility for complying with all ordinances regulating noise level.

The noise level requirement shall apply to the equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not limited to trucks, transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor. The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

I. Convenient access to driveways, houses, and buildings along the line of the work shall be maintained and temporary approaches to crossings or intersecting highways shall be provided and kept in good condition. When the abutting 369
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-49
property owner's access across the right-of-way line is to be eliminated, or to be replaced under the Contract by other access facilities, the existing access shall not be closed until the replacement access facilities are usable. These requirements are in addition to the above sections.

J. Water shall be supplied for the alleviation or prevention of dust nuisance as provided in the Contract Documents or directed by the City Engineer. Any water obtained from a fire hydrant within the City of West Sacramento shall be subject to a fire hydrant permit issued by the Public Works Department of the City of West Sacramento. Obtaining a City Fire Permit is described in Section 5.10 F. above.

Air pollution control shall conform to the provisions in Section 14-9.02, "Air Pollution Control," of the State Standard Specifications.

Dust control shall conform to the provisions in Section 14-11.04, "Dust Control," of the State Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

K. All mud and debris shall be removed by regular sweeping and vacuuming in the construction area and along the materials hauling routes. All materials transported by truck shall be covered or wetted down. All inactive portions of exposed construction or staging site shall be watered with appropriate dust suppressant or covered. During periods of high winds when dust control measures are unable to avoid visible dust plumes, all earthmoving or other dust-producing activities shall be suspended. Sweeping activities shall conform to the provisions in Section 13-

4.03F, “Sweeping,” of the State Standard Specifications.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

L. Flaggers and guards, while assigned to traffic control, shall perform their duties, and shall be provided with the necessary equipment in accordance with the current "Flagging Instruction Handbook" of the California Department of Transportation.

The equipment shall be furnished and kept clean and in good repair by the Contractor at its expense.

M. All traffic control shall be in accordance with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD, latest edition) Part 6 and this Section

5.12. 1. Traffic Control Plans. Prior to starting work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a proposed detailed Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for approval. The TCP shall include, but not limited to, signing, pavement markings, construction scheduling, temporary barricades, methods and devices for permanent and temporary delineation and channelization, placement and maintenance of devices, roadway lighting, traffic regulations, surveillance and inspection, and be in accordance with the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications latest edition adopted and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Controls Devices (California MUTCD - latest edition adopted) and this section. The TCP shall be prepared by a CA Registered Civil or Traffic Engineer and be submitted to the Engineer at least five (5) working days prior to the start of work to allow for an approved TCP a minimum of two (2) working days prior to the start of any work. The TCP requirement for preparation by a Registered Engineer may be waived by the City Engineer for small or non-complex construction projects. 370
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-50
Submittals: A TCP complete with diagrams and narrative shall be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of work.

All proposed street closures shall be clearly identified in the TCP and shall conform to the section “Traffic Control Devices and Procedures” and these General Conditions and Special Provisions (as appropriate). Construction area signs for street closure and detours shall be posted a minimum of five (5) days prior to the commencement of street closure. The Contractor shall maintain safe pedestrian traffic through the project limit at all times.

2. Traffic Control Devices and Procedures. Traffic control devices and procedures shall conform to the California Manual of Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD), Part 6 and this Section 5.12. Non-compliance with any stipulation of this Section will be justification for the City to stop work.

Construction area signs shall be furnished, installed, maintained, and removed when no longer required by the Contractor in accordance with the provisions in Section 12, "Temporary Traffic Control" of the State Standard Specifications and these General Conditions.

The Contractor shall install all construction area signs as shown on the TCP within two (2) working days of issuance by the City of the Notice to Proceed for the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall notify the appropriate regional notification center or operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days, but not more than fourteen (14) calendar days, prior to commencing any excavation of construction area sign posts. Regional notification centers include but are not limited to the following:

Notification Center Telephone
Underground Service Alert -
Northern California (USA)
1(800) 227-2600 or 811
All excavations required to install construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment, except that power equipment may be used if it is determined there are no utility facilities in the area of the proposed post holes.

Utility denotations placed within project limits shall be removed prior to completion of work.

Sign substrates for stationary mounted construction area signs may be fabricated from fiberglass reinforced plastic as specified under "Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials" in Section 20.09 of Division IV of the City Standard Specifications.

Type IV retroreflective sheeting for sign panels for portable construction area signs shall conform to the requirements specified under "Prequalified and 371
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-51
Tested Signing and Delineation Materials" in Section 20.09 of Division IV of the City Standard Specifications.

Full compensation for providing all of the labor, tools, equipment, materials and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in construction area signs shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for “Traffic Control System” and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

Barricades shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations designated by the Engineer, or as required by construction work shown on the plans and shall conform to the provisions in Section 12, “Temporary Traffic Control” of the State Standard Specifications and these General Conditions.

Portable delineators shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations designated by the Engineer, or as required by construction work shown on the plans and shall conform to the provisions in Section 12, “Temporary Traffic Control” of the State Standard Specifications and these General Conditions.

Type II retroreflective sheeting for stripes on barricade rail faces shall conform to the requirements specified under “Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials” in Section 20.09 of Division IV of the City Standard Specifications.

Construction area signs conforming to the requirements in Section 12 3, “Temporary Traffic Control Devices” of the State Standard Specifications shall be installed on barricades as directed by the Engineer at the locations or as required by construction work shown on the plans.

Full compensation for furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing barricades and portable delineators, and mounting and removing construction area signs on barricades shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for “Traffic Control System” and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

Traffic Cones shall conform to the provisions in Section 12-3.02, “Traffic Cones,” of the State Standard Specifications.

The type of reflective cone sleeves used shall be at the option of the Contractor. However, only one type of reflective cone sleeve shall be used on the project.

Lane closures shall conform to the provisions in Section 5.12 M. (4) below.

Work shall not commence at any given location until warning signs, appropriate traffic control devices and flaggers, if required, are in proper position and approved by the Engineer. All signs shall be reflectorized and be visible and legible for a distance of three hundred (300) feet at night. Flaggers shall be stationed at cross streets where necessary.

The Contractor’s failure to comply with the above requirements will be sufficient cause for the Engineer to immediately suspend work until compliance is achieved.

Personal vehicles of the Contractor’s employees shall not be parked in the traveled way including any section closed to public traffic. 372
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-52
Flaggers are mandatory at locations where equipment is intermittently blocking a traffic lane, or where only one lane is available for two-direction traffic. One flagger is required for each direction of traffic affected where only one lane is available or when required by the Engineer. When less than 20 feet of street width is available for two-directional traffic, one lane control shall be imposed with appropriate flaggers. Flaggers shall wear approved distinctive clothing. Flaggers shall be provided with the necessary equipment in accordance with the current “Instructions to Flaggers” of the California Department of Transportation.

Whenever vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within six (6) feet of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at twenty-five (25) foot intervals to a point not less than twenty-five (25) feet past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A C23 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted on a telescoping flag tree with flags. The flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for traffic control, and noncompliance with any stipulation of this section will be justification for the City to stop work.

3. Elimination of On-Street Parking. The Contractor shall place notification for the elimination of on-street parking, if required, at least seventy-two (72) hours, but not more than one hundred and twenty (120) hours prior to the start of work. The notification shall be in the form of a MUTCD standard 12” x 18” red and white no parking sign with the phrase "TOW-AWAY NO PARKING - FOR TOWED VEHICLES PHONE (916) 372-3375". This notice shall be affixed to both sides of a Type II barricade that is placed in the lane of the road (max. forty-four (44) ft. spacing) used for on-street parking. No other location or method of placement is acceptable. The Contractor shall check periodically for missing, collapsed, damaged or improperly placed signs and correct as necessary to remain in compliance with this section.

Once the no parking period has ended, the Contractor shall promptly remove the Type II barricade(s) in no later than forty-eight (48) business hours. The notification shall be in a form approved by the Engineer. Non-compliance with any stipulation of this section will be justification for the City to stop work.

Submittals: Notice for the Elimination of On-Street Parking shall be submitted by the contractor a minimum of five (5) days prior to the start of the notification period. The Engineer will approve the notice prior to the start of the notification period.

4. Lane Closures. All lane closures shall be included in the Traffic Control Plans and shall both conform to Section 5.12 M.2. above and be approved by the Engineer. Total road closures will not be allowed for the Project unless specifically detailed on the project plans or formal written permission is granted by the Engineer specifically detailing the total time of closure, including date of closure and reopening.

Traffic Control System shall include closing of traffic lanes in accordance with construction work shown on the plans, the provisions of Section 12, 373
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-53
“Temporary Traffic Control,” of the State Standard Specifications, and these General Conditions.

The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to comply with the provisions in Section 7 1.04, “Public Safety,” of the State Standard Specifications or as directed by the Engineer.

Each vehicle used to place, maintain and remove components of a traffic control system on multilane highways shall be equipped with a Type II flashing arrow sign which shall be in operation when the vehicle is being used for placing, maintaining, or removing the components. Vehicles equipped with Type II flashing arrow sign not involved in placing, maintaining, or removing the components when operated within a stationary type lane closure shall only display the caution display mode. The sign shall be controllable by the operator of the vehicle while the vehicle is in motion. The flashing arrow sign shall not be used on the vehicles which are doing the placing, maintaining, and removing, of components of a traffic control system, and shall be in place before a lane closure requiring its use is completed.

If any component in the traffic control system is displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair the component to its original condition or replace the component and shall restore the component to its original location.

When lane closures are made for work periods only, at the end of each work period, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder.

5. Measurement and Payment. Unless specifically shown as an item of work on the proposal form, all work defined in this Section, including property notifications, lane closures, and other traffic control activities, including all labor, materials and equipment, shall be considered included in the contract lump sum price paid for Traffic Control System” and other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

5.13. CONTINUOUS OPERABILITY OF FACILITIES
Absent written permission by the Engineer, the continuous operation of all existing facilities is required and shall in no way be affected by the Work.

5.14. SAFETY
A. General

1. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the job Site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the Work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. Safety provisions shall conform to all applicable Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, and codes, and to the rules and regulations established by the California Division of Industrial Safety, and to other rules of law applicable to the Work. 374
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-54

2. The services of the Engineer in conducting construction review of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's work methods, equipment, bracing or scaffolding or safety measures, in, on, or near the construction site, and shall not be construed as supervision of the actual construction nor make the Engineer or the City responsible for providing a safe place for the performance of work by the Contractor, Subcontractors, or suppliers; or for access, visits, use work, travel or occupancy by any person.

3. The Contractor shall carefully instruct all personnel working in potentially hazardous work areas, materials, equipment, or tools as to potential dangers and shall provide such necessary safety equipment and instruction as is necessary to prevent injury to personnel and damage to property. Special care shall be exercised relative to electrical work, work involving excavation and in sump pump work.

4. All work and materials shall be in strict accordance with all applicable State, Federal and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes.

5. Nothing in this Contract is to be construed to permit work not conforming to governing law. When Contract Documents differ from governing law, the Contractor shall furnish and install the higher standards called for without extra charge. All equipment furnished shall be grounded and provided with guards and protection as required by safety codes. Where vapor-tight or explosion-proof electrical installation is required by law, this shall be provided.

6. The Contractor shall submit a safety plan and/or narrative description to the Engineer prior to commencement of the Work. This safety plan and/or narrative description shall describe all first aid, safety clothing, etc. to be used at the Project Site..

7. The Contractor shall submit a health and safety plan to the Engineer prior to commencement of the work. This health and safety plan shall describe all first aid, safety clothing, etc. to be used at the Project Site. The health and safety plan shall also include measures to control work exposure to soil and measures to control airborne dust, prevent toxic ingestion, and control runoff0 Submittals: The Contractor shall provide a Health and Safety Plan prior to start of construction.

B. Shoring and Trench Safety Plan

1. Attention is directed to Section 832 of the Civil Code of the State of California relating to lateral and subjacent support, and the Contractor shall comply with this law.

2. In accordance with Section 6705 of the State Labor Code, the Contractor shall submit to the City specific plans to show details of provisions for worker protection from caving ground. Not less than thirty (30) days before beginning excavation for any trench or trenches five (5) feet or more in depth required under this Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer working drawings of his trench safety plan. The trench safety plan working drawings shall be detailed plans showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the California Division of 375
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-55
Industrial Safety or the Federal Safety and Health Regulations for Construction of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer. In no event shall the Contractor use a shoring, sloping, or protective system less effective than that required by said Construction Safety Orders, or less effective than that required by said Federal Safety Standards. Submission of this plan in no way relieves the Contractor from the requirement to maintain safety in all operations performed by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.

5.15. BLASTING
Except for exceptional circumstances, blasting shall be prohibited. Accordingly, Bids should be prepared on the basis that no blasting will be permitted. Should blasting be required and expressly approved by the City, the City will issue a Change Order for blasting work.

5.16. INTOXICATING LIQUORS AND NARCOTICS
The Contractor shall not sell, permit, or suffer the introduction or use of intoxicating liquors, or narcotics upon or about the Site.

5.17. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
A. The Contractor shall take whatever precautions are necessary to prevent damage to all existing improvements, including above ground and underground utilities, trees, shrubbery, and other landscape improvements that is not specifically shown to be removed, fences, signs, mailboxes, survey markers and monuments, buildings, structures, the City's property, adjacent property, and any other improvements or facilities within or adjacent to the work. If such improvements or property are injured or damaged by reason of the Contractor's operations, they shall be replaced or restored, at the Contractor's expense, to a condition at least as good as the condition they were in prior to the start of the Contractor's operations.

B. The Contractor shall adopt all practical means to minimize interference to traffic and public inconvenience, discomfort, or damage. The Contractor shall protect against damage to any pipes, conduits or other structures crossing the trenching or encountered in the Work and shall be responsible for any damage done to such pipes or structures, or damage to property resulting therefrom. The Contractor shall support, repair, or replace any such structures without delay and without any additional compensation to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. All obstructions to traffic shall be guarded by barriers illuminated at night. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to persons and property directly or indirectly caused by his operations and, under all circumstances, Contractor must comply with the laws and regulations of the State of California relative to safety of persons and property and the interruption of traffic and the convenience of the public within the respective jurisdictions.

C. The Contractor is cautioned that it must replace all improvements in rights-of-way and within the public streets to a condition at least equal to what existed prior to his entry onto the job.

D. Type and time of construction required at any road subject to interference by the work will be determined by those authorities responsible for maintenance of said road. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the nature and extent of all such requirements, including provision of temporary detours as required; however, the construction right-of-way obtained by the City at affected 376
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-56
roadways will be adequate for provision of all required detours. As required at any road crossing, the Contractor shall provide all necessary flaggers, guardrails, barricades, signals, warning signs and lighting to provide for the safety of existing roads and detours. Immediately after the need for temporary detours ceases, or when directed, the Contractor shall remove such detours and perform all necessary cleanup work, including replacement of fences, and removal of materials. Included shall be all necessary replacement of existing roadway appurtenances, grading work, soil stabilization and dust control measures, as required and directed.

E. The Contractor shall examine all bridges, culverts, and other structures over which he will move his materials and equipment, and before using them, Contractor shall properly strengthen such structures where necessary. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all injury or damage to such structures caused by reason of its operations.

5.18. RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIR OF FACILITIES
All public or private facilities, including but not limited to, gravel surfacing at existing canals, structures, telephone cables, roadways, curbs, gutters, parking lots, private drives, levees and embankments for creeks, ponds and reservoirs disturbed during construction of the work shall be repaired and/or replaced by the Contractor to match facilities existing prior to construction. In addition, the Contractor shall be responsible for any settlement damage to such facilities or adjoining areas for a period of one (1) year after acceptance of such required facilities.

The Contractor shall be required to document all existing structures, facilities, frontages, and backyards including curb & gutter, sidewalk, driveways, fences, patios, walkways and landscaping on video and/or digital photos. The videotape will be used to determine damages caused by the Contractor’s construction operations that will be repaired at the Contractor’s cost.

It is to the Contractor’s advantage to have a detailed video of any existing damage so that its cause will not be disputed. Any damages or claims submitted to the City to existing structures, equipment, vehicles, facilities, frontages, and backyards not clearly depicted in the video will be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair at his cost. A copy of said video tape shall be submitted to the City prior to the start of construction.

Submittals: The Contractor shall provide a Video and Digital Photos of Existing Improvements prior to start of construction.

5.19. CITY’S REPAIR
In the event the Contractor refuses or neglects to make good any loss or damage for which he is responsible under this Contract, the City may itself or by the employment of others, make good any such loss or damage, and the cost and expense of doing so, including any reasonable engineering, legal and other consultant fees, and any costs of administrative and managerial services, shall be charged to the Contractor. Such costs and expenses may be deducted by the City from claims for payment made by the Contractor for work completed or remaining to be completed.

5.20. ANTITRUST CLAIM ASSIGNMENT
In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to this contract, the Contractor and all Subcontractors shall offer and agree to assign to the City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions 377
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-57
Code), arising from purchases of goods, services or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgement by the parties.

5.21. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO RESCIND FOR MATERIAL BREACH
The Contractor agrees that it can be adequately compensated by money damages for any breach of this Contract which may be committed by the City and hereby agrees that no default, act, or omission of the City or the Engineer, shall constitute a material breach of the Contract entitling the Contractor to cancel or rescind the provisions of this Contract or (unless the City shall so consent or direct in writing) to suspend or abandon performance of all or any part of the Work. The Contractor hereby waives any and all rights and remedies to which it might otherwise be or become entitled, save only its right to money damages.

5.22. CONTRACTOR’S LICENSE NOTICE

CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED BY LAW TO BE LICENSED AND REGULATED BY THE CONTRACTORS’ STATE LICENSE BOAFD. ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING A CONTRACTOR MAY BE REFERRED TO:

DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS
CONTRACTORS’ STATE LICENSE BOARD
9821 BUSINESS PARK DRIVE
SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95827

MAILING ADDRESS
P.O. BOX 26000
SACARMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95826

5.23. HISTORICAL, SCIENTIFIC AND ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES All articles of historical or scientific value, including but not limited to coins, fossils, and articles of antiquity which may be uncovered by the Contractor during the progress of work, shall become City property. Such findings shall be reported immediately to the Engineer who will determine the method of removal, where necessary, and the final disposition thereof.

The Contractor shall stop work and report immediately to the Engineer in case of discovery of human remains and inadvertent discovery of archaeological resources.

A pre-construction tribal cultural resources awareness training program may be required for all consultants and contractors involved in the project.

5.24. INSURANCE
Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property, which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work hereunder by the Contractor, their agents, representatives, employees, or Subcontractors. The amount of insurance required shall be in accordance with the bid and contract documents or in accordance with the City of West Sacramento Certificate of Insurance Requirements for Standard City Contracts, whichever is greater. The cost of such insurance shall be included in the Contractor's bid.

A. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractors shall commence any work until all required insurance has been obtained at their own expense. Such insurance 378
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-58
must have the approval of the City as to limit, form, and amount, and shall be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best's rating of no less than A:VII.

B. Any insurance bearing on adequacy of performance shall be maintained after completion of the project for the full guarantee period.

C. Prior to execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish the City with original endorsements effecting coverage for all policies required by the Contract. The endorsements shall be signed by a person authorized by the insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The endorsements are to be on forms provided or approved by the City. The City may require the Contractor or any Subcontractor to furnish complete certified copies of all insurance policies affecting the coverage required by the Contract.

D. All of the Contractor's policies shall contain an endorsement providing that written notice shall be given to the City at least sixty (60) calendar days prior to termination, cancellation, or reduction of coverage in the policy.

E. Any policy or policies of insurance that the Contractor elects to carry as insurance against loss or damage to its construction equipment and tools shall include a provision therein providing a waiver of the insurer's right to subrogation against the City and the Engineer.

F. The requirements as to the types, limits, and the City's approval of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations assumed by the Contractor under the Contract.

G. In addition to any other remedy the City may have, if the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors fails to maintain the insurance coverage as required in this Section, the City may obtain such insurance coverage as is not being maintained, in form and amount substantially the same as required herein, and the City may deduct the cost of such insurance from any amounts due or which may become due the Contractor under this Contract.

H. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall, at their expense, maintain in effect at all times during the performance of work under the Contract not less than the following coverage and limits of insurance, which shall be maintained with insurers and under forms of policy satisfactory to the City. The maintenance by the Contractor and all Subcontractors of the following coverage and limits of insurance is a material element of this Contract. The failure of the Contractor or any Subcontractor to maintain or renew coverage or to provide evidence of renewal may be treated by the City as a material breach of this contract.

1. Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance (i) Workers’ Compensation
The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall maintain insurance to protect the Contractor or Subcontractor from all claims under Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Acts, including Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers' Act. Such coverage shall be maintained, in type and amount, in strict compliance with all applicable State and Federal statutes and regulations. The Contractor shall execute a certificate in compliance with Labor 379
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-59
Code Section 1861, on the form provided in the Contract Documents.
(ii) Claims Against City
If an injury occurs to any employee of the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors for which the employee or its dependents, in the event of its death, may be entitled to compensation from the City under the provisions of the said Acts, or for which compensation is claimed from the City, there will be retained out of the sums due the Contractor under this Contract, an amount sufficient to cover such compensation as fixed by said Acts, until such compensation is paid or it is determined that no compensation is due. If the City is required to pay such compensation, the amount so paid will be deducted and retained from such sums due, or to become due, the Contractor.

2. Commercial General and Automobile Liability Insurance The Contractor shall maintain in effect at all times during the performance of the work hereunder not less than the following coverage’s and limits of Commercial General and Automobile Liability insurance:
(i) Form and Amount
The insurance shall include, but shall not be limited to, protection against claims arising from death, bodily injury, personal injury, or damage to property resulting from actions, failures to act, operations or equipment of the insured, or by its employees, agents or consultants, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the insured. The amount of insurance required shall be in accordance with the bid and contract documents or in accordance with the City of West Sacramento Certificate of Insurance Requirements for Standard City Contracts, whichever is greater applying to bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage, or any combination of the three. Any deductibles must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles as respects the entity, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers; or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration expenses, and defense expenses.
(ii) Additional Requirements
(1) Provision or endorsement naming the City, the
Engineer and its consultants, and each of their officers, employees, and agents, each as additional insured’s with respect to any potential liability arising out of the
performance of any work under the Contract, and providing that such insurance is primary insurance as respects the interest of the City and Engineer, and its consultants, and each of their officers, employees, and agents and that any other insurance, risk pool membership, or other liability protection maintained by the City or maintained by the
380
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-60
Engineer is excess to the insurance required hereunder, and will not be called upon to contribute to any loss unless and until all limits available under the Contractor's and Subcontractor's insurance policy/policies have been paid.

The additional insured coverage and under this
Contractor’s policy shall be “primary and non-contributory” and will not seek contribution for the City’s insurance or self-insurance shall be at least as broad as CG 20 01 04

13. (2) “Cross Liability” or “Severability of Interest” clause. (3) Broad Form Property Damage, Personal Injury,
Contractual Liability, Protective Liability, and Completed Operations coverage’s, and elimination of any exclusion regarding loss or damage to property caused by explosion or resulting from collapse of buildings or structures or damage to property underground, commonly referred to by insurers as the "XCU" hazards.
(4) Provision or endorsement stating that such
insurance, subject to all of its other terms and conditions, applies to the liability assumed by the Contractor under the Contract, including, without limitation, that set forth in Section 5.25, “Indemnity and Litigation Costs.”.
(5) Provision or endorsement stating that any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies, including breaches of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers.
(6) Provision or endorsements stating that any failure
to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies, including breaches of warranties, shall not affect the
coverage provide to the City, its officers, officials,
employees, or volunteers.
(7) The Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately
to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is
brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability .

3. Builder’s Risk or Installation Floater “All-Risk” Insurance.

Before commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall submit written evidence that it has obtained for the period of the Contract, Builder's Risk "All-Risk" Completed Value Insurance and/or Inland Marine "All-Risk" Installation Floater Insurance, as may be applicable, upon the entire project which is the subject of this Contract, including completed work and work in progress. The policy or policies of insurance shall name the Contractor, City, and Engineer as insured’s as their respective interests may appear, and shall include an insurer's waiver of subrogation rights in favor of each. Such insurance may have a deductible clause, but the amount of the deductible shall be subject to the approval of the City, except that the deductible on 381
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-61
earthquake coverage may be in accordance with the underwriter's requirements.

5.25. INDEMNITY AND LITIGATION COST
A. Promptly upon execution of the Contract, the Contractor specifically obligates itself and hereby agrees to protect, hold free and harmless, defend and indemnify the City, the Engineer and his consultants, and each of their officers, employees and agents, from any and all liability, penalties, costs, losses, damages, expenses, causes of action, claims or judgments, including attorney's fees, which arise out of or are in any way connected with the Contractor's, or his Subcontractors' or suppliers', performance of work under this Contract or failure to comply with any of the obligations contained in the Contract. This indemnity shall imply no reciprocal right of the Contractor in any action on the Contract pursuant to California Civil Code section 1717 or section 1717.5. To the fullest extent legally permissible, this indemnity, defense and hold harmless agreement by the Contractor shall apply to any and all acts or omissions, whether active or passive, on the part of the Contractor or his agents, employees, representatives, or Subcontractor's agents, employees and representatives, resulting in claim or liability, irrespective of whether or not any acts or omissions of the parties to be indemnified hereunder may also have been a contributing factor to the liability, except such loss or damage which was caused by the active negligence, the sole negligence, or the willful misconduct of the City. The Contractor’s obligation under this Section shall apply to claims arising from the Contractor’s mistake, error, or neglect in preparing its Bid for this project.

B. In any and all claims against the City, the Engineer and each of their consultants, officers, employees and agents by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Section shall not be limited in way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under Workers' Compensation statutes, disability benefit statutes or other employee benefit statutes.

5.26. PROTECTION OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the care of all the Work until its completion and final acceptance. The Contractor shall, at its own expense, replace damaged or lost material and repair damaged parts of the Work or the same may be done at the Contractor's expense by the City and the Contractor and his sureties shall be liable therefor. The Contractor shall make its own provisions for properly storing and protecting all material and equipment against theft, injury, or damage from any and all causes. Damaged material and equipment shall not be used in the Work.

The Contractor shall take all risks from floods and casualties except as provided by law, and shall make no charge for the restoration of such portions of the work as may be destroyed or damaged by flood or other casualties or because of danger from flood or other casualties or for delays from such causes. The Contractor may, however, be allowed a reasonable extension of time on account of such delays, subject to the conditions herein before specified. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the cost, in excess of five percent (5%) of the contracted amount, of repairing or restoring damage to the Work, if the damage was proximately caused by an earthquake in excess of a magnitude of three point five (3.5) on the Richter Scale or by tidal waves; provided that the Work damaged was built in accordance 382
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-62
with accepted and applicable building standards, and the plans and specifications of the City.

B. Contractor shall effectively secure and protect adjacent property and structures, livestock, crops, and other vegetation. If applicable, the Contractor shall open fences on or crossing the right-of-way and install temporary gates of sound construction thereon so as to prevent the escape of livestock. Adjacent fence posts shall be adequately braced to prevent the sagging or slackening of the wire.

Before such fences are opened, the Contractor shall notify the owner or tenant of the property and, where practicable, the opening of the fence shall be in accordance with the wishes of said owner or tenant. The Contractor shall be responsible that no loss or inconvenience shall accrue to the owner or tenant by virtue of their fences having been opened or the gate not having been either shut or attended at all times. Where special types of fences are encountered, the Contractor shall install temporary gates made of similar materials and of suitable quality to serve the purposes of the original fences. In all cases where the Contractor removes fences to obtain workroom, the Contractor shall provide and install temporary fencing as required, and on completion of construction shall restore the original fence to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All costs of providing, maintaining, and restoring gates and fencing shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all passageways, guard fences, lights and other facilities for protection required by public authority or local conditions.

C. The Contractor shall use extreme care during construction to prevent damage from dust to crops and adjacent property. The Contractor, at its own expense, shall provide adequate dust control for the right-of-way and take other preventative measures as directed by the Engineer.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any property resulting from trespass by the Contractor or his employees in the course of their employment, whether such trespass was committed with or without the consent or knowledge of the Contractor.

E. The Contractor shall see that the Site is kept drained and free of all ground water and any other water, which may impede the progress or execution of the Work.

F. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by drainage or water runoff from construction areas and from construction plant areas.

G. In an emergency affecting the safety of life, the Work, or adjoining property, the Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from the Engineer, is hereby permitted to act at its discretion to prevent such threatened loss or injury, and the Contractor shall so act without appeal if so instructed or authorized. Any compensation claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as specified under Section 2.07. Should the Engineer deem an emergency condition to exist, the Contractor shall immediately do those things and take those steps ordered by the Engineer. The decision of the Engineer in this respect shall be final and conclusive. Any claims for compensation made by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as specified under Section 2.07.

H. Except as provided by Government Code Section 4215, the Contractor shall be responsible for the removal, relocation and protection of all public and private utilities, including irrigation facilities in the nature of utilities, located on the site of the construction project if and to the extent that the same are identified in the 383
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-63
Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time or claim for damages for extra compensation in connection therewith. If and to the extent that such utilities or facilities are not identified in the Contract Documents, as between the Contractor and the City, the City will be responsible for the cost of their removal, relocation, or protection, as the case may be, but the Contractor shall perform any such work in conformance with applicable provisions of Sections 2.06 and 2.07, if so directed by the Engineer. In such situations the Contractor shall not be responsible for delay in completion of the project caused by the failure of the City or the owner of the utility to provide for such removal or relocation. If the Contractor, while performing the Contract, discovers utility or irrigation facilities not identified by the City in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing.

I. Subject to the provisions of this Section, where the Work to be performed under the Contract crosses or otherwise interferes with existing streams, watercourses, canals, farm ditches, pipelines, drainage channels, or water supplies, the Contractor shall provide for such watercourse or pipelines and shall perform such construction during the progress of the Work so that no damage will result to either public or private interests, and the Contractor shall be liable for all damage that may result from failure to so provide during the progress of the Work.

5.27. ACCIDENTS
A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain, in accordance with Labor Code Section 6708 and OSHA requirements, adequate emergency first-aid treatment for his employees and anyone else who may be injured in connection with the Work.

B. The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Engineer all accidents whatsoever arising out of or in connection with, the performance of the Work, whether on or adjacent to the site, which caused death, personal injury, or property damage, giving full details and statements of witnesses. In addition, if death, serious injury, or serious damage are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by, telephone or messenger to the City and the Engineer.

C. If any claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any Subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer, giving full details of the claim.

5.28. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY
Neither the City, the Engineer, nor any of their other officers, agents, or employees shall be personally responsible for any liability arising under the Contract, except such obligations as are specifically set forth herein.
384
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-64
SECTION 6

PROGRESS AND COMPLETION OF WORK

6.01. PROGRESS SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall provide a schedule describing in sufficient detail the activities of the contractor or any subcontractors working at the project site within ten (10) days after execution of the Contract. The schedule shall incorporate the number of working days, critical path, project approval turn-around times, along with City and public notification requirements. The Contractor shall submit look ahead schedules for each month that work is in progress. If the project goes five (5) working days out of schedule, an updated schedule must be re-submitted to the Engineer for approval. No progress payments will be made until a satisfactory schedule has been submitted and approved by the Engineer. If the Work falls behind the accepted schedule, the Contractor shall promptly take whatever actions are necessary to put project back on schedule. For delays or portions of delays for which the Contractor is responsible, no payment will be made or time extension allowed for increase in work force, equipment, and working hours needed to put the project on schedule.

The Contractor shall review, revise and resubmit the progress schedule at least once a month to reflect progress. In any event, Contractor shall submit, at any time during the contract period, a current schedule to the Engineer at the Engineer’s request. A three-week rolling schedule shall be provided by the Contractor at each progress meeting. The schedule shall provide an accurate representation of the work planned for the current week and subsequent two (2) weeks.

No progress payments will be made for any work performed until a satisfactory schedule has been submitted and approved by the Engineer. An updated schedule shall be required from the Contractor if the project falls ten (10) working days behind schedule.

If the Work falls five (5) days behind the accepted schedule, the Contractor shall promptly take whatever actions are necessary to put the project back on schedule. For delays or portions of delays for which the Contractor is responsible, no payment will be made or time extension allowed for increase in work force, equipment, and working hours needed to put the project on schedule.

Submittals: The Contractor shall provide a work schedule to the Engineer a minimum of five (5) days prior to the start of work.

6.02. COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND TIME OF COMPLETION A. Commencement
The Contractor shall begin the Work after receiving a Notice to Proceed within the period of time set forth in the Contract Provisions. Thereafter, Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion as specified in the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall have the right to specify the locations where the Contractor shall start and proceed with the Work.

A preconstruction conference will be convened after the Contractor has delivered the necessary bonds, insurance certificates and signed agreement in proper form as required in the invitation to bid, bid proposal and general conditions of these specifications. Prior to any work, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a list of key personnel assigned to the project, email addresses, and the telephone 385
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-65
numbers where they may be reached at any time. The list shall be made available in sufficient copies and presented at the preconstruction conference.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Contract, the City shall not be obligated to accept or pay for any work furnished by the Contractor prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed whether or not the City has knowledge of the furnishing of such work. The Contractor shall not commence with work on this project until his Contract bonds and evidence of insurance comply with all Contract requirements and a Notice to Proceed has been issued.

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing two (2) working days (forty-eight (48) hours) prior to commencement of work on the Project or scheduling work for a Saturday, Sunday, or City Holiday. Failure to provide said notification will void the City's obligation to provide inspection. Any work done in the absence of the City's Inspector shall be subject to rejection.

The Contractor is required to limit their work within City right-of-way to between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. and on private property between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday. No work shall be allowed outside of these hours or on Saturdays or Sundays without prior written approval of the Engineer. The hours and days of work may be altered, by the Engineer, to accommodate the efficient movement of traffic, or to minimize the interruption of utility services, without any additional compensation to the Contractor.

B. Completion
All work under this Contract shall be completed within the period of time set forth in the Contract Provisions. The Contract shall be deemed completed when the Engineer has certified the completion of the Project as provided in Section 7.07, of these General Conditions.

6.03. SUSPENSION OF WORK
A. The Engineer may at any time, by notice in writing to the Contractor, suspend any part of the Work for such period of time as may be necessary to prevent improper execution of the Work on the project by the Contractor, his Subcontractors or agents, and the Contractor shall have no claim for damages or additional compensation on account of any such suspension.

B. The City may at any time suspend any part or all of the Work upon ten (10) days written notice to the Contractor, who shall thereupon discontinue all work suspended except for all operations to prevent loss or damage to work already executed as may be directed by the Engineer. Work shall be resumed by the Contractor after such suspension upon written notice from the City.

C. In the event of any suspension of the Work in whole or in part under subsection (6.03 B.) above, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time wherein to complete the Work to the extent of the delay caused to the Contractor thereby.

D. In the event the entire work shall be suspended by order of the City, as herein above provided, and shall remain so suspended for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days, through no fault of the Contractor, and notice to resume the Work shall not have been served on the Contractor as herein above provided, Contractor may, at their option, by written notice to the City, terminate the Contract 386
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-66
in the same manner as if the termination had been initiated by the City, and the City shall have no claim for damages because of such termination of the Contract.

6.04. DELAY IN THE WORK – TIME EXTENSIONS
The Contractor shall at all times employ such force, plant, materials, and tools as will be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to prosecute the Work at not less than the rates fixed under the terms of the Contract and to complete the Work thereof within the time limits fixed therein. If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the Work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence as will ensure the completion within the time specified in the Contract, or any approved extension thereof, or fails to complete said work within such time, the City may exercise the termination provisions set forth in Section 6.05, below.

A. Excusable Delays. Excusable delays shall be delays in the Contractor’s work due to strikes, lockouts by others, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties, adverse weather conditions which could not have been reasonably anticipated, or any other act(s) of God beyond the Contractor’s control, or by delay authorized by the City, or by any cause which the City shall decide to justify the delay. Except as provided in Section 6.05. below, in the event of an excusable delay, the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the City may determine. The Contractor’s right to an extension of time for an excusable delay is expressly subject to Contractor’s giving written notice of such request within ten (10) days following the date the Contractor knew or should have known of the delay. Failure to give such notice shall be construed as a waiver of such right. It is understood and agreed that extensions of time shall be the Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for excusable delays.

B. Compensable delays. Compensable delays shall be delays in the Contractor’s work due to acts or neglect of the City, its employees or those under it by contract or otherwise, or by changes ordered in the work. In the event of a compensable delay, the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the City may determine. In addition, the Contractor may recover its direct costs as provided in Section 6.05. The Contractor’s remedies for compensable delays are expressly subject to Contractor’s giving ten (10) days written notice of such request from the date the Contractor knew or should have known of the delay. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedies for compensable delays shall be an extension of the time and recovery of its direct costs as compensable hereunder, but only in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents.

C. Contractor and City understand and agree that the Contract time for the completion of this project is a very important part of the contract. Extensions of time will only be granted as provided above when events actually cause the Contractor to be delayed in the performance of the progress of that scheduled activity which is the controlling operation as of the time of the delay. When acts or omissions occur which could cause delay, Contractor will take all reasonable means in order to be able to continue to work as scheduled without any delay, or as short a delay as possible. Additionally, if inclement weather causes accumulation of standing water on the work site or other conditions which might cause delay, Contractor shall take all measures reasonably necessary to permit work to continue as quickly as possible.

D. If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a claim for additional time, such claim shall be documented by date substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, 387
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-67
and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction.

Adverse weather conditions shall be considered only as those conditions that exceed the average annual number of rain days and rain quantities as established by the Annual Local Climatological Summary and NOAA National Technical Memorandum NWS WR-65 (Revised) as published by the United States Government, National Weather Service, National Climate Center, Asheville, North Carolina.

E. The Engineer shall be responsible for determining when adverse weather conditions result in non-workable days. It shall be the Contractor’s duty to stay informed of such determinations by the Engineer. The Contractor may object to such adverse weather determinations by filing with the Engineer a written notice of objection. The notice of objection shall state the basis of the objection and provide supporting documentation, which substantiates that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction.

All such notices of objection shall be filed within three (3) days of the day in dispute. It is hereby agreed that the Contractor’s failure to submit a written notice of objection within three (3) days of the Engineer’s adverse weather determination shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor of all its rights to further protest, judicial or otherwise.

F. The Engineer will, within a reasonable period of time, issue a ruling on the Contractor’s notice of objection. All such rulings by the Engineer shall be final, unless the Contractor files a written protest within fifteen (15) days of the Engineer’s ruling. This protest shall clearly state the basis of the dispute. Such protest will be forwarded promptly to the City, which will issue a decision on each such protest. The City decision will be final. Pending the City decision, the Contractor shall proceed with its work in accordance with the Engineer’s ruling and/or instructions. It is hereby agreed that the Contractor’s failure to file a protest within fifteen (15) days of the Engineer’s ruling shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor of all its rights to further protest, judicial or otherwise.

G. The number of days that are anticipated to be non-workable due to adverse weather conditions shall be as set forth in Section 6.04 D. above. Days deemed non-workable by the Engineer in excess of such anticipated number shall be considered excusable delays.

H. Unexcused delays shall be delays in the Contractor’s work due to acts or neglect of the Contractor, its employees, Subcontractors, or those under it by contract or otherwise. In the event of an unexcused delay, the Contractor expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to either an extension of time or recovery of its costs.

I. A request for an extension of time, or the granting of an extension of time, shall not constitute a basis for any claim against the City for additional compensation or damages unless caused by the City or another contractor employed by the City.

6.05. DAMAGES FOR DELAY
In the event of compensable delay, the City shall only be liable for idle equipment, idle workers and the necessary costs of transporting equipment. The City shall be liable to the extent that the compensable delay is concurrent with excusable delays or Contractor caused delays to the controlling operation. The allowable costs shall be as for force account work under Section 2.04 with the following exceptions:
388
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-68
A. The Delay Factor in the Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rules applies to each equipment rental rate;
B. The daily number of payable hours shall equal the normal working hours during the delay, not to exceed eight (8) hours per day; and
C. No markups will be added.

6.06. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE
If at any time before completion of the Work, the City determines that it is either impossible or against the interests of the City to complete the Work, or if the Work is stopped by an injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction or by order of any competent authority, the City may, upon ten (10) days written notice to the Contractor, discontinue the Work and terminate the Contract. Upon service of such notice of termination, the Contractor shall discontinue the Work in such manner, sequence, and at such times as described below. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages for such discontinuance or termination, nor any claim for anticipated profits on the Work thus dispensed with, nor any other actually performed up to the time of discontinuance, including any Extra Work ordered by the Engineer to be done, nor for any claim for liquidated damages.

Termination of the Contract for Convenience and the total compensation payable to the Contractor in the event of termination shall be governed by the following:

A. The Engineer will issue the Contractor a written notice signed by the Engineer, specifying that the Contract is to be terminated. Upon receipt of said written notice and, except as otherwise directed in writing by the Engineer, the Contractor shall:

1. Stop all Work under the Contract except that specifically directed to be completed prior to Acceptance.

2. Perform Work the Engineer deems necessary to secure the project for termination.

3. Remove equipment from the site of the Work.

4. Take such action as is necessary to protect materials from damage.

5. Notify all Subcontractors and suppliers that the Contract is being terminated and that their contracts or orders are not to be further performed unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Engineer.

6. Provide the Engineer with an inventory list of all material previously produced, purchased or ordered from suppliers for use in the Work and not yet used in the Work, including its storage location, and such other information as the Engineer may request.

7. Dispose of material not yet used in the Work as directed by the Engineer.

8. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide the City with good title to all materials purchased by the City hereunder, including material for which partial payment has been made and with bills of sale or other documents of title for such materials.

9. Subject to the prior written approval of the Engineer, settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of subcontracts or orders for material 389
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-69
terminated hereunder. To the extent directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall assign to the City all the right, title and interest of the Contractor under subcontracts or orders for materials terminated hereunder.

10. Furnish the Engineer with the documentation required to be furnished by the Contractor under the provisions of the Contract including, on projects as to which Federal funds are involved, all documentation required under the Federal requirements included in the Contract.

11. Take such other actions as the Engineer may direct.

B. Termination of the Contract shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for damage to materials except as follows:

1. The Contractor's responsibility for damage to materials for which partial payment has been made and for materials furnished by the City for use in the Work and unused shall terminate when the Engineer certifies that such materials have been stored in the manner and at the locations he or she has directed.

2. The Contractor's responsibility for damage to materials purchased by the City subsequent to the issuance of the notice that the Contract is to be terminated shall terminate when title and delivery of such materials has been taken by the City.

3. When the Engineer determines that the Contractor has completed the Work under the Contract directed to be completed prior to termination and such other Work as may have been ordered to secure the project for termination, he or she will recommend that the Engineer formally accept the Contract, and immediately upon and after such Acceptance by the Engineer, the Contractor will not be required to perform any further Work thereon and shall be relieved of his or her Contractual responsibilities for injury to persons or damage to property which occurs after the formal Acceptance of the project by the Engineer.

C. The total compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be determined by the Engineer on the basis of the following:

1. The reasonable cost to the Contractor, without profit, for all Work performed under the Contract, including mobilization, demobilization and Work done to secure the project for termination. Reasonable cost will include a reasonable allowance for project Overhead and general administrative Overhead not to exceed a total of seven (7%) percent of Direct Costs of such Work.

2. A reasonable allowance for profit on the cost of the Work performed as determined under Section 6.06 A. above, provided the Contractor establishes to the satisfaction of the Engineer that it is reasonably probable that he or she would have made a profit had the Contract been completed and provided further, that the profit allowed shall in no event exceed four (4%) percent of said cost.

3. The reasonable cost to the Contractor of handling material returned to the vendor, delivered to the City or otherwise disposed of as directed by the Engineer.
390
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-70

4. A reasonable allowance for the Contractor's administrative costs in determining the amount payable due to termination of the Contract.

All records of the Contractor and the Subcontractors, necessary to determine compensation in accordance with this Section shall be open to inspection or audit by representatives of the City at all times after issuance of the notice that the Contract is to be terminated and for a period of three (3) years, and such records shall be retained for that period.

After Termination of the Work by the Engineer, the Engineer may make payments on the basis of interim estimates pending issuance of the Final Statement, when in his or her opinion the amount thus paid, together with all amounts previously paid or allowed, will not result in total compensation in excess of that to which the Contractor will be entitled.

All payments, including payment upon the Final Statement, shall be subject to deduction for prior payments and amounts, if any, to be kept or retained under the provisions of the Contract.

D. The provisions of this section shall be included in all subcontracts.

6.07. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT
A. In the event of any default by the Contractor as described below, the City may, after giving ten (10) days' written notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contractor's right to proceed with the Work or any part of the Work in the City's sole discretion. Events of default include:

1. Failure or refusal to prosecute the Work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence as will ensure the completion within the time specified in the Contract, or any extension thereof, or failure to complete said work within such time.

2. Filing of bankruptcy by the Contractor, or the making of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or appointment of a receiver on account of Contractor's insolvency without discharge of the receiver within ten (10) days after its appointment.

3. Failure to make prompt payments to Subcontractors or suppliers.

4. Persistent disregard of laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the Engineer, or other substantial violation of any provision of the Contract.

B. In the event the right of the Contractor to proceed with the Work, or any portion thereof, has been terminated because of the default of the Contractor and the Contractor has been given ten (10) days’ notice to cure such fault and has not done so, the City may take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or any other method the City deems expedient, and may take possession of and utilize in completing the Work such materials, appliances, equipment and plant as may be on the site of the Work and necessary therefore. In such event, the Contractor and its sureties shall be liable for all damages including 391
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-71
costs of managerial and administrative services, engineering, legal and other consultant fees, and liquidated damages sustained or incurred by the City.

C. Upon termination, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If upon completion of the Work the total cost to the City, including engineering, legal and other consultant fees, costs of managerial and administrative services, construction costs, and liquidated damages shall be less than the amount which would have been paid if the Work had been completed by the Contractor in accordance with the terms of the Contract, then the difference shall be paid to the Contractor in the same manner as the final payment under the Contract. If the total cost incurred by the City on account of termination of the Contract and subsequent completion of the Work by the City by whatever method the City may deem expedient shall exceed said amount which the Contractor would otherwise have been paid, the Contractor and its sureties shall be liable to the City for the full amount of such excess expense.

D. The rights and remedies of the City provided in this section are in addition to any of the rights and remedies provided by the law or under this Contract.

6.08. FAILURE TO TIMELY COMPLETE THE WORK – LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Liquidated Damages

1. It is agreed by the parties to this Contract that time is of the essence. In the event all the Work is not completed before or upon the expiration of the time limit as set in the Bid, Contract and/or Progress Schedule, or within any time extensions that may have been granted, damage will be sustained by the City; and that it may be impracticable to determine the actual amount of damage by reason of such delay. Accordingly, it is agreed that the Contractor shall pay to the City as damages the amount set forth for each and every day's delay in finishing the Work in excess of the number of days specified. Liquidated damages shall be paid at a rate of Five Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($5,200) per day unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. The parties expressly agree that the liquidated damage clause found in the Contract Documents is reasonable under the circumstances existing at the time the Contract was made. The City shall have the right to deduct the amount of liquidated damages from any money due or to become due the Contractor.

2. In addition, the City shall have the right to charge to the Contractor and to deduct from the final or progress payments for the Work the actual cost to the City of legal, engineering, inspection, superintendence, and other expenses, which are directly chargeable to the Contract and which accrue during the period of such delay, except that the cost of final inspection and preparation of the final estimate shall not be included in the charges.

B. Exclusions
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.08 A., the Contractor shall not be liable for liquidated damages or delays caused by the removal or relocation of utilities when such removal or relocation is the responsibility of the City or the owner of the utility under Government Code section 4215.

6.09. CLEAN-UP
392
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-72
During the progress of the Work, the Contractor shall maintain the Site and related structures and equipment in a clean, orderly condition and free from unsightly accumulation of rubbish. All waste materials shall be removed daily from the Site and disposed of by the Contractor by any proper means at his own expense unless designated otherwise in the Contract documents or on the plans. No waste materials shall be placed in the public street right-of-way. Unless otherwise specified, all existing piping, materials and/or equipment removed pursuant to this Contract shall become the Contractor's property.

Upon completion of the Work and before the final estimate is submitted, the Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, remove from the vicinity of the Work all plants, buildings, rubbish, unused work materials, concrete forms, and temporary bridging and other like materials, belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor's direction during the construction, and in the event of the Contractor's failure to do so, the same may be removed by the City after ten (10) calendar days’ notice to the Contractor. Such removal shall be at the expense of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall use care in the removal of materials and equipment so as not to cause damage to existing facilities and structures. Contractor shall assume liability for all such damage. Where the construction has crossed yards or driveways, restoration shall be by the Contractor to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer, at the Contractor's expense.

The Contractor shall make its own arrangements for the disposal of waste materials. If the Contractor elects to dispose of such materials on private property, Contractor shall obtain written permission from all property owners involved.
393
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-73

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
394
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-74
SECTION 7

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

7.01. MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
H. Where the Contract provides for payment on a lump sum price basis, measurement of quantity will be based on a schedule of values provided by the Contractor. The schedule of values shall itemize components of the lump sum bid item. Where the Contract provides for payment on a unit price basis, the quantities of work performed at the end of each working day will be computed by the Contractor and the City Engineer on the basis of measurements taken of the work completed that day. These measurements shall be kept by the City Engineer in a daily quantity log and shall be initialed daily by the Contractor and the City.

I. All quantities of work computed under the Contract shall be based upon measurements by the Engineer according to United States Measurements and Weights.

J. Methods of measurement are specified herein and in the Technical Specifications.

K. Mobilization shall be measured, and payment issued according to Section 9 of the State Standard Specifications and Public Contract Code Sections 10104 and 10264.

7.02. SCOPE OF PAYMENT
A. The Contractor shall accept the compensation provided in the Contract as full payment for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to the completed work and for performing all work contemplated and embraced under the Contract; also for loss or damage arising from the nature of the work, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the Work until the Acceptance by the City and for all risks of every description connected with the prosecution of the Work, also for all expenses incurred in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the work as provided in the Contract; and for completing the Work according to the Specifications and Plans. Neither the payment of any estimate nor of any retained percentage shall relieve the Contractor of any obligation to make good any defective work or material.

B. No compensation will be made in any case for loss of anticipated profits.

Increased or decreased work involving supplemental agreements will be paid for as provided in such agreements.

C. The Work includes the preparatory work and operations needed for mobilization and demobilization of the Project. The Work, however, does not include establishing the Engineer’s field facility(s) of utility work and connections needed for these facilities.

7.03. PROGRESS ESTIMATE
For each calendar month of Contract work, the Contractor will prepare a progress estimate of all work performed under the Contract. The progress estimate of all work performed under the Contract shall be accompanied by a quantity summary sheet, as determined by the City Engineer, for the bid items of work completed each day. Within the first ten (10) days of 395
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-75
each succeeding calendar month, the Contractor will prepare in writing an estimate of the value of all work done under the Contract, including any amounts due the Contractor for Extra Work and Change Orders.

In order to assist the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with copies of invoices for all such items delivered to the job site.

Monthly Progress estimates shall include updated progress schedules, lien releases from vendors and sub-contractors.

7.04. PROGRESS PAYMENTS
A. The City will pay the Contractor ninety-five (95%) percent of the amount of each progress estimate within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted progress estimate from the Contractor unless the City has made a finding prebid pursuant to Public Contract Code section 7293 (b)(4) justifying a larger retention. If the City fails to pay an undisputed progress estimate within the allotted thirty (30) days, the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in Subdivision (A) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. Five percent (5%) of the amount of each estimate shall be retained by the City until final completion and acceptance of all work under the Contract.

B. Upon receipt of a payment request, the City shall act in accordance with both of the following:

1. Each payment request shall be reviewed by the City as soon as practicable after receipt for the purpose of determining that the progress estimate is a proper payment request.

2. Any payment request determined not to be a proper payment request suitable for payment shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days, after receipt. A request returned pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the payment request is not proper.

C. The number of days available to the City to make a payment without incurring interest pursuant to this Section shall be reduced by the number of days by which the City exceeds the seven-day return requirement set forth in paragraph B.2. above).

D. The Contractor may, in accordance with the provisions of Public Contracts Code Section 22300, substitute securities for any monies which the City may withhold to insure performance under the Contract.

E. When, in the judgment of the Engineer, the Work is not proceeding in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, or when in the Engineer’s judgment the total amount of the Work done since the last estimate amounts to less than one thousand ($1,000) dollars, no pay estimate will be prepared, and no progress payment will be made.

F. No progress estimate or payment shall be considered to be an approval or acceptance of any work, materials, or equipment. Estimated amounts and values of work done and materials and equipment furnished will be conformed with actual amounts and values as they become available in subsequent progress estimates, progress payments and the final estimate and payment. All estimates and 396
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-76
payments will be subject to correction in subsequent progress estimates and payments and the final estimate and payment.

G. It is mutually agreed between the parties to the Contract that no payments made under the Contract, including progress payments and the final payment shall be evidence of the performance of the Contract, either wholly or in part, and no payment shall construed to be an acceptance of any defective or incomplete work or improper materials.

7.05. PROMPT PROGRESS PAYMENT TO SUBCONTRACTORS
A prime Contractor or Subcontractor shall pay any Subcontractor not later than seven (7) days of receipt of each progress payment in accordance with the provisions in Section 7108.5 of the California Business and Professions Code concerning prompt payment to Subcontractors.

The seven (7) days is applicable unless a longer period is agreed to in writing. Any delay or postponement of payment over 30 days may take place only for good cause and with the City’s prior written approval. Any violation of Section 7108.5 shall subject the violating Contractor or Subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions and other remedies of that section. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies otherwise available to the Contractor or Subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the prime Contractor, deficient subcontract performance, or noncompliance by a Subcontractor. This provision applies to both DBE and non-DBE Subcontractors.

7.06. LIENS AND STOP NOTICES
The Contractor agrees to keep the Work, the site of the Work and all monies held by the City free and clear of all liens and stop notices related to labor and materials furnished in connection with the Work, if permitted by law. Furthermore, the Contractor waives any right it may have to file any type of lien or stop notice in connection with the Work. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Contract Documents, if any such lien or stop notice is filed or there is evidence to believe that lien or stop notice may be filed at any time during the progress of the Work or within the duration of this Contract, the City may refuse to make any payment otherwise due the Contractor or may withhold any payment due the Contractor a sum sufficient in the opinion of the City to pay all obligations and expenses necessary to satisfy such lien or stop notice. The City may withhold such payment unless or until the Contractor, within ten (10) days after demand therefor by the City, shall furnish satisfactory evidence that the indebtedness and any lien or stop notice in respect thereof has been satisfied, discharged and released of record, or that the Contractor has legally caused such lien or stop notice to be released of record pending the resolution of any dispute between the Contractor and any person or persons filing such lien or stop notice. If the Contractor shall fail to furnish such satisfactory evidence within ten (10) days of the demand therefor, the City may discharge such indebtedness and deduct the amount thereof, together with any and all losses, costs and damages suffered or incurred by the City from any sum payable to the Contractor under the Contract documents, including but not limited to final payment and retained percentage. This Section shall be specifically included in all Subcontracts and purchase orders entered into by the Contractor or any tier subcontractor on the project.

7.07. FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND DATE OF COMPLETION
Whenever the Contractor shall deem all Work under this Contract to have been completed in accordance therewith, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing, and the Engineer shall promptly ascertain whether the Work has been satisfactorily completed and, if not, shall advise the Contractor in detail and in writing of any additional work required. When all the provisions of the Contract have been fully complied with, to the satisfaction of the 397
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-77
Engineer, the Engineer shall proceed with all reasonable diligence to determine accurately the total value of all Work performed by the Contractor at the prices set forth in the Contract or fixed by Change Orders, and the total value of all extra work, all in accordance with the Contract.

The Engineer will then certify to said final estimate and to the completion of the Work and will file copies thereof with the City and the Contractor and shall cause Notice of Completion to be filed with the Yolo County Clerk-Recorder. The date of completion shall be the date of the Notice of Completion. All guarantees, warranties, and securities securing said guarantees and warranties, shall commence on said date.

7.08. RIGHT TO WITHHOLD PAYMENTS
A. In addition to all other rights and remedies of the City hereunder and by virtue of the law, the City may withhold or nullify the whole or any part of any partial or final payment to such extent as may reasonably be necessary to protect the City from loss on account of:

1. Defective work not remedied, irrespective of when any such work be found to be defective;

2. Claims or liens filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims or liens including, but not limited to claims under Sections 1775, 1776, or 1777.7 of the Labor Code;

3. Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly for labor, materials, equipment, or other facilities, or to Subcontractors and/or suppliers;

4. A reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the balance then unearned;

5. A reasonable doubt that the Contractor will complete the Work within the agreed time limits;

6. Costs to the City resulting from failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the proper time; or

7. Damage to work or property.

B. Whenever the City shall, in accordance herewith, withhold any monies otherwise due the Contractor, written notice of the amount withheld, and the reasons therefore will be given the Contractor. After the Contractor has corrected the enumerated deficiencies, the City will promptly pay to the Contractor the amount so withheld. When monies are withheld to protect the City against claims or liens of mechanics, material men, Subcontractors, etc., the City may at its discretion permit the Contractor to deliver a surety bond in terms and amount satisfactory to the City, indemnifying the City against any loss or expense, and upon Acceptance thereof by the City, the City shall release to the Contractor monies so withheld.

7.09. FINAL PAYMENT
Within ten (10) days after the date of completion, the City will file in the Office of the Yolo County Recorder, a Notice of Completion of the Work herein agreed to be done by the Contractor. Within sixty (60) days of completion defined in Public Contract Code section 7107, the difference between said final estimate and all payments theretofore made to the Contractor shall be due and payable to the Contractor, subject to any requirements concerning the furnishing of a maintenance bond and excepting only such sum or sums as may be withheld or deducted in accordance with this Contract. All prior certificates upon which partial Payments 398
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-78
may have been made, being merely estimates, shall be subject to correction in the final certificate.

7.10. FINAL RELEASE
Final payment to the Contractor in accordance with the final estimate is contingent upon the Contractor furnishing the City with a signed written release of all claims against the City arising by virtue of the Contract. Disputed Contract claims in stated amounts may be specifically excluded by the Contractor from the operation of the release. The release shall be in substantially the form specified in California Civil Code section 8138. 399
1751480.1 7203-001
General Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 4-79

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
400
1751480.1 7203-001
Supplemental Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 5-1
PART 5 SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
401
1751480.1 7203-001
Supplemental Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 5-2

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
402
1751480.1 7203-001
Supplemental Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 5-3

SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
Except as modified by these Supplemental Conditions, the work shall be performed in accordance with Division 3 General Conditions. The numbering of these Supplemental Conditions coincides to the numbering in the General Conditions. The existence of a section in these Supplemental Conditions means that a corresponding section in the General Conditions is modified in some respect. Under these contract documents, Supplemental Conditions and Special Provisions have the same meaning. Work within State right of way shall be performed in accordance with the current State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications.

The following Supplemental Conditions, if any, shall be used in conjunction with the City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications current edition including Standard Details and all revisions, and the current State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications, in that order.

The following provisions apply to use of or reference to the Caltrans Standard Specifications:

1. None of the “General Provisions” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, i.e., Sections 1 through 9, applies to these Contract Documents with the exception of any specific provisions, if any, which are expressly stated to apply to these Contract Documents. The City’s “General Conditions” shall govern.

2. If there is a conflict or inconsistency between any provision in the Caltrans Standard Specifications and a provision of these Contract Documents, the provision in the Contract Documents will govern.

3. Any reference to the “Engineer” in the Caltrans Standard Specifications is deemed to mean “City”, “Owner” or “Architect/Engineer” or Owner’s designated representative.

4. Any reference to the “State” in the Caltrans Standard Specifications is deemed to mean “City” or “Owner.”
City Standard Specifications are available online at:
https://www.cityofwestsacramento.org/government/departments/communitydevelopment/development-engineering-division/documents Bound hardcopies may be purchased from City Hall at:
1110 West Capitol Avenue, 2nd Floor
West Sacramento, California 95691
or by calling (916) 617-4645 for purchase by mail.

State Standard Specifications are available online at:
https://dot.ca.gov/programs/design/ccs-standard-plans-and-standardspecifications 403
1751480.1 7203-001
Supplemental Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 5-4

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
404
1751480.1 7203-001
Supplemental Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 5-5
SECTION 6

PROGRESS AND COMPLETION OF WORK

6.02. COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND TIME OF COMPLETION Add the following to Section 6.02(a)
Harbor Boulevard: Work on Harbor Boulevard shall be done as night work. Hours of work involving lane closures will be required between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 4:00 a.m. unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
405
1751480.1 7203-001
Supplemental Conditions
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 5-6

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
406
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-1
The work shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications – Division IV: Standard Construction Specifications and Caltrans Standard Specifications 2024 and 2024 Revised Standard Specifications, except as modified by these Technical Specifications. Section numbering of these Technical Specifications does not conform to the City’s Standard Specifications.

Contractor shall provide submittals (shop drawings) for all materials to be installed or used on the project.

PART 6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
407
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-2

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
408
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-3
SECTION 01 32 16 PROGRESS SCHEDULE
All work shall conform to Section 6 of the General Conditions and Section 8 of State Standard Specifications unless otherwise specified within.
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
8-1.01 GENERAL
Section 8 includes specifications related to prosecuting the Contract and work progress. 8-1.02 SCHEDULE
8-1.02A General
Submit critical path method schedules that are consistent in all respects with time, staging, and work sequencing of the Contract.

Submit your baseline schedule within 10 days of contract approval. Within 5 business days of baseline schedule submittal meet with the Engineer to discuss the baseline schedule.

By the 24th of each month submit an update schedule with required support data that includes the status of work completed to date and the work yet to be performed as planned. The update schedule must have a data date of the 21st day of the month or other date established by the Engineer. The review period does not start until the previous month's required schedule is accepted. The update schedule must show changes from prior accepted schedule. Update schedules may be accepted with exceptions noted.

Correct rejected schedules and resubmit them within 7 days upon notification. Allow 7 days for the review of the resubmittal.

Ensure that all activity sequences are logical and that each schedule shows a coordinated plan for completion of the work. If the Contract includes construction staging and you propose changes to the described staging, do not perform work affected by the proposed changes until the Engineer accepts your schedule and the Department approves a Change Order.

Perform critical path work activities in the sequence indicated on the current accepted schedule.

Notify the Engineer in advance of performance of non-critical work activities that comply with Contract requirements but are out-of-sequence with the current accepted schedule. Performance of such work shall not impact the critical path work activities.

The Engineer's review and acceptance of schedules neither voids any Contract part nor your responsibility for submitting complete and accurate information. Errors or omissions on schedules do not void your responsibility for completing all work within the time specified for completion of the work. If any aspect of the schedule has an error or omission after a schedule has been accepted, correct it on the next update schedule.

Upon completion of the work, the Department returns withholds associated with section 8-1.02 and makes a payment adjustment for work not performed in the same manner as work-character changes. 8-1.02C Level 2 Critical Path Method Schedule
8-1.02C(1) General
Section 8-1.02C applies to a contract if a bid item for a level 2 critical path method schedule is shown in the Bid Item List.
409
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-4
8-1.02C(2) Schedule Format
On each schedule, show:

1. Planned and actual start and completion dates of each work activity, including applicable:

1.1. Submittal development.

1.2. Submittal review and acceptance.

1.3. Material procurement.

1.4. Contract milestones and each required constraint. Constraints other than those required by the specifications may be included if authorized.

1.5. Equipment and plant setup.

1.6. Interfaces with outside entities.

1.7. Erection and removal of falsework and shoring.

1.8. Test periods.

1.9. Major traffic stage change.

1.10. Final cleanup.

2. Order that you propose to prosecute the work.

3. Logical links between the time-scaled work activities.

4. All controlling activities.

5. At least 50 but not more than 500 activities unless authorized. The number of activities must be sufficient to:

5.1. Assure adequate planning of the project

5.2. Permit monitoring and evaluation of progress

5.3. Perform an analysis of time impacts

6. Clear description of each activity.

7. Alphanumeric activity identification and activity description system for labeling work activities.

8. Identification code for each activity for responsibility, stage, work shifts, location, and bid items.

9. At least 1 predecessor and 1 successor to each activity except for activities that begin at the project start milestone and activities that end at the project end milestone.

10. Activities durations of at least 1 working day and no more than 20 working days for each activity, unless otherwise authorized.

11. Start milestone date as the Contract approval date.

12. Department-owned float as the predecessor activity to the scheduled completion date.

Each activity description must indicate its associated scope or location of work by including such terms as quantity of material, type of work, bridge number, station to station location, side or direction of highway, stage, lane number, shoulder, ramp name, ramp line descriptor, or mainline.

You may show early completion time on any schedule if you comply with the Contract. Early completion time is a resource for your exclusive use. You may increase early completion time by improving production, reallocating resources to be more efficient, performing sequential activities concurrently, or by completing activities earlier than planned.

You may show a scheduled completion date that is later than the work completion date on an update schedule after the baseline schedule is accepted. Provide an explanation for a late scheduled completion date in the narrative report included with the schedule submittal. 8-1.02C(3) Computer Software
Submit a description of your proposed schedule software for authorization.

Software must be compatible with the current version of the Microsoft Windows operating system in use by the Engineer.

The schedule software must be the latest version of Primavera P6 for Windows, Microsoft Projects, or equal.

Any proposed schedule software equal to Primavera P6 must be capable of:
410
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-5

1. Generating files that can be imported into Primavera P6

2. Comparing 2 schedules and providing reports of changes in activity ID, activity description, constraints, calendar assignments, start and finish dates, durations, and logic ties 8-1.02C(4) Data, Network Diagrams, Histograms, and Reports For each schedule submittal, submit:

1. Schedule data in compatible Primavera P6 electronic file format. File name must include:

1.1. Contract number

1.2. Schedule number and date produced

2. One set of originally plotted, time-scaled network diagrams and a copy in PDF file format.

3. One copy of a narrative report in PDF file format.

The time-scaled network diagrams must:

1. Show a continuous flow of information from left to right

2. Be based on early start and early finish dates of activities

3. Clearly show the critical path using graphical presentation

4. Be on 11 by 17 inches or larger sheets, unless otherwise authorized

5. Include a title block and a timeline on each page

6. Be in color
For resource allocated schedules, the time-scaled resource histograms must show materials, labor crafts and equipment classes anticipated to be used. For baseline schedule requiring resource allocation, use average composite crews to display the labor loading of job site construction activities. Optimize and level labor to reflect a reasonable plan for accomplishing the work and to assure that resources are not duplicated in concurrent activities.

The narrative report must be organized in the following sequence with all applicable documents included:

1. Transmittal letter

2. Work completed during the period

3. Identification of unusual conditions or restrictions regarding labor, equipment, or material; including multiple shifts, 7-day work weeks, overtime, or work at times other than regular days or hours

4. Description of the current critical path

5. Current and anticipated delays, including:

5.1. Cause of delay

5.2. Impact of delay on other activities, milestones, and completion dates

5.3. Corrective action, mitigation, and schedule adjustments to correct the delay

6. Reasons for any changes you propose to the planned work

7. Pending items and status of:

7.1. Permits

7.2. Change orders

7.3. Time adjustments

7.4. Noncompliance notices

8. Changes to the critical path and scheduled completion date since the last schedule submittal

9. Reasons for an early or late scheduled completion date in comparison to the work completion date

10. Status of early completion time and Department-owned float, if applicable

11. Written response to Engineer's comments on the previous month's schedule submittal

12. For schedules requiring resource allocations, describe differences between actual resource allocations on activities and those anticipated in the baseline schedule. 8-1.02C(5) Preconstruction Scheduling Conference
Within 5 business days after Contract approval, submit a general time-scaled logic diagram showing the major activities and sequence of planned operations. If the Contract includes construction staging and you propose changes to the described staging, the general time scaled-logic diagram must show the changes and resulting time impacts. You may not perform work affected by the proposed changes to the 411
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-6
described staging until the Engineer accepts your schedule and the Department approves a Change Order or provides an authorization to proceed ahead of the issuance of a change order.

Hold a preconstruction scheduling conference with your project manager and the Engineer within 10 days after Contract approval to discuss:

1. Your general time-scaled logic diagram

2. Any proposed changes to described staging

3. Proposed work plan and schedule methodology
At this conference, submit the alphanumeric coding structure and activity identification system for labeling work activities.

The Engineer conducts the preconstruction scheduling conference and reviews the schedule specification with you.

The Engineer provides any required baseline schedule changes to you for implementation within 2 business days of the preconstruction scheduling conference.

If you plan on submitting an early completion baseline schedule that shows work completion in less than 85 percent of the original working days, discuss planned resource allocations, number of crews, and equipment to achieve the early completion.
8-1.02C(6) Baseline Schedule
Starting the week after the preconstruction scheduling conference, meet with the Engineer weekly to discuss and resolve schedule issues until the baseline schedule is accepted. If you and the Engineer agree on the need for a third-party facilitated meeting to assist in resolving baseline schedule issues, the Department pays for 1/2 the cost of the facilitator; the Contractor pays for the other 1/2. The cost is determined under section 9-1.05 except no markup is allowed. If you and the Engineer cannot resolve baseline schedule issues, submit an RFI before starting work.

The baseline schedule must include the entire scope of work and how you plan to complete all work contemplated.

The baseline schedule must show the activities that define the critical path. Multiple critical paths and near-critical paths must be kept to a minimum. A total of not more than 50 percent of the baseline schedule activities must be critical or near critical unless otherwise authorized.

The baseline schedule must not extend beyond the number of original working days.

The baseline schedule must have a data date of Contract approval.

If you submit an early completion baseline schedule that shows work completion in less than 85 percent of the original working days, the baseline schedule must be supplemented with resource allocations for every task activity and include time-scaled resource histograms. Resource allocations must be shown to a level of detail that facilitates report generation based on labor crafts and equipment classes for you and your subcontractors.
8-1.02C(7) Update Schedule
You may include changes to update schedules that do not alter a critical path, add a near critical path, or extend the scheduled completion date compared to the current schedule. Changes may include:

1. Adding or deleting activities

2. Changing activity constraints

3. Changing remaining durations

4. Changing logic

5. Your forecasted date of completion
412
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-7
If any proposed change in planned work would alter the critical path or near critical path or extend the scheduled completion date, submit a TIA within 5 business days of the proposed change.

Meet with the Engineer to review work progress on or before the 1st day of each month, starting 30 days after the baseline schedule is accepted. Discuss, narrative report, progress to date, changes in schedule, unresolved time issues, and additional schedule changes needed.

The update schedule must:

1. Show actual activity start dates, percent complete, and finish dates

2. Show durations for work that has been completed as the work occurred, including the Engineer's review and your resubmittal times

3. For instances where a baseline schedule requires resource allocations, describe actual resources allocated to activities for work that has been completed and those anticipated for remaining work If a previous update schedule was not approved, the Engineer may allow you to submit an update schedule that reflects current progress. Submittal of this update schedule does not result in acceptance of prior unaccepted schedules. Prior unaccepted schedules must be corrected and resubmitted upon request.
8-1.02C(8) Time Impacts
8-1.02C(8)(a) General
Reserved
8-1.02C(8)(b) Time Impact Analysis Submittal
Submit a TIA with each request for adjustment of Contract time or whenever you or the Engineer considers that an authorized or anticipated change may impact the critical path or work progress.

For a Change Order with deferred time, submit TIA updates monthly and within 15 days of completion of the change order work.

The TIA must:

1. Illustrate the impacts of each change or delay on the current scheduled completion date or internal milestone such as those associated with incentives or disincentives for completion of work parts.

2. Use the accepted schedule that has a data date closest to and before the event. If the Engineer determines that the accepted schedule used does not appropriately represent the conditions before the event, the accepted schedule must be updated to the day before the event being analyzed.

3. Include an impact schedule developed from incorporating the event into the accepted schedule by adding or deleting activities or by changing durations or logic of existing activities. If the impact schedule shows that incorporating the event modifies the critical path and scheduled completion date of the accepted schedule, the difference between scheduled completion dates of the 2 schedules may be equal to the adjustment of Contract time. Mitigation measures must be considered before determining the final adjustment of Contract time.

The Engineer may construct and use an appropriate project schedule to determine adjustments in Contract time until you submit the TIA.

Submit 2 copies of the TIA within 10 days of receiving a written request for a TIA or within 5 business days of recognition of an authorized or anticipated change that may impact the critical path or work progress. Authorized TIA schedule changes must be shown on the next update schedule.

If a TIA you submit is rejected, meet with the Engineer within 5 business days of the rejection to discuss and resolve issues related to the TIA. If you are unable to resolve the issues, submit an RFI within 5 business days.
413
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-8
Show only actual as-built work in subsequent update schedules. Do not show unauthorized changes related to the TIA.

Upon completion of an unresolved time impact issue, submit a final time impact analysis for the Engineer to consider.

Once agreement is reached, the authorized TIA schedule changes must be shown on the next update schedule.

An ordered change that affects the critical path is a basis for a time adjustment.

The Department grants a time extension only if the total float is absorbed and the scheduled completion date is delayed 1 or more working days due to the ordered change. The Department may use Department-owned float to mitigate impacts of a Department ordered change. 8-1.02C(8)(c) Department-Owned Float
The Engineer may accrue Department-owned float. The Engineer documents Department-owned float by ordering you to update the Department-owned float activity on the next update schedule.

Include a log of the action on the Department-owned float activity and include a discussion of the action in the narrative report.

The Engineer may use Department-owned float to mitigate past, present, or future Department delays by offsetting a potential time extension for a Change Order.

Prepare a TIA upon request to determine the effect of Department-owned float. Department-owned float is a resource for the exclusive use of the Department.
8-1.02C(9) Final As-Built Schedule
Within 30 days after work completion, submit a final as-built schedule with actual start and finish dates for the activities.

Submit a written certificate with this submittal signed by your project manager or an officer of the company stating:
"To my knowledge and belief, the enclosed final as-built schedule reflects the actual start and finish dates of the actual activities for the project contained herein." An officer of the company may delegate in writing the authority to sign the certificate to a responsible manager. In such an instance, include the written delegation with your submittals. 8-1.02C(10) Payment
Measurement and payment for Progress Schedule is included in the applicable unit price for Progress Schedule (Critical Path Method). Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.

The Department pays you for level 2 critical path method schedule as follows:

1. A total of 25 percent of the item total is paid upon:

1.1. Completion of 5 percent of all work

1.2. Acceptance of schedules and authorization of TIAs and deferred time analyses required when 5 percent of all work is complete

2. A total of 50 percent of the item total is paid upon:

2.1. Completion of 25 percent of all work

2.2. Acceptance of schedules and authorization of TIAs and deferred time analyses required when 25 percent of all work is complete

3. A total of 75 percent of the item total is paid upon:
414
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-9

3.1. Completion of 50 percent of all work

3.2. Acceptance of schedules and authorization of TIAs and deferred time analyses required when 50 percent of all work is complete

4. A total of 100 percent of the item total is paid upon:

4.1. Completion of all work

4.2. Acceptance of schedules and authorization of TIAs and deferred time analyses required when all work is complete

4.3. Submittal of the certified final as-built schedule The Department does not adjust payment for any increased or decreased work in submitting schedules.

The Department makes a deduction of $25,000 for failure to submit the certified final as-built schedule. 415
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-10
SECTION 01 55 26 TRAFFIC CONTROL
All work shall conform to the Section 5 of the General Conditions, the California MUTCD - Latest Edition, and Section 12 of the State Standard Specification unless otherwise specified within.

STANDARD WORK HOURS
The Contractor is required to limit their work within City right-of-way to between the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. and on residential streets and private property between the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday unless otherwise noted. No work shall be allowed outside of these hours or on Saturdays or Sundays without prior written approval of the Engineer. The hours and days of work may be altered, by the Engineer, to accommodate the efficient movement of traffic, or to minimize the interruption of utility services, without any additional compensation to the Contractor. 12 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
12-1 GENERAL
12-1.01 GENERAL
Section 12-1 includes general specifications for providing temporary traffic control.

Temporary traffic control, including flagging, apparel, temporary traffic control devices, and equipment for flaggers, must comply with the California MUTCD, Part 6, "Temporary Traffic Control." 12-1.02 MATERIALS
Not Used
12-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
Assign flaggers to:

1. Control traffic

2. Warn the public of any dangerous conditions resulting from the work activities

3. Provide for the passage of traffic through the work as specified for the passage of traffic for public convenience and public safety
Maintain flagging apparel, traffic control devices, and equipment for flaggers in good repair. 12-1.04 PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for Temporary Traffic Control is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-2 RESERVED
12-3 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
12-3.01 GENERAL
12-3.01A General
12-3.01A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.01 includes general specifications for providing temporary traffic control devices.

Providing temporary traffic control devices includes installing, placing, maintaining, repairing, replacing, relocating, and removing temporary traffic control devices.

Do not use different types of channelizing devices on the same alignment. The types include plastic drums, portable delineators, channelizers, tubular markers, traffic cones, and Type I and Type II barricades.
416
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-11
12-3.01A(2) Definitions
Category 1 temporary traffic control devices: Small devices weighing less than 100 lb certified as crashworthy by crash testing or crash testing of similar devices. Category 1 temporary traffic control devices include traffic cones, plastic traffic drums, portable delineators, and channelizers.

Category 2 temporary traffic control devices: Small devices weighing less than 100 lb that are not expected to produce significant changes in vehicular velocity but could cause harm to impacting vehicles. Category 2 temporary traffic control devices include barricades and portable sign supports.

Category 3 temporary traffic control devices: Devices weighing 100 lb or more that are expected to produce significant changes in the vehicular velocity of impacting vehicles. These devices include crash cushions, impact attenuator vehicles, temporary barriers, and end treatments for barriers. orange: Orange, red-orange, fluorescent orange, or fluorescent red-orange. useable shoulder area: Any longitudinal paved or unpaved contiguous surface adjacent to the traveled way with:

1. Enough weight-bearing capacity to support temporary traffic control devices, such as flashing arrow signs, PCMSs, and impact attenuator vehicles

2. Slope not greater than 6:1 (horizontal:vertical)
12-3.01A(3) Submittals
At least 5 business days before starting any work using the devices or within 2 business days after the request if the devices are already in use, submit as informational submittals:

1. Self-certification for crashworthiness of Category 1 temporary traffic control devices. Either you or the manufacturer must perform the self-certification. Include:

1.1. Date

1.2. Federal aid number for a federal-aid contract

1.3. Contract number, district, county, route, and post miles of the project limits

1.4. Company name, street address, city, state, and zip code of the certifying vendor

1.5. Printed name, signature, and title of the certifying person

1.6. Types of Category 1 temporary traffic control devices

2. List of proposed Category 2 temporary traffic control devices Obtain a standard form for self-certification from the Engineer.

Submit a sample of the type of portable delineator that you will be using before placing the delineators on the job site.
12-3.01A(4) Quality Assurance
Reserved
12-3.01B Materials
The condition of temporary traffic control devices must comply with the most current edition of the American Traffic Safety Services Association publication Quality Guidelines for Temporary Traffic Control Devices and Features.

Category 2 temporary traffic control devices must be on FHWA's list of acceptable crashworthy Category 2 hardware for work zones. For this list, go to FHWA's Safety Program website. 417
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-12
Category 2 temporary traffic control devices must be labeled with the FHWA acceptance letter code and the name of the manufacturer. The label must be legible and permanently affixed to the temporary traffic control device by the manufacturer.

Category 3 temporary traffic control devices must be on the Authorized Material List for highway safety features.

Retroreflectivity for the following materials must comply with Table 2A-3, "Minimum Maintained Retroreflectivity Levels," of the California MUTCD and be on the Authorized Material List for signing and delineation materials:

1. Retroreflective sheeting for barricades

2. Retroreflective bands for portable delineators

3. Retroreflective sheeting for construction area signs

4. Retroreflective sheeting for channelizers

5. Reflectors for temporary barrier system

6. Retroreflective cone sleeves

7. White and orange retroreflective stripes for plastic traffic drums The following temporary traffic control devices must be visible from 1,000 feet during the hours of darkness under an illumination of legal high-beam headlights by persons with 20/20 vision or vision corrected to 20/20:

1. Retroreflective bands on portable delineators

2. Retroreflective sheeting on channelizers

3. Retroreflective cone sleeves on traffic cones
12-3.01C Construction
Perform all layout work necessary to place channelizing devices:

1. On the proper alignment

2. Uniformly at the location and spacing described

3. Straight on a tangent alignment

4. On a true arc in a curved alignment
If temporary traffic control devices are damaged, displaced, or stop operating or functioning as described from any cause during the progress of the work, immediately repair, repaint, or replace the components and restore them to their original locations and positions.

If ordered, furnish and place additional temporary traffic control devices. This work is change order work unless the temporary traffic control devices are being furnished and placed for public safety or public convenience.

Level and plumb a portable system.

Delineate the location of a trailer mounted system with a taper consisting of 9 traffic cones placed 25 feet apart, except where the system is placed within a lane closure or behind a barrier or guardrail.

When a portable system is not in use, remove it from the job site, place it behind a barrier or guardrail, or move it to an area at least 15 feet from the edge of the traveled way. 12-3.01D Payment
Measurement and payment for Temporary Traffic Control Devices is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. Refer to schedule of measurement and payment.
418
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-13
12-3.02 TRAFFIC CONES
12-3.02A General
Section 12-3.02 includes specifications for placing traffic cones. 12-3.02B Materials
A traffic cone must be flexible, orange, and manufactured from commercial-quality material designed for the intended purpose.

The outer section of the portion above the base of the traffic cone must be translucent and fabricated of a highly pigmented, orange, PV compound. The overall height of a traffic cone must be at least 28 inches and the bottom inside diameter of the traffic cone must be at least 10.5 inches.

During the hours of darkness, a traffic cone must have a retroreflective cone sleeve.

Retroreflective cone sleeves must be permanently affixed, double-band, sleeves consisting of 2 white retroreflective bands. The top band must be 6 inches wide and placed a maximum of 4 inches from the top of the cone. The lower band must be 4 inches wide and placed 2 inches below the bottom of the top band. You may use traffic cones with double-band retroreflective cone sleeves during daylight hours. 12-3.02C Construction
Use the same type of retroreflective cone sleeve for all cones used on the project.

Anchor the base of a traffic cone if it does not have enough size and weight to keep the cone in an upright position.
12-3.02D Payment
Measurement and payment for Traffic Cones is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control.

Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.03 PLASTIC TRAFFIC DRUMS
12-3.03A General
12-3.03A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.03 includes specifications for placing plastic traffic drums. 12-3.03A(2) Definitions
Reserved
12-3.03A(3) Submittals
Submit a certificate of compliance for plastic traffic drums. 12-3.03A(4) Quality Assurance
Reserved
12-3.03B Materials
A plastic traffic drum must comply with the manufacturer's instructions for weight and ballast.

A plastic traffic drum must:

1. Be orange LDPE

2. Be flexible and collapsible upon vehicle impact

3. Have a weighted base to maintain an upright position and prevent displacement by passing traffic

4. Have a height such that the top of the drum is at least 36 inches above the traveled way The weighted base must:

1. Be detachable
419
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-14

2. Be shaped to prevent rolling upon impact

3. Have a 38-inch maximum outside diameter

4. Have a 4-inch maximum height above the ground surface 12-3.03C Construction
Use 1 type of plastic traffic drum on the project.

Use the same type and brand of retroreflective sheeting for all plastic traffic drums used on the project.

Do not use sandbags or comparable ballast.

Moving plastic traffic drums from location to location if ordered after initial placement is change order work.
12-3.03D Payment
Measurement and payment for Plastic Traffic Drums is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.04 PORTABLE DELINEATORS
12-3.04A General
Section 12-3.04 includes specifications for placing portable delineators. 12-3.04B Materials
A portable delineator, including its base, must be made of a material that has enough rigidity to remain upright when unattended and must be flexible or collapsible upon impact by a vehicle. The base must be (1) shaped to prevent rolling after impact and (2) anchored or weigh enough to keep the delineator in an upright position. Ballast for a portable delineator must comply with the manufacturer's instructions.

A portable delineator must be a minimum of 36 inches in height. The vertical portion of a portable delineator must be predominantly orange. The post must be not less than 3 inches in width or diameter.

Retroreflectorization of a portable delineator that has a height of less than 42 inches must be provided by two 3-inch-wide white bands placed a maximum of 2 inches from the top with a maximum of 6 inches between the bands. Retroreflectorization of a portable delineator that has a height of 42 inches or more must be provided by four 4- to 6-inch-wide alternating orange and white stripes with the top stripe being orange.
12-3.04C Construction
Use only 1 type of portable delineator on the project.
12-3.04D Payment
Measurement and payment for Portable Delineators is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.05 CHANNELIZERS
12-3.05A General
Section 12-3.05 includes specifications for placing channelizers. 12-3.05B Materials
A channelizer must be on the Authorized Material List for signing and delineation materials.

Its post must be orange.

A channelizer must be affixed with 3-by-12-inch, retroreflective, white sheeting. 12-3.05C Construction
Install channelizers on clean, dry surfaces.
420
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-15
Cement the channelizer bases to the pavement as specified for cementing pavement markers to the pavement in section 81-3.

When no longer required for the work, remove the channelizers and the underlying adhesive used to cement the channelizer bases to the pavement.

Do not remove channelizers that are shown to be left in place at the time of work completion. 12-3.05D Payment
Measurement and payment for Portable Delineators is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.06–12-3.09 RESERVED
12-3.10 BARRICADES
12-3.10A General
Section 12-3.10 includes specifications for placing barricades. 12-3.10B Materials
Markings for barricade rails must be alternating orange and white retroreflective stripes.

Orange retroreflective sheeting must match color PR no. 6, Highway Orange, of the FHWA Color Tolerance Chart.

The interface between the rail surface and the retroreflective sheeting must be free of air bubbles or voids.

The predominant color of barricade components other than the rails must be white or unpainted galvanized metal or aluminum.

You may use a Type III barricade as a sign support if the barricade has been successfully crash tested under NCHRP Report 350 criteria or the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) crash testing guidelines as a single unit with an attached sign panel of the size and type to be used.

A sign panel for a construction area sign or marker panel to be mounted on a barricade must comply with section 12-3.11B(2).

Do not imprint an owner identification on the retroreflective face of any rail. 12-3.10C Construction
Place each barricade such that the stripes slope downward in the direction road users are to pass.

Place each sand-filled bag near the ground level on the lower parts of the frame or stays to serve as ballast for the barricades. Do not place ballast on top of barricades or over any retroreflective barricade rail face that is facing traffic.

Do not remove barricades that are shown to be left in place at the time of work completion.

Moving a barricade from location to location is change order work if ordered after initial placement of the barricade.
12-3.10D Payment
Measurement and payment for Barricades is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control.

Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 421
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-16
12-3.11 CONSTRUCTION AREA SIGNS
12-3.11A General
12-3.11A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.11 includes specifications for placing construction area signs.

Construction area signs include general information signs and all temporary signs and object markers required for the direction of traffic within the project limits. 12-3.11A(2) Definitions
background: Dominant sign color.
legend: Letters, numerals, tildes, bars, arrows, route shields, symbols, logos, borders, artwork, and miscellaneous characters that are intended to convey specific meanings on traffic signs. 12-3.11A(3) Submittals
Reserved
12-3.11A(4) Quality Assurance
Reserved
12-3.11B Materials
12-3.11B(1) General
Construction area sign must be the product of a commercial sign manufacturer.

The style, font, size, and spacing of the legend must comply with the Standard Alphabets published in the FHWA's Standard Highway Signs Book.

The sign must be visible from 500 feet and legible from 300 feet at noon on a cloudless day and during the hours of darkness under an illumination of legal low-beam headlights by persons with 20/20 vision or vision corrected to 20/20. A fabric sign panel on a portable sign is not subject to the visibility and legibility requirements for headlight illumination during the hours of darkness.

Construction area warning and guide signs must have a black legend on a retroreflective, fluorescent orange background. W10-1 advance warning sign for highway-rail grade crossings must have a black legend on a retroreflective fluorescent yellow background. 12-3.11B(2) Stationary-Mounted Signs
Stationary-mounted sign must comply with section 82-2.

A temporary sign support of any type placed within 15 feet from the edge of the traveled way must comply with the specifications for a Category 2 temporary traffic control device.

The sign post must be good, sound wood posts with the breakaway feature as shown for a roadside sign.

Fastening hardware and back braces must be commercial-quality materials. 12-3.11B(3) Portable Signs
Each portable sign must consist of a base, standard or framework, and a sign panel. Units delivered to the job site must be capable of being placed into immediate operation.

A sign panel for a portable sign must comply with the specifications for a stationary-mounted sign panel or be fabricated from one of the following materials:

1. Type VI, retroreflective, elastomeric roll-up fabric

2. Nonretroreflective, cotton, drill fabric

3. Nonretroreflective, flexible, industrial, nylon fabric 422
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-17

4. Another type of fabric if authorized
Do not use nonretroreflective portable signs during the hours of darkness.

The bottom of the portable sign panel must be at least 1 foot above the edge of the traveled way. 12-3.11B(4) Temporary Object Markers
A temporary object marker must be mounted on a stationary wood or metal post and must comply with section 82.

A marker panel for a Type N (CA), Type P (CA), or Type R (CA) object marker must comply with the specifications for a marker panel for a stationary sign panel in section 12-3.11B(2).

A target plate, post, and the hardware for a Type K (CA) and Type L (CA) temporary object marker must comply with the specifications for these items in section 82. 12-3.11B(5) General Information Signs
12-3.11B(5)(a) General
Reserved
12-3.11B(5)(b) Construction Project Funding Identification Signs Construction project funding identification sign must:

1. Comply with:

1.1. Section 6F.109(CA) of the California MUTCD

1.2. Section 82-2.02E

1.3. Specifications on the Department's Safety Programs website

2. Be 48 by 30 inches for local roadways

3. Be 96 by 60 inches for conventional highways

4. Be 132 by 78 inches for freeways and expressways
12-3.11C Construction
12-3.11C(1) General
Place all construction area signs outside of the traveled way. Do not block a bicycle or pedestrian pathway with a construction area sign.

Place, install, maintain, and remove temporary object markers shown as construction area signs as specified for construction area signs.

Maintain accurate information on construction area signs. Immediately replace or correct signs that convey inaccurate information.

During the progress of work, immediately cover or remove unneeded signs.

Cover each unneeded sign such that the message cannot be seen. Securely fasten the cover to prevent movement from wind.

Check each covered sign daily for damage to the cover and immediately replace any cover if needed.

Clean each construction area sign panel at the time of installation and at least once every 4 months thereafter.

Be prepared to furnish additional construction area sign panels, posts, and mounting hardware or portable sign mounts on short notice due to changing traffic conditions or damage caused by traffic or 423
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-18
other conditions. Maintain an inventory of commonly required items at the job site or make arrangements with a supplier who is able to furnish the items daily on short notice.

Replace any damaged construction area sign or repair the sign if authorized.

Remove any sign panel that exhibits irregular luminance, shadowing, or dark blotches at nighttime under vehicular headlight illumination.
12-3.11C(2) Stationary-Mounted Signs
Install stationary-mounted signs as described for the installation of roadside signs except:

1. Back braces and blocks for sign panels are not required for signs 48 inches or smaller in width and diamond-shaped signs 48 by 48 inches or smaller.

2. Bottom of the sign panel must be at least 7 feet above the edge of the traveled way.

3. You may install a construction area sign on an above-ground, temporary platform sign support or on an existing lighting standard or other support if authorized. Do not make holes in a standard to support the sign if it is installed on an existing lighting standard.

4. Post embedment must be at least 2.5 feet if the post hole is backfilled around the post with commercial-quality concrete. The concrete must contain at least 295 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.

The Engineer determines the post size and number of posts if the type of sign installation is not shown.

Excavate each post hole by hand methods without the use of power equipment. You may use power equipment where you determine that subsurface utilities are not present in the area of the proposed post hole if authorized. The post-hole diameter must be at least 4 inches greater than the longest crosssectional dimension of the post if it is backfilled with commercial-quality concrete.

Furnishing, installing, maintaining, moving, and removing any additional construction area signs if ordered is change order work.
12-3.11C(3) General Information Signs
12-3.11C(3)(a) General
Reserved
12-3.11C(3)(b) Construction Project Funding Identification Signs Do not add information to a construction project funding identification sign unless authorized.

Install construction project funding identification signs before starting major work activities visible to highway users.

Mount construction project funding identification signs on a wood posts under section 82-3. 12-3.11D Payment
Measurement and payment for Construction Area Signs is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.12 TELESCOPING FLAG TREES
12-3.12A General
Section 12-3.12 includes specifications for placing telescoping flag trees. 12-3.12B Materials
Telescoping flag trees must be manufactured from commercial-quality material designed for the intended purpose and capable of maintaining an upright position at all times while in use. 424
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-19
12-3.12C Construction
Not Used
12-3.12D Payment
Measurement and payment for Telescoping Flag Trees is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.13–12-3.19 RESERVED
12-3.20 TEMPORARY BARRIER SYSTEMS
12-3.20A General
12-3.20A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.20 includes specifications for placing, maintaining, repairing, and removing temporary barrier systems.

Temporary barrier system consists of:

1. New or undamaged used interconnected barrier segments

2. Segment connection hardware

3. Stakes and anchor bolts
12-3.20A(2) Definitions
clear area width: Minimum width throughout the length of the barrier system that must be maintained clear of obstructions, objects, and work resources during non-working hours. The width is measured perpendicular from the non-traffic side toe.
set back distance: Space measured between the closest toe of temporary barrier and the edge of traveled way for both directions of traffic.
12-3.20A(3) Submittals
Submit as informational submittal for each type of temporary barrier system:

1. Certificate of compliance

2. Manufacturer's installation instructions except for Type K temporary railing Submit a signed manufacturer's replacement evaluation report within 10 days of damage to a temporary steel barrier system.
12-3.20A(4) Quality Assurance
12-3.20A(4)(a) General
Except for Type K temporary railing, temporary barrier systems must:

1. Be on the Authorized Materials List for highway safety features

2. Comply with MASH Test Level 3 requirements

3. Comply with the manufacturer's drawings shown on the Department's Division of Safety Programs website and the manufacturer's installation instructions If a discrepancy exists, governing ranking in descending order is:

1. These specifications

2. Manufacturer's drawings

3. Manufacturer's installation instructions
12-3.20A(4)(b) Quality Control
Replace damaged temporary concrete barrier segments with exposed reinforcing steel or concrete spalls 1-1/2 inches in depth and 4 inches in width or greater. 425
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-20
Replace damaged temporary steel barrier segments with permanent bends, tearing, or buckling as described in the signed manufacturer's replacement evaluation report.

Realign temporary barrier system within 2 days of impact or displacement when displaced more than 3 inches.
12-3.20B Materials
12-3.20B(1) General
Temporary barrier segment must:

1. Be a minimum 31-1/2 inches in height

2. Have at least two lifting holes

3. Be designed to be used with temporary traffic screen when required Temporary barrier segment may have your name or logo on each barrier segment. The name or logo must be no more than 4 inches in height and must be located no more than 12 inches above the bottom of the barrier segment.
12-3.20B(2) Temporary Concrete Barriers
12-3.20B(2)(a) General
Temporary concrete barrier segment must:

1. Be precast concrete with a minimum 4,000-psi compressive strength. 2 Have reinforcement steel that complies with section 52.

3. Have a finished surface that complies with section 51-1.03F(2).

4. Comply with the requirements for precast concrete.

5. Include the manufacturer's name, lot number, and month and year of manufacture stamped on the top of each barrier segment except for Type K temporary railing. The stamped information must be:

5.1. No more than 6 inches in height.

5.2. No more than 12 inches in length.

5.3. From 3/16 to 1/4 inch in depth.

5.4. Centered on the top width of the barrier segment.

Segment connection hardware must be one of the following:

1. Steel bar loops and connecting pins

2. "J" hook steel plates
Steel bar loops must comply with ASTM A36/A36M.

Connecting pins must comply with ASTM A307. A round bar of the same diameter may be substituted for the connecting pins. The round bar must:

1. Comply with ASTM A36/A36M

2. Have a minimum length of 26 inches

3. Have a 3-inch-diameter, 3/8-inch-thick plate welded on the upper end using a 3/16-inch fillet weld "J" hook steel plates must be a minimum 18 inches in height. 12-3.20B(2)(b) Temporary Concrete Barrier with "J" Hooks The steel stakes must be 1-1/2 inches in diameter and 48 inches long.

Anchor hardware must include:

1. 1-inch-diameter, 6-inch-long anchor bolt insert

2. 1-inch-diameter hex head bolt with a minimum length of 11 inches plus thickness of asphalt overlay

3. 3-by-3-by-3/8-inch plate washer

4. Retainer ring
12-3.20B(2)(c) Type K Temporary Railing
Reserved
426
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-21
12-3.20B(2)(d)–12-3.20B(2)(g) Reserved
12-3.20B(3) Temporary Steel Barriers
Temporary steel barriers segment must:

1. Be galvanized steel.

2. Comply with ASTM A36.

3. Have a joint connection.

4. Include permanent identification information with no more than 6 inches in height and 12 inches in length and centered on the top width of the segment. The identification information must include:

4.1. Manufacturer's name

4.2. Serial number

4.3. Lot number

4.4. Month and year of manufacture
12-3.20B(4)–12-3.20B(9) Reserved
12-3.20B(10) Temporary Terminal Sections
Reserved
12-3.20C Construction
12-3.20C(1) General
Clean temporary barrier segments at time of installation and at least every 6 months thereafter.

Install the temporary barrier system based on the requirements shown in the following table:
427
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-22
Minimum Clear Area Width
Barrier Configuration
Height
differentials 3
feet or less
(ft)
Height
differentials
greater than 3 ft
up to 8 feet
(ft)
Edge of
deck or
height
differentials
greater than
8 feet
(ft)
Fixed
objects,
falsework
members,
or
temporary
supportsa
(ft)
12'-6" temporary
concrete barrier
with "J" hooks
Freestanding 3 4 8 7
3 stakes
per segment
traffic side
1 1 2 3
2 anchor bolts
per segment
traffic side
1 1 2 3
20-foot temporary
concrete barrier
with "J" hooks
Freestanding 3 4 8 7
4 stakes
per segment
traffic side
1 1 2 3
3 anchor bolts
per segment
traffic side
1 1 2 3
50-foot temporary
steel barrier
Staked or
anchored at
both ends only
6 7 9 10
Staked or
anchored every
250 feet
5 6 8 9
Staked or
anchored every
33 feet
1 1 3 4
20-foot Type K
temporary railing
Freestanding 2 3 8 7
2 stakes or 2
anchor bolts
per segment
traffic side
1 1 3 4
4 stakes or 4
anchor bolts
per segment
N/A N/A 3 3
aThe minimum clear area width to a falsework or temporary support footing can be 2 feet less than the clear area width shown. Measure clear area width to the footing edge closest to traffic.

Stake down temporary barrier system when placed on an asphalt concrete surface.

Anchor down temporary barrier system when placed on a concrete surface. For bridge decks, confirm the anchor will not penetrate closer than 1-1/2 inches from the bottom of the deck before placement. When temporary barrier is not shown, request the Engineer to verify the bridge deck thickness.

For installations on concrete surfaces, drill holes and bond threaded rods or dowels under section 51-1.

Do not drill the top of supporting beams or girders, bridge expansion joints, or drains.

Install stakes and anchor bolts so the heads do not project above the top of the temporary barrier pocket profile.
428
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-23
Install a reflector on the top or face of barrier segments placed within 10 feet of a traffic lane. Space reflectors at approximately 20-foot intervals. Apply adhesive for mounting the reflector under the reflector manufacturer's instructions.

Install a Type P marker panel complying with section 82 at each end of temporary barrier system placed adjacent to a two-lane, two-way highway and at the end facing traffic for temporary barrier installed adjacent to a one-way roadbed. If the temporary barrier is placed on a skew, install the marker at the end of the skew nearest the traveled way.

Maintain a minimum height of 31-1/2 inches above surface for temporary barrier. For paving activities adjacent to temporary barrier, do not pave within 2 feet of the barrier segments unless authorized. For paving under the temporary barrier, remove and reset the barrier.

Remove stakes and anchor bolts so that minimal damage is done to surface.

After removing the temporary barrier system:

1. Restore the area to its previous condition or construct it to its planned condition if temporary excavation or embankment was used to accommodate the temporary barrier.

2. Remove all threaded rods or dowels to a depth of at least 1 inch below the top of a concrete surface.

Fill the resulting holes with mortar under section 51-1 except cure the mortar by the water method or by the curing compound method using curing compound no. 6.

3. Repair a damaged asphalt surface by providing a clean, smooth edge around the damaged area.

Repair any heaving caused by stake removal to provide a uniform surface. Remove loose debris and use compressed air to clean out the stake hole. Comply with manufacturer's requirements except fill the stake hole with grout to existing pavement elevation under section 51-1.

If the Engineer orders a lateral move of a temporary barrier system and repositioning is not shown, the lateral move is change order work except for work area access, clear area width compliance, or because of your means and methods to perform the work.
12-3.20C(2) Temporary Concrete Barriers
12-3.20C(2)(a) General
Before placing temporary concrete barrier on the job site and after each described relocation, paint the exposed surfaces of the segments with white paint complying with specifications for acrylic emulsion paint for exterior masonry.

Place and maintain the abutting ends of segments in alignment without substantial offset from each other.

Install temporary barrier system with the last segment extending a minimum of 60 feet past the length of the protected area.
12-3.20C(2)(b) Temporary Concrete Barrier with "J" Hooks Install a minimum 200 feet of temporary concrete barrier with "J" hooks.

Place the temporary barrier system on a concrete or asphalt concrete surface. The asphalt concrete surface must have a minimum 2 inches of asphalt concrete over 6 inches of compacted subbase.

Install two parallel temporary barrier systems, one for each direction of travel, when placed between twoway traffic. Maintain the minimum clear area as shown in the table titled "Minimum Clear Area Width" between the two systems. Maintain a minimum 1-foot set back distance. 12-3.20C(2)(c) Type K Temporary Railing
Do not install Type K temporary railing on projects advertised after December 31, 2026.

Install a minimum 160 feet of Type K temporary railing. 429
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-24
Excavate and backfill under section 19-3.

Do not compact earth fill placed behind Type K temporary railing in a curved layout.

Place Type K temporary railing on a firm, stable surface. Grade the area to provide a uniform bearing surface throughout the entire length of the system.

Anchor or stake down each end segment and every other segment with four stakes as shown when placed between two-way traffic. Maintain a minimum 1-foot set back distance. 12-3.20C(2)(d)–12-3.20C(2)(g) Reserved
12-3.20C(3) Temporary Steel Barriers
12-3.20C(3)(a) General
Reserved
12-3.20C(3)(b) 50-Foot Temporary Steel Barriers
Use 50-foot temporary steel barriers with or without rubber pads.

Install a minimum 250 feet of 50-foot temporary steel barrier. The last segment must extend a minimum 25 feet past the length of the protected area.

Place the temporary barrier system on a concrete or asphalt concrete surface. Do not place the system on a dirt or earth surface.

Anchor or stake down the first and last segment of the temporary barrier system.

Maintain a minimum radius of 800 feet for segments placed on a curved layout. For tighter curves down to a 250-foot radius, contact the manufacturer before installation and provide manufacturer's written recommendation for the installation.

Maintain a minimum 2-foot set back distance on both sides of a temporary barrier system used with traffic on both sides of the barrier. Install the temporary barrier system under the manufacturer's instructions. 12-3.20C(3)(c)–12-3.20C(3)(h) Reserved
12-3.20C(4)–12-3.20C(9) Reserved
12-3.20C(10) Temporary Terminal Sections
Reserved
12-3.20D Payment
Measurement and payment for Temporary Barrier Systems is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.21 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SCREENS
12-3.21A General
Section 12-3.21 includes specifications for installing temporary traffic screens. 12-3.21B Materials
Temporary traffic screen panels must be one of the following:

1. CDX grade or better plywood

2. Weather-resistant strand board

3. Plastic
430
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-25
Plastic temporary traffic screen panels must be on the Authorized Material List for temporary traffic screen.

Wale boards for use with plywood or strand board must be Douglas fir, rough sawn, construction grade or better.

Pipe screen supports must be schedule 40, galvanized steel pipe.

Nuts, bolts, and washers must be cadmium plated.

Screws must be black or cadmium-plated flat head, cross-slotted, with full-thread length. 12-3.21C Construction
Install and anchor temporary traffic screens to the top of the temporary barrier system. The temporary traffic screen must have 3-foot-long openings spaced at 200-foot intervals.

A lateral move of temporary barrier system with attached temporary traffic screen is change order work if ordered and repositioning is not shown.
12-3.21D Payment
Measurement and payment for Temporary Traffic Screen is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.22 TEMPORARY CRASH CUSHION MODULES
12-3.22A General
Section 12-3.22 includes specifications for placing sand-filled temporary crash cushion modules in groupings or arrays.

If activities expose traffic to a fixed obstacle, protect the traffic from the obstacle with a sand-filled temporary crash cushion. The crash cushion must be in place before opening traffic lanes adjacent to the obstacle.
12-3.22B Materials
Each sand-filled temporary crash cushion module must be manufactured after March 31, 1997 and be on the Authorized Material List for highway safety features.

The color of each module must be standard yellow with black lids as furnished by the manufacturer. Each module must be free from structural flaws and objectionable surface defects.

For a module requiring a seal, the top edge of the seal must be securely fastened to the wall of the module by a continuous strip of heavy-duty tape.

Fill each module with sand under the manufacturer's instructions and to the sand capacity in pounds for each module shown. Sand for filling the modules must be clean, commercial-quality, washed concrete sand. When sand is placed in a module, the sand must contain no more than 7 percent water when tested under California Test 226.
12-3.22C Construction
Use the same type of crash cushion module for a single grouping or array.

Temporary crash cushion arrays must not encroach on the traveled way.

Secure the sand-filled modules in place before starting an activity requiring a temporary crash cushion. 431
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-26
Maintain sand-filled temporary crash cushions in place at each location, including times when work is not actively in progress. You may remove the crash cushions during the work shift for access to the work if the exposed fixed obstacle is 15 feet or more from the nearest lane carrying traffic. Reset the crash cushion before the end of the work shift.

Immediately repair sand-filled temporary crash cushion modules damaged due to your activities. Remove and replace any module damaged beyond repair. Repair and replacement of temporary crash cushion modules damaged by traffic is change order work.

You may place sand-filled temporary crash cushion modules on movable pallets or frames complying with the dimensions shown. The pallets or frames must provide a full-bearing base beneath the modules. Do not move the modules and supporting pallets or frames by sliding or skidding along the pavement or bridge deck.

Attach a Type R or Type P marker panel to the front of the temporary crash cushion if the closest point of the crash cushion array is within 12 feet of the traveled way. Firmly fasten the marker panel to the crash cushion with commercial quality hardware or by other authorized methods. Attach the Type R marker panel such that the top of the panel is 1 inch below the module lid. Attach the Type P marker panel such that the bottom of the panel rests upon the pallet or roadway surface if pallets are not used.

A lateral move of a temporary crash cushion module is change order work if ordered and the repositioning is not shown.

Remove sand-filled temporary crash cushion modules, including sand, pallets or frames, and marker panels, at Contract acceptance. Do not install sand-filled temporary crash cushion modules in the permanent work.
12-3.22D Payment
Measurement and payment for Temporary Crash Cushion Modules is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.23 IMPACT ATTENUATOR VEHICLES
12-3.23A General
12-3.23A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.23 includes specifications for using impact attenuator vehicles. 12-3.23A(2) Definitions
impact attenuator vehicle: Deployed impact attenuator mounted to a truck or deployed impact attenuator mounted to a trailer and towed by a truck.
12-3.23A(3) Submittals
Submit a certificate of compliance for each impact attenuator. 12-3.23A(4) Quality Assurance
Reserved
12-3.23B Materials
12-3.23B(1) General
Each impact attenuator vehicle includes:

1. Truck

2. Impact attenuator

3. Type II flashing arrow sign or PCMS

4. Flashing or rotating amber light

5. Two-way communication system
432
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-27
12-3.23B(2) Impact Attenuators
Each impact attenuator must:

1. Be on the Authorized Material List for highway safety features.

2. Comply with MASH test level 3 or NCHRP 350 test level 3 up to December 31, 2026, where the posted speed limit is 50 mph or more.

3. Comply with MASH test level 2 or 3 or NCHRP 350 test level 2 or 3 up to December 31, 2026, where the posted speed limit is 45 mph or less.

4. Be individually identified with the manufacturer's name, address, attenuator model number, and serial number. The name and number must be a minimum 1/2-inch high, located on the street side on the lower left front corner.

5. Have an inverted V-chevron pattern placed across the entire rear of the attenuator and composed of alternating 4-inch-wide, nonreflective black stripes and 4-inch-wide, yellow retroreflective stripes sloping at 45 degrees.
12-3.23B(3) Trucks
Each truck must comply with:

1. Veh Code Div 12

2. Vehicle weight limits as shown in the Authorized Materials List for highway safety features and the impact attenuator manufacturer's instructions except the vehicle weight must be greater than 22,000 pounds when used with a stationary impact attenuator vehicle

3. Impact attenuator manufacturer's mounting requirements A PCMS used as a flashing arrow sign must comply with the specifications for an arrow board in the California MUTCD.
12-3.23C Construction
12-3.23C(1) General
Secure objects, including equipment, tools, and ballast, on impact attenuator vehicles to prevent their loosening upon impact by an errant vehicle.

Do not use a damaged attenuator. Replace any damaged attenuator.

Do not place an impact attenuator vehicle within the buffer space.

Position the front of the impact attenuator vehicle at a distance upstream from the moving work vehicle as shown in the following table:

Impact Attenuator Vehicle Minimum Upstream Placement
Posted speed limit (mph) Distance (ft)
<45 100
45–55 150
>55 175
Monitor the placement and use of the impact attenuator vehicle on a regular basis and adjust the position to match changing field conditions as construction progresses. 12-3.23C(2) Stationary Impact Attenuator Vehicles
Section 12-3.23C(2) applies if a bid item for stationary impact attenuator vehicles is shown on the Bid Item List.

Use a stationary impact attenuator vehicle to protect workers on foot within the work area when the posted speed limit is 55 mph or greater and workers are not protected by a longitudinal barrier system. 433
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-28
Place the stationary impact attenuator vehicle between the longitudinal buffer space and the work area without intruding into the buffer space. Position the front of the stationary impact attenuator vehicle at a distance upstream of the work area as shown in the following table:

Impact Attenuator Vehicle Placement
Posted speed limit (mph) Distance (ft)
<45 75
45–55 100
>55 150
Place the transmission in park and set the parking brake or follow the impact attenuator manufacturer's instructions.
12-3.23D Payment
Measurement and payment for Impact Attenuator Vehicles is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.24–12-3.29 RESERVED
12-3.30 FLASHING ARROW SIGNS
12-3.30A General
Section 12-3.30 includes specifications for placing flashing arrow signs. 12-3.30B Materials
A flashing arrow sign must comply with the requirements shown in the following table:

Flashing Arrow Sign Requirements
Type Panel size
(min, in)
Number of panel lights
(min)
Legibility distancea
(min, mi)
I 48 x 96 15 1
II 36 x 72 13 3/4 aThe legibility distance is the distance that a flashing arrow sign must be legible at noon on a cloudless day and during the hours of darkness by persons with 20/20 vision or vision corrected to 20/20.

A flashing arrow sign must be finished with commercial-quality nonreflective black enamel and must be equipped with yellow or amber lamps that form arrows or arrowheads. Each lamp must be equipped with a visor and the lamps must be controlled by an electronic circuit that provides from 30 to 45 complete operating cycles per minute for each of the displays and modes specified. The control must be capable of dimming the lamps by reducing the voltage to 50 ± 5 percent for nighttime use. Type I signs must have both manual and automatic photoelectric-dimming controls. Dimming in both modes must be continuously variable over the entire dimming range.

A flashing arrow sign must be capable of operating in the following display modes:

1. Pass left display

2. Pass right display

3. Simultaneous display

4. Caution display or alternating diamond
A flashing arrow sign must be capable of operating in the flashing arrow mode or the sequential mode.

In the flashing arrow mode, all lamps forming the arrowhead and shaft must flash on and off simultaneously.

In the sequential mode, either arrowheads or arrows must flash sequentially in the direction indicated. 434
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-29
In the simultaneous display mode, the lamps forming both the right and left arrowheads and the lamps forming the arrow shaft or center 3 lamps for Type I signs must flash simultaneously. For Type II signs, the lamps forming the right and left arrowhead, but not the center lamp, may be illuminated continuously; the lamps forming the shaft and the center lamp of the arrowheads must flash on and off simultaneously.

In the caution display mode, a combination of lamps not resembling any other display or mode must flash.

Each flashing arrow sign must be:

1. Mounted on a truck or trailer

2. Capable of operating when the vehicle is moving

3. Capable of being placed and maintained in operation at locations described A Type II flashing arrow sign must be controllable by the operator of the vehicle while the vehicle is in motion.

The bottom of the flashing arrow sign must be a minimum of 7 feet above the roadway when mounted.

The trailer for a flashing arrow sign must be equipped with (1) devices to level and plumb the sign and (2) a supply of electrical energy capable of operating the sign. 12-3.30C Construction
Not Used
12-3.30D Payment
Measurement and payment for Flashing Arrow Signs is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.31 PORTABLE FLASHING BEACONS
12-3.31A General
Section 12-3.31 includes specifications for placing, maintaining, and removing portable flashing beacons. 12-3.31B Materials
Each portable flashing beacon must have:

1. Standard and base

2. Signal section

3. Flasher unit

4. Battery power source
The components must be assembled to form a complete, self-contained, portable flashing beacon that can be delivered to the job site and placed into immediate operation.

The portable flashing beacon must be weatherproof and operate a minimum of 150 hours between battery recharging and routine maintenance.

The signal section must be yellow and comply with section 86-1.02R(4)(b), except it must be rated for 25 W at 12 V.

The flash rate for the flashing unit must comply with chapter 4L, "Flashing Beacons," of the California MUTCD.

The standard must be adjustable to allow variable mounting of the signal section from 6 to 10 feet, from the bottom of the base to the center of the lens, and be capable of being secured at the desired height.

The standard must be securely attached to the base and have a length of multiconductor, neoprenejacketed cable long enough for the full vertical height. 435
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-30
The base must be (1) large enough to accommodate at least two 12 V automotive-type storage batteries and (2) a shape and weight such that the beacon will not roll if struck by a vehicle or pushed over. 12-3.31C Construction
Remove portable flashing beacons from the traveled way at the end of each night's work. You may store the flashing beacon at selected central locations within the highway where designated by the Engineer.

Moving portable flashing beacons from location to location if ordered after initial placement is change order work.
12-3.31D Payment
Measurement and payment for Portable Flashing Beacons is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.32 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS
12-3.32A General
12-3.32A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.32A includes specifications for placing, maintaining, and removing portable changeable message signs.
12-3.32A(2) Definitions
Reserved
12-3.32A(3) Submittals
If requested, submit a certificate of compliance for each PCMS.

Submit your cell phone number before starting the first activity that requires a PCMS. 12-3.32A(4) Quality Assurance
Reserved
12-3.32B Materials
Each PCMS consists of a sign panel, a controller unit, a power supply, and a structural support system.

The PCMS must:

1. Be assembled to form a complete self-contained unit that can be delivered to the job site and placed into immediate operation.

2. Operate at an ambient air temperature from -4 to 158 degrees F.

3. Not be affected by mobile radio transmissions other than those required to control the PCMS.

4. Be capable of displaying a 3-line message with at least 7 characters per line.

5. Provide a complete alphanumeric selection.

6. Be internally or externally illuminated during the hours of darkness, when non-illuminated pixels are used.

7. Have a dimming control that automatically adjusts the character light intensity to provide optimum character visibility and legibility under all ambient lighting conditions. The dimming control must have a minimum 3 manual dimming modes of different intensities.

A message with 18-inch high characters or 12-inch high characters must be visible from a distance of 1,500 feet and legible from a distance of at least 750 feet at noon on a cloudless day and during the night by persons with 20/20 vision or vision corrected to 20/20.

A message with 10-inch high characters must be legible from a distance of at least 650 feet at noon on a cloudless day and during the night by persons with 20/20 vision or vision corrected to 20/20.

The controller must:

1. Be an all solid-state unit.

2. Include at least 5 preprogrammed messages.
436
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-31

3. Have a user adjustable display rate.

4. Have a user adjustable flashing-off time.

5. Include a screen to review the messages before being displayed on the sign.

6. Include a keyboard message entry system. The keyboard must be equipped with a security lockout feature.

7. Have nonvolatile memory to store an infinite number of user created messages.

8. Be installed at a location that allows the user to perform all the functions from a single position. 12-3.32C Construction
Use a PCMS with characters:

1. At least 18 inches in height where the useable shoulder area is 15 feet wide or more

2. At least 12 inches in height where the useable shoulder area is less than 15 feet wide

3. At least 10 inches in height if the PCMS is:

3.1. Mounted on a service patrol truck or incident response vehicle

3.2. Used for traffic control where the posted speed limit is less than 40 mph Place a PCMS as far from the traveled way as practicable where it is legible to approaching traffic without encroaching on the traveled way. Where the vertical roadway curvature restricts the sight distance of approaching traffic, place the sign on or before the crest of the curvature where it is most visible to the approaching traffic. Where the horizontal roadway curvature restricts the sight distance of approaching traffic, place the sign at or before the curve where it is most visible to approaching traffic. Where practicable, place the sign behind guardrail or temporary barrier system.

If multiple signs are needed, place each sign on the same side of the road at least 1,000 feet apart on freeways and expressways and at least 500 feet apart on other types of highways.

Operate the PCMS under the manufacturer's instructions. Activate the security lockout feature at all times.

When in operation, place the bottom of a PCMS at least 7 feet above the roadway in areas where pedestrians are anticipated and 5 feet above the roadway elsewhere. Place the top of the PCMS no more than 14.5 feet above the roadway.

If more than one PCMS is simultaneously visible to traffic, only one sign may display a sequential message at any time. Do not use dynamic message displays, such as animation, rapid flashing, dissolving, exploding, scrolling, horizontal movement, or vertical movement of messages. The message must be centered within each line of the display.

You may use an additional PCMS if more than 2 phases are needed to display a message.

Display only messages shown or ordered.

Repeat the entire message continuously in not more than 2 phases of at least 3 seconds per phase. The sum of the display times for both of the phases must be a maximum of 8 seconds. If more than 2 phases are needed to display a message, use an additional PCMS.

You must be available by cell phone during activities that require a sign. Be prepared to immediately change the displayed message if ordered. You may operate the sign with a 24-hour timer control or remote control if authorized.

Keep the PCMS clean to provide maximum visibility.

After the initial placement, move a sign from location to location as ordered. 437
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-32
12-3.32D Payment
Measurement and payment for Portable Changable Message Signs is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.33 PORTABLE SIGNAL SYSTEMS
12-3.33A General
12-3.33A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.33 includes specifications for installing, maintaining, and removing portable signal systems.

A portable signal system includes:

1. Portable signals

2. Portable lighting

3. Portable flashing beacons
The components of a portable signal system are shown.
12-3.33A(2) Definitions
Reserved
12-3.33A(3) Submittals
Submit a certificate of compliance for each portable signal system.

Submit a 24-hour contact phone number before starting the activity that requires the portable signal system.
12-3.33A(4) Quality Assurance
Assign an on-site portable signal system coordinator. The coordinator must be available to service, maintain, adjust timing parameters, and relocate system components as necessary. The coordinator must be accessible 24 hours a day while the system is in operation.

Replace or repair damaged or malfunctioning portable signal system units within 12 hours of notification of a system failure.
12-3.33B Materials
The portable signal system must:

1. Comply with Part 4 of the California MUTCD

2. Be a complete system that can be delivered to the job site and placed into immediate operation

3. Withstand a minimum 90-mph wind speed under AASHTO (2001) Standard Specification for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals

4. Have a minimum one-mile communication range between portable signals, not line of sight

5. Provide local and remote system control, monitoring, and diagnostics through a dedicated controller

6. Prevent unauthorized users or electronic devices from gaining access to the portable signal system using an industry authentication and encryption standard level of security

7. Operate in either fixed time, traffic actuated, or manual mode

8. Operate at an ambient air temperature from -40 to 130 degrees F

9. Have secured wireless communication between the portable signal

10. Have a fail-safe device that monitors for malfunctions and prevents the system from displaying conflicting indications

11. Display a steady red indication in all signal heads when a conflict or communication failure is detected

12. Continuously monitor and automatically send email or text alerts to designated personnel for:

12.1. Signal malfunctions

12.2. Conflicting indications

12.3. Communication failures between signal units

12.4. Power, voltage, and battery low levels

13. Use radar or video detection
438
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-33
A trailer must:

1. Be equipped with stabilizing and leveling devices

2. Be less than 7 feet wide
A portable signal consists:

1. Two or more signal heads.

2. Adjustable overhead mast arm. The mast arm must have a minimum 8 feet separation between signal heads center to center.

3. Adjustable shaft.

4. Controller unit.

5. Communication device.

6. Redundant conflict monitoring device.

7. Primary and back-up power sources.

Portable signals must:

1. Be self-contained and trailer mounted

2. Be programmable as primary or secondary devices

3. Automatically switch between the primary and the back-up power source in the event of a power failure
The signal heads must:

1. Comply with section 86-1.02R

2. Have 12-inch signal sections

3. Be arranged vertically

4. Be mounted one on the shaft and one on the mast arm
The controller unit must:

1. Be an all-solid-state unit

2. Have user adjustable timing parameters for each direction of travel, including bicycles and pedestrians

3. Include a minimum 7-inch LCD color graphic touch screen to review the timing parameters

4. Include a timing entry device equipped with a security lockout feature

5. Have nonvolatile memory to store a library of user created traffic control scenarios Wireless communication devices must be FCC approved Part 15 certified.

The portable signal system must operate on a continuous, 24-hour basis and must operate for a minimum 10 days when the primary power fails.

Portable lighting must:

1. Comply with 8 CA Regs § 1523

2. Be provided at each portable signal

3. Be controlled using a photoelectric unit

4. Be part of the signal unit or on a separate trailer
12-3.33C Construction
Provide a portable signal system for reversible traffic control.

Notify the Engineer at least 7 days prior to the use of the portable signal system.

The traffic operations office from the district in which the work is located will provide the timing parameters.

Place the signal unit trailer as far from the traveled way as practicable where it is visible to approaching traffic without encroaching onto the traveled way.
439
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-34
Position signal heads and any attachments mounted on the mast arm over the road surface from 17 to 19 feet from the bottom of the signal head to the top of the road surface.

Position signal heads mounted on the trailer at a minimum height of 10 feet but not more than 19 feet from the bottom of the signal head to the top of the ground surface.

Operate the portable signal system under the manufacturer's instructions. Have a qualified vendor representative on site during the initial set up.

The portable signal system coordinator must enter the initial timing parameters and adjust the timing parameters as needed.

Activate the security lockout feature at all times.

Program portable signals to display a steady red indication in all signal heads upon startup.

Keep signal heads clean to provide maximum visibility.

If the portable signal system operation fails, provide flaggers to control traffic until the system is back in operation.
12-3.33D Payment
Measurement and payment for Portable Signal Systems is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.34 TEMPORARY FLASHING BEACON SYSTEMS
12-3.34A General
Section 12-3.34 includes specifications for installing, maintaining, and removing temporary flashing beacon systems.

A temporary flashing beacon system must comply with section 87-20. 12-3.34B Materials
The sign panels installed on a temporary flashing beacon system must comply with section 12-3.11. 12-3.34C Construction
Not Used
12-3.34D Payment
Not Used
12-3.35 AUTOMATED WORK ZONE INFORMATION SYSTEMS
12-3.35A General
12-3.35A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.35 includes specifications for installing automated work zone information systems. 12-3.35A(2) Definitions
Reserved
12-3.35A(3) Submittals
Reserved
440
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-35
12-3.35A(4) Quality Assurance
Assign an on-site system coordinator. The coordinator must be available locally to service, maintain, and relocate system components as necessary. The coordinator must be accessible 24–7 while the system is deployed. If the system fails to perform as specified, perform any necessary remedial work and replace any failed components within 24 hours of notification of a system or component failure. 12-3.35B Materials
12-3.35B(1) General
The AWIS must be a proven system that has been successfully deployed and operated in actual work zones or congested areas.

The system must acquire traffic data throughout the work zone and automatically display predetermined information to motorists without operator intervention after system initialization.

Real-time information must be displayed to motorists using a PCMS. The sign must comply with section 12-3.32.

The system must be controlled either locally or remotely by a dedicated controller or computer.

Authorized users must be able to both locally and remotely override motorist information messages.

Traffic sensors must not require adjustments after the initial deployment. 12-3.35B(2) General System Function Requirements
The general system functions of the AWIS must be capable of:

1. Preventing any unauthorized users or systems from gaining access to the PCMSs through an industry authentication and encryption standard level of security.

2. Providing current operational status locally and remotely. Operational status must include current traffic data and messages, communications system, and power status.

3. Delivering notifications either by telephone, voice, or text messages to alert support staff of trouble conditions.

4. Generating trouble alerts for conditions such as (1) low roadside equipment power or voltage, (2) system communications failure, (3) low speed traffic detected, and (4) excessive delay detected.

5. Adjusting the thresholds of reduced speed and congestion-induced delay at which the system initiates a trouble alert.

6. Allowing programming of the hours during which the trouble condition alerting subsystem initiates notification to authorized users.

7. Measuring periodically and automatically the power levels of all equipment. Alert support staff, locally and remotely via a telephone message, in time to provide supplemental power before the system ceases to operate.

8. Displaying preprogrammed messages based on the time of day and day of week. 12-3.35B(3) Motorist Information Message Requirements
The AWIS must be capable of:

1. Displaying predetermined speed, delay, diversion, and closure messages to motorists when useradjustable thresholds are exceeded.

2. Updating its speed and delay advisory messages at least once per minute. The actual message updates must be consistent with traffic conditions.

3. Selecting messages for each PCMS independently, based on the traffic conditions downstream of the sign.

4. Recording motorist information messages in a comma-separated values file with time and date stamps, including message overrides with user ID.

5. Displaying default messages when traffic conditions, system algorithms, and user parameters do not dictate that an advisory message should be displayed.

6. Displaying separate, independent, default messages on each PCMS. 441
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-36

7. Analyzing traffic parameters in work zones in which there are multiple speed limits.

The following parameters for the selection and presentation of information messages must be adjustable by the user:

1. Message update frequency

2. Minimum delay necessary to trigger a delay advisory message

3. Persistence of delay before a delay message is displayed

4. Level of delay required to trigger a diversion message

5. Change in delay needed to cause a delay advisory message update

6. Change in downstream speed at which a speed advisory message update occurs 12-3.35B(4) System Communication Requirements
The wireless communications subsystem of the AWIS must:

1. Operate independently of the public cellular phone system for receiving data to ensure reliable communications

2. Communicate independent of the line of sight or distance

3. Incorporate an error detection and correction mechanism to ensure the integrity of all traffic condition data and motorist information messages

4. Configure automatically during system initialization 12-3.35B(5) Traffic Data Acquisition Requirements
The AWIS must collect accurate traffic data using a speed measurement technique with an accuracy of ±5 mph, allowing specific information messages. The system must collect data during reduced visibility conditions, including precipitation, fog, darkness, excessive dust, and road debris.

The system must (1) archive the data with time and date stamps and (2) aggregate the data in operatordefinable time increments, accessible 24–7 to the Engineer in a comma-separated values file. 12-3.35B(6) User Interface
The system must have a user interface to control the AWIS PCMS communications. The interface must be (1) software compatible with a Windows environment or (2) a web service accessed by a web browser.

Provide any software on a CD or other Engineer-authorized data-storage device for installation at the Department's Transportation Management Center.

The user interface must, at a minimum, provide the user with a list of AWIS PCMSs in the field, location information for each AWIS PCMS, and a real-time on-board display of the message in the field. Control options must, at a minimum, provide the user the ability to change the on-board messages and flash rate. 12-3.35C Construction
Obtain authorization for the message content and the threshold used for triggering the message before displaying any message on a PCMS.

Provide complete setup and support for the AWIS PCMS communications. 12-3.35D Payment
Measurement and payment for Automated Work Zone Information Systems is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.36 PORTABLE TRANSVERSE RUMBLE STRIPS
Reserved
442
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-37
12-3.37 PORTABLE RADAR SPEED FEEDBACK SIGN SYSTEMS
12-3.37A General
Section 12-3.37 includes specifications for placing, maintaining, and removing portable radar speed feedback sign systems.
12-3.37B Materials
A portable radar speed feedback sign system must comply with the requirements for a temporary radar speed feedback sign system, except it must be trailer mounted. 12-3.37C Construction
Not Used
12-3.37D Payment
Measurement and payment for Portable Radar Speed Feedback Sign Systems is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
12-3.38 AUTOMATED FLAGGER ASSISTANCE DEVICES
12-3.38A General
12-3.38A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.38 includes specifications for placing, maintaining, and removing automated flagger assistance devices (AFADs).
12-3.38A(2) Definitions
automated flagger assistance devices: Devices that enable a flagger to be positioned out of the lane of traffic and are used to control motorists through work zones. They are designed to be remotely operated either by a single flagger at one end of the work zone or at a central location, or by separate flaggers near the devices.
12-3.38A(3) Submittals
Submit a copy of the manufacturer's operating instructions for the automated flagger assistance devices. 12-3.38A(4) Quality Assurance
Reserved
12-3.38B Materials
The automated flagger assistance device must comply with the California MUTCD, Section 6E.04, and Section 6E.06, "Red/Yellow Lens Automated Flagger Assistance Devices." The device must:

1. Be equipped with a gate arm, which must not extend into the opposing lane

2. Alternately display a steadily illuminated circular red lens and a flashing circular yellow lens to control traffic

3. Have a fail-safe device that prevents the operator from inadvertently actuating a simultaneous flashing circular yellow lens at both ends of the work zone

4. Have a device that monitors for malfunctions and prevents the display of conflicting indication

5. Have a 24-by-30-inch R10-6 STOP HERE ON RED sign mounted on the trailer The device must continuously monitor the wireless communication links and verify transmission and reception of data between the devices. If communication is lost, the devices must immediately display the circular red/stop indication and lower the gate arms.
443
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-38
12-3.38C Construction
The devices must:

1. Be placed where a flagger station is shown with an unobstructed view from the operator

2. Be placed outside of the traveled lane

3. Be attended by the operator when in use

4. Have a minimum of 9 cones placed on a taper in advance of the device and along the edge of shoulder or edge of the traveled way at 25-foot intervals to a point not less than 25 feet past the device

5. Be clearly visible to approaching traffic and illuminated during the hours of darkness If any device unit becomes inoperative, do one of the following:

1. Replace the unit with the same type and model.

2. Revert to human flagging operations.

3. Terminate all construction activities requiring the use of the devices.

Incorporate the devices into the traffic control using one of the following methods:

1. Method 1: Place one device at each end of the closure.

2. Method 2: Place one device at one end of the closure and a flagger at the opposite end of the closure.

Use two operators for both methods, except you may use a single operator if:

1. Operator has an unobstructed view of the devices

2. Operator has an unobstructed view of approaching traffic in both directions

3. Second flagger is on-site to assist with manual flagging should the device malfunction, or to direct traffic when drivers fail to comply with the devices
When AFADs are in operation:

1. Use portable transverse rumble strips at your discretion

2. Do not use the 48-inch-by-48-inch C9A (CA) sign

3. Do not use the gate cones
12-3.38D Payment
Measurement and payment for Automated Flagger Assistance Devices is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-3.39 TEMPORARY RADAR SPEED FEEDBACK SIGN SYSTEMS
12-3.39A General
Section 12-3.39 includes specifications for placing, maintaining, and removing temporary radar speed feedback sign systems.
12-3.39B Materials
A temporary radar speed feedback sign system must comply with the requirements under section 87-20. 12-3.39C Construction
Place the system:

1. As far from the traveled way as practicable where it is visible and legible to approaching traffic. Where practicable, place the sign behind a barrier or guardrail.

2. At or before the crest of roadway vertical curvatures that restrict sight distance.

3. At or before the curve of horizontal roadway curvatures that restrict sight distance.

Install a G20-5aP WORK ZONE plaque.
444
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-39
12-3.39D Payment
Measurement and payment for Temporary Radar Speed Feedback Sign Systems is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
12-3.40 VARIABLE SPEED LIMIT SIGN SYSTEM
12-3.40A General
12-3.40A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.40 includes specifications for placing, maintaining, and removing variable speed limit sign systems.
12-3.40A(2) Definitions
Reserved
12-3.40A(3) Submittals
Submit as an informational submittal a weekly variable speed limit sign system log report by Tuesday of the following week.
12-3.40A(4) Quality Assurance
Reserved
12-3.40B Materials
12-3.40B(1) General
A variable speed limit sign system consists of:

1. Signs

2. Two flashing beacons

3. Power source
The variable speed limit sign system must:

1. Display the speed limit characters without animation.

2. Automatically adjust the digital display intensity to provide optimum character visibility and legibility under all ambient lighting conditions using a photocell.

3. Create and maintain an electronic log report of the local and remote activities and system failures.

The report must include:

3.1. Date and time

3.2. Location description, county, route, direction, post mile or station, and GPS position

3.3. Speeds shown on the digital display

3.4. ON or OFF status of flashing beacons

3.5. System failure description including:

3.5.1. Cause of failure

3.5.2. List of equipment that failed

3.5.3. Work performed to correct the failure

3.5.4. Duration of failure

3.6. Name and unique user ID for user operating or repairing the system

4. Include local and remote control of digital display legend and flashing beacons.

5. Have a scheduling feature to allow for local or remote pre-programming of the digital display legend and flashing beacons at specific times and dates.

6. Send a real-time text or email message to the designated personnel for the following types of alerts:

6.1. Equipment alerts including low power, loss of power, and loss of communication

6.2. Traffic alerts including flashing beacons ON or Off activations and digital display legend changes
Signs must comply with section 82-2.

The variable speed limit sign includes a digital display as part of the R2-1 sign. The R2-1 sign must be:
445
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-40

1. 48 by 60 inches for freeways and expressways

2. 36 by 48 inches for conventional highways
The variable speed limit sign systems must include a G20-5aP sign above the R2-1 sign. The G20-5aP sign must have characters:

1. 8 inches in height for freeways and expressways

2. 6 inches in height for conventional highways
The digital display must:

1. Be LED white legend on a black background.

2. Have two numerical characters. Each character must be:

2.1. Based on a minimum 5 x 7 character ratio

2.2. At least 18 inches in height for freeways and expressways

2.3. At least 14 inches in height for conventional highways

3. Have a minimum 30 degrees cone of visibility, ±15 degrees from the centerline.

The flashing beacons must:

1. Be yellow and comply with section 86-1.02R(4), except they may be rated for 12 V.

2. Operate in the alternating flashing mode. The flash rate for the flashing unit must comply with chapter 4L, "Flashing Beacons," of the California MUTCD.

3. Be securely mounted to assembly.

4. Be positioned vertically, one at a distance no more than 12 inches above the edge of the top sign and one at a distance no more than 12 inches below the edge of the bottom sign.

The power source must be either a generator or photovoltaic system and must include batteries to maintain the system's communication and operation for 10 continuous days without external power or recharge.
12-3.40B(2) Portable Variable Speed Limit Sign Systems
A portable variable speed limit sign system must be trailer mounted. 12-3.40B(3) Temporary Variable Speed Limit Sign Systems A temporary variable speed limit sign system must be post mounted under section 82-3. 12-3.40C Construction
Place the variable speed limit sign system:

1. As far from the traveled way as practicable where it is visible and legible to approaching traffic. Where practicable, place the sign behind a barrier or guardrail.

2. At or before the crest of roadway vertical curvatures that restrict sight distance.

3. At or before the curve of horizontal roadway curvatures that restrict sight distance.

4. With the bottom of the R2-1 sign a minimum of 7 feet above the roadway.

Delineate trailers with a taper consisting of 9 traffic cones placed 25 feet apart except when placed behind a barrier. Set up and level the portable system.

Activate the flashing beacons and set the digital display to the reduced speed limit only when workers are present within the construction work zone and no more than 15 minutes before workers arrive in the work zone. Do not display unauthorized speed limits.

Deactivate the flashing beacons and change the digital display to the original posted speed limit no later than 15 minutes after workers depart the work zone.
12-3.40D Payment
Measurement and payment for Variable Speed Limit Sign Systems is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 446
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-41
12-3.41 TEMPORARY AUTOMATED END OF QUEUE WARNING SYSTEMS 12-3.41A General
12-3.41A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.41 includes specifications for furnishing, maintaining, and removing temporary automated end of queue warning systems.

A temporary automated end of queue warning system (Type 1) is used when the traffic queue length is

3.5 miles or less. Do not use if there is no queue.

A temporary automated end of queue warning system (Type 2) is used when the traffic queue length is

7.5 miles or less. Do not use if there is no queue.
12-3.41A(2) Definitions
Reserved
12-3.41A(3) Submittals
Submit a 24-hour contact phone number for the on-site temporary automated end of queue warning system coordinator before starting the activity that requires the system.

Submit a weekly temporary automated end of queue warning system operation report by Tuesday of the following week. The report must include:

1. Date, time, message, county, route, post mile or station and direction for each PCMS.

2. Date and time when the system is not operational.

3. Date, time, and activity necessary to maintain system in operation.

4. Date and time for any system failures. Each failure entry must include:

4.1. Description of the equipment that failed.

4.2. Cause of equipment malfunction.

4.3. Description of the work performed to correct the malfunction.

4.4. Time required to repair the malfunction.
12-3.41A(4) Quality Assurance
Assign an on-site temporary automated end of queue warning system coordinator. When the system is required to be in operation, the coordinator must be available to repair or replace a damaged or malfunctioning system within 2 hours of notification of a system failure. 12-3.41B Materials
12-3.41B(1) General
Temporary automated end of queue warning system must differentiate between periods of stopped traffic and periods with no traffic.

Temporary automated end of queue warning system must comply with the requirements for an automated work zone information system, except the system must display on the PCMS:

1. Messages shown, based on real time traffic speed data

2. Default message ROAD WORK AHEAD when any of the following conditions exist:

2.1. Sensors do not detect a queue

2.2. During a power failure and the controller must restart automatically

2.3. When communication is lost for more than 10 minutes

3. Message STOPPED TRAFFIC AHEAD when the speed drops below 5 mph and the traffic sensors stop detecting
12-3.41B(2) Temporary Automated End of Queue Warning Systems (Type 1) The temporary automated end of queue warning system (Type 1) consists of a controller, a minimum 4 traffic sensors and a minimum 1 PCMS.
447
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-42
12-3.41B(3) Temporary Automated End of Queue Warning Systems (Type 2) The temporary automated end of queue warning system (Type 2) consists of a controller, a minimum 8 traffic sensors and a minimum 2 PCMS.
12-3.41C Construction
12-3.41C(1) General
Place the temporary automated end of queue warning system as shown.

On entrance ramps within the area covered by the temporary automated end of queue warning system, place a W3-4 (BE PREPARED TO STOP) sign downstream from the C23 (CA) (ROAD WORK AHEAD) sign. Placing a C23 (CA) (ROAD WORK AHEAD) sign on the ramp is change order work, if one is not already in place.

Operate the temporary automated end of queue warning system only while work is in progress or as described.
12-3.41D Payment
Measurement and payment for Temporary Automated End of Queue Warning System is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
12-3.42 PICKUP TRUCK MOUNTED CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN
12-3.42A General
12-3.42A(1) Summary
Section 12-3.42 includes specifications for placing, operating, maintaining, and removing pickup truck mounted changeable message sign (PTMCMS).
12-3.42A(2) Definitions
Reserved
12-3.42A(3) Submittals
Reserved
12-3.42A(4) Quality Assurance
Reserved
12-3.42B Materials
A PTMCMS consists of a PCMS mounted on a supporting structure affixed to a pickup truck under the PCMS manufacture's recommendations.

A PTMCMS includes:

1. PCMS with characters at least 12 inches in height

2. Pickup truck with a gross vehicle weight rating of at least 5,000 pounds

3. Two-way communication system

4. Rotating or flashing amber light

5. Public address system with external speaker

6. 54-by-24-inch SC15 (CA) (CAUTION) sign attached to the tailgate 12-3.42C Construction
Provide one operator per PTMCMS.
448
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-43
12-3.42D Payment
Measurement and payment for Pickup Truck Mounted Changeable Message Sign is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
12-4 MAINTAINING TRAFFIC
12-4.01 GENERAL
12-4.01A General
Section 12-4.01 includes general specifications for maintaining traffic through construction work zones.

Refer to General Conditions Section 5.12 for public convenience requirements. 12-4.01B Materials
Not Used
12-4.01C Construction
Not Used
12-4.01D Payment
Measurement and payment for Maintaining Traffic is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-4.02 TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
12-4.02A General
12-4.02A(1) Summary
Section 12-4.02 includes specifications for providing a traffic control system to close traffic lanes, shoulders, ramps, and connectors.

A traffic control system for a closure includes flagging and the temporary traffic control devices described as part of the traffic control system. Temporary traffic control devices must comply with section 12-3. 12-4.02C(9) Flagging
12-4.02C(9)(a) General
12-4.02C(9)(a)(i) Summary
Section 12-4.02C(9) includes specifications for flaggers, AFAD operators, additional flaggers, advance flaggers and flagger stations.
12-4.02C(9)(a)(ii) Definitions
AFAD operator: Flagger certified by the manufacturer to operate the specific automated flagger assistance device.
additional flagger: Flagger that controls the flow of traffic at intermediate locations within the limits of a closure with reversible control, at intersections, driveways and other traffic merging points. advance flagger: Flagger positioned upstream of the traffic control system, who warns approaching traffic of road work ahead and potentially stopped traffic within the advance warning signs. incidental flagger: Flagger that performs flagging that is not part of a traffic control system. 12-4.02C(9)(a)(iii) Submittals
Submit as informational submittals:

1. Flagger certification for each flagger including AFAD operators. The submittal must include:

1.1. Name of the individual receiving certification

1.2. Name of entity providing certification

1.3. Date of certification

1.4. Certification expiration date
449
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-44

2. AFAD manufacturer certification for each AFAD operator. The submittal must include:

2.1. Name of the manufacturer's authorized trainer

2.2. Name of the trainee

2.3. Description of device type and model for which training was provided

2.4. Date when the training was provided

3. Training qualifications for each incidental flagger. 12-4.02C(9)(a)(iv) Quality Assurance
Flaggers must be at least 18 years of age and maintain a valid government issued identification and must possess proof of certification during flagging operations.

Flaggers that are part of a traffic control system must be certified by an authorized flagger training provider. The authorized flagger training provider list is available at the Department's Division of Construction website.

In addition, AFAD operators must be certified by the AFAD manufacturer on:

1. Device type and model to be used on the project

2. Installation procedures

3. Local and remote-controlled operation

4. Maintenance of the device
Incidental flaggers must be trained under 8 CA Code of Regs § 1599. 12-4.02C(9)(b) Materials
Not Used
12-4.02C(9)(c) Construction
12-4.02C(9)(c)(i) General
Reserved
12-4.02C(9)(c)(ii) Flaggers
12-4.02C(9)(c)(ii)(A) General
Flaggers should stand in a conspicuous place and be visible to approaching vehicles.

Flaggers must wear a hard hat, safety glasses, and Class 3, high-visibility, safety apparel under ANSI/ISEA 107-2004, or equivalent subsequent revisions.

Flaggers must be equipped with a 24-by-24-inch "STOP/SLOW" paddle with a rigid staff tall enough to maintain the bottom of the paddle a minimum of 6 feet above the pavement. 12-4.02C(9)(c)(ii)(B) Automated Flagger Assistance Device Operators When AFADs are in operation, the AFAD operators must:

1. Be positioned away from the traveled way

2. Be positioned where they have an unobstructed line of sight to approaching vehicles and to the devices

3. Keep a backup hand held AFAD remote control readily available A pilot car driver must not operate a device and must not be considered as one of the flaggers present on-site available to operate a device.
12-4.02C(9)(c)(ii)(C) Additional Flaggers
Provide additional flaggers at any of the following locations:

1. At high-volume intersections and driveways between the two flagger stations as described

2. At Multi-lane and circular intersections
450
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-45
For other intersections and driveways, place a sign as described.

Additional flaggers use the STOP/SLOW sign paddle to control vehicles merging into the closure with reversible control.

If additional flaggers are not described, providing additional flaggers is change order work. 12-4.02C(9)(c)(ii)(D) Advance Flaggers
Provide advance flaggers when any of the following conditions exist:

1. Queued traffic reaches the W20-4 (One Lane Road Ahead) sign.

2. When the horizontal roadway curvature restricts the sight distance of approaching traffic.

3. When the vertical roadway curvature restricts the sight distance of approaching traffic.

Advance flaggers use the SLOW sign paddle to warn approaching vehicles of the flagging operation ahead and signals the drivers to slow down. If the STOP/SLOW paddle is used, the STOP side must be covered.

If advance flaggers are not described, providing advance flaggers is change order work. 12-4.02C(9)(c)(iii) Flagger Stations
Place flagger stations such that approaching vehicles have sufficient distance to react and follow the flagger's instructions.

Place a minimum of four cones at 50 feet intervals in advance of flagger stations.

During the hours of darkness, illuminate flagger stations under 8 CA Regs § 1523. Do not start flagging until flagger stations are illuminated.

Place advance warning signs W20-1, C9A(CA), and W3-4 upstream of the additional flagger station at intersections as shown.

Place advance warning signs W20-1, C9A(CA), and W3-4 upstream of the advance flagger station.

Remove the W20-1 sign from all flagger stations downstream from the advance flagger station furthest from the work area.

You may use a full-matrix PCMS in place of an advance flagger. The PCMS must alternately display the message "Prepare to Stop" and the C9A(CA) sign graphic. Place a portable W20-1 sign in advance of the PCMS.

If the distance E shown is 1,000 feet or more, place a SW60(CA) as shown. Place an additional SW60(CA) sign for every additional 1,000 feet of separation, space the signs at 1,000-foot intervals. 12-4.02C(9)(d) Payment
Measurement and payment for Traffic Control Systems is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-4.02C(10) End of Queue Monitoring and Warning with Pickup Truck Mounted Changeable Message Sign
12-4.02C(10)(a) General
12-4.02C(10)(a)(i) Summary
Section 12-4.02C(10) includes specifications for end of queue monitoring and warning using pickup truck mounted changeable message sign (PTMCMS).
451
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-46
End of queue monitoring and warning includes providing PTMCMS, monitoring the end of queue, and warning approaching traffic.
12-4.02C(10)(a)(ii) Definitions
Reserved
12-4.02C(10)(a)(iii) Submittals
Submit a weekly report of PTMCMS operation by Tuesday of the following week. The report must indicate the date, time, message, county, route, post mile or station and direction for each PTMCMS. 12-4.02C(10)(a)(iv) Quality Assurance
Reserved
12-4.02C(10)(b) Materials
Not Used
12-4.02C(10)(c) Construction
Provide 1 PTMCMS in the direction of travel for freeway, expressway, or multilane conventional highway closures. Provide 2 PTMCMS for two-lane conventional highway closures, one for each direction of travel.

Place the PTMCMS upstream of the:

1. W20-1 (ROAD WORK AHEAD) for a stationary closure

2. California Highway Patrol (CHP) vehicle for a traffic break Place the PTMCMS at the distance shown in the following table:

PTMCMS Minimum Upstream Distance
Road Type Distance (ft)
Urban – More than 40 mph 350
Rural 500
Expressway / Freeway 2,640
The distances in the PTMCMS Minimum Upstream Distance table are approximate and intended for guidance only. Based on field conditions increase the PTMCMS upstream distance.

Start monitoring the end of queue when:

1. The first merging taper is installed for stationary closures

2. CHP vehicle starts to pace traffic for traffic break Reposition the PTMCMS to maintain the distance shown in the table titled “PTMCMS Minimum Upstream Distance,” upstream of the end of queue.

Turn on the PTMCMS and display the alternating message:

1. SLOW TRAFFIC AHEAD and PREPARE TO STOP when traffic is moving at 10 mph or more, below the posted speed limit

2. STOPPED TRAFFIC AHEAD and PREPARE TO STOP when traffic stops upstream of the W20-1 (ROAD WORK AHEAD) sign or the CHP vehicle
If quick changing traffic conditions or useable shoulder area limitations do not allow for repositioning of PTMCMS, place additional PTMCMS upstream to warn traffic. Additional PTMCMS are change order work.

Monitor the end of queue and reposition PTMCMS until the traffic condition abates and traffic speed is within 10 mph of the posted speed limit. If the location of the PTMCMS falls outside the project limits notify the Engineer and continue to monitor the end of queue and warn traffic. 452
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-47
If the traffic speed falls 10 mph or more below the posted speed limit after removing the lane closure, notify the Engineer and continue to warn traffic and monitor the end of queue for up to 2 hours. Monitoring the queue and warning traffic after the 2 hours is change order work. 12-4.02C(10)(d) Payment
Measurement and payment for End of Queue Monitoring and Warning with Pickup Truck Mounted Changeable Message Sign is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
12-4.02C(11) Traffic Control Technician
12-4.02C(11)(a) General
12-4.02C(11)(a)(i) Summary
Section 12-4.02C(11) includes specifications for training, certification, and responsibilities for traffic control technicians.

The traffic control technician:

1. Is responsible for the installation, maintenance, and removal of traffic control devices

2. Must have the authority to assign and direct flagging operations

3. Must be knowledgeable about:

3.1. Section 7-1.03 "Public Convenience"

3.2. Section 7-1.04 "Public Safety"

3.3. Section 12 "Temporary Traffic Control"

3.4. Traffic control system Standard Plans

3.5. Traffic handling plans and detour plans
Assign a traffic control technician to each closure.
12-4.02C(11)(a)(ii) Definitions
Reserved
12-4.02C(11)(a)(iii) Submittals
12-4.02C(11)(a)(iii)(A) General
Every Monday by noon, submit traffic control daily reports for the previous week as an informational submittal.
12-4.02C(11)(a)(iii)(B) Quality Assurance Submittals
Submit the following as informational submittals:

1. Traffic control technician certification and flagger certification for each traffic control technician and each alternate traffic control technician. The certification must include:

1.1. Name of the individual receiving certification

1.2. Name of entity providing certification

1.3. Date of certification

1.4. Certification expiration date

2. Contact information for each traffic control technician and each alternate traffic control technician. The submittal must include the name, phone number and email address.

3. Traffic control daily reports for each closure. The traffic control daily report must include:

3.1. Date

3.2. Name of traffic control technician

3.3. Location of traffic control. Provide description, County, Route, Postmile or Station and Direction

3.4. Reference to traffic control standard plan or project plan sheet

3.5. For closure information include:

3.5.1. Lane requirement chart number, start time, and end time 453
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-48

3.5.2. Facility type: conventional highway, freeway, expressway, on ramp, off ramp, or connector, street

3.5.3. Number of lanes closed, which lanes are closed, or shoulder closure

3.5.4. Names of flaggers, if applicable

3.5.5. Use of construction work zone speed limit reduction, buffer lanes, or COZEEP support, if applicable

3.6. Documentation of:

3.6.1. LCS Mobile web page status confirmation for 1097 and 1098, or 1022

3.6.2. Verification that closure is in compliance with the contract requirements

3.6.3. Modifications to the traffic control including, a description of the change, the reason for the change, time when the change is implemented

3.6.4. Traffic control system monitoring including, time of inspection and observations

3.6.5. Incidents that occur while the traffic control system is in place 12-4.02C(11)(a)(iv) Quality Assurance
12-4.02C(11)(a)(iv)(A) General
The traffic control technician must coordinate with the Engineer the implementation of traffic control systems and traffic handling plans prior to construction, and before major changes in traffic control. 12-4.02C(11)(a)(iv)(B) Training and Certifications
A traffic control technician must be certified as a flagger and as a traffic control technician. The Department authorized traffic control technician and flaggers training providers list is available at:
https://dot.ca.gov/programs/construction/safety-traffic/safety-training-courses 12-4.02C(11)(a)(iv)(C) Quality Control
The traffic control technician must:

1. Ensure safe, convenient, and effective passage of motorists, bicyclists, pedestrians, workers, and first responders, through or around the construction work zone

2. Inspect the condition of traffic control devices on a regular basis for compliance with the quality requirements in the American Traffic Safety Services Association publication Quality Guidelines for Temporary Traffic Control Devices and Features

3. Ensure the labor, equipment, and materials are available to immediately correct deficiencies in the traffic control system

4. Ensure workers performing flagging operations meet the flagger's certificate requirements

5. Ensure the status of closures is reported using the LCS Mobile web page

6. Verify that all closures comply with the contract requirements and that traffic control devices, including PCMS, arrow boards and radar speed feedback signs, are functioning after traffic control installation 12-4.02C(11)(b) Materials
Not Used
12-4.02C(11)(c) Construction
For each closure, a traffic control technician must be present during the installation, operation, and removal of the traffic control system.

Notify the Engineer of the assigned traffic control technician for each closure 1 business day before the closure.

Notify the Engineer before an alternate traffic control technician assumes the duties of the assigned traffic control technician.

Traffic control technicians must be available by:

1. Cellular telephone

2. Two-way radio
454
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-49

3. Mobile internet access
Traffic control technician must:

1. Mark the locations for traffic control devices before installation of closures

2. Monitor work zone traffic control activities and operations, including detours, to ensure the traffic control is functioning properly
When monitoring work zone traffic control, if an imminent danger is identified, take immediate corrective action and notify the Engineer. Notify the Engineer of modifications needed to the traffic control system plans or traffic handling plans if the traffic control is not functioning as required due to changes in traffic or site conditions. Do not implement any changes to the traffic control system plans or traffic handling plans until the proposed revisions are authorized.
12-4.02C(11)(d) Payment
Measurement and payment for Traffic Control Technican is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-4.02C(12) Construction Work Zone Speed Limit Reduction Reserved
12-4.02C(13) Traffic Control Supervision
Reserved
12-4.02C(14)–12-4.02C(25) Reserved
12-4.02D Payment
Not Used
12-4.04 TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES
12-4.04A General
12-4.04A(1) Summary
Section 12-4.04 includes specifications for providing, maintaining, and removing temporary pedestrian access routes.

A temporary pedestrian access route includes temporary traffic control devices as shown except for temporary barrier system and temporary crash cushions.
12-4.04A(2) Definitions
Reserved
12-4.04A(3) Submittals
If work activities require the closure of a pedestrian route and a temporary pedestrian access route is not shown, submit a work plan for a temporary pedestrian access route. The work plan must:

1. Describe the activities, processes, equipment, and materials that will be used to provide the temporary access route

2. Show the locations of the routes and the placement of traffic control devices for each stage of work

3. Include a time-scaled logic diagram displaying the sequence and duration of the planned activities for each stage of work

4. Be sealed and signed by an engineer who is registered as a civil engineer in the State Submit "Temporary Pedestrian Access Route Contractor Compliance Report," within 2 business days after construction of a temporary pedestrian access route. 455
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-50
Submit "Temporary Pedestrian Access Route Contractor Weekly Report," within 2 business days of completing a weekly inspection.
12-4.04A(4) Quality Assurance
12-4.04A(4)(a) General
Reserved
12-4.04A(4)(b) Quality Control
Perform a review of the temporary pedestrian access route after it is constructed and document compliance on the "Temporary Pedestrian Access Route Contractor Compliance Report." The Department will conduct a verification inspection after receiving the compliance report.

For a temporary pedestrian access route in use perform a weekly review and document compliance on the "Temporary Pedestrian Access Route Contractor Weekly Report." 12-4.04B Materials
The walkway surface must be slip resistant and surfaced with minor HMA or commercial-quality, bituminous material, commercial-quality concrete, or wood.

A handrail with a circular cross section must have an outer diameter from 1-1/4 to 2 inches. A handrail with a noncircular cross section must have a perimeter from 4 to 6-1/4 inches and a maximum crosssection dimension of 2-1/4 inches.

Fasteners must be rounded to prevent injury to a pedestrian's fingers, hands, and arms and to eliminate sharp edges that could catch on clothing.

A detectable warning surface must be on the Authorized Material List for detectable warning surfaces and match yellow color no. 33538 of AMS-STD-595.

Temporary traffic control devices used to channelize pedestrians must:

1. Be free of sharp or rough edges

2. Have a continuous detectable edging at least 6 inches high and at no more than 2 inches above the walkway surface

3. Be at least 32 inches in height

4. Have smooth connection points between devices to allow for a handrail

5. Have a top and bottom surface in the same vertical plane 12-4.04C Construction
Notify the Engineer 5 business days before closing an existing pedestrian route. Do not close the route until authorized.

If work activities require the closure of a pedestrian route and a temporary pedestrian access route is not shown, provide a temporary pedestrian access route near the traveled way. You may route pedestrians using the existing sidewalk or by constructing a temporary access route.

Construct a temporary pedestrian access route such that:

1. Walkway surface is firm and stable and free of irregularities

2. Cross slope of the pedestrian route is at most 50:1 (horizontal:vertical)

3. Longitudinal slope of the pedestrian route is at most 20:1 (horizontal:vertical)

4. Walkway, landings, blended transitions, and curb ramps are at least 60 inches wide except where not feasible, the width must be at least 48 inches wide with a 60-by-60-inch passing space at least every 200 feet

5. Lateral joints or gaps between surfaces are less than 1/2 inch wide 456
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-51

6. Discontinuities in surface heights are less than 1/2 inch and beveled if greater than 1/4 inch with a slope no greater than 2:1 (horizontal:vertical)

7. Ramps have:

7.1. Longitudinal slope of at most 12:1 (horizontal:vertical)

7.2. Rise less than 30 inches

7.3. Protective edging at least 2 inches high on each side and handrails at a height from 34 to 38 inches above the walkway surface if the rise is greater than 6 inches

8. Curb ramps have:

8.1. Longitudinal slope of at most 12:1 (horizontal:vertical)

8.2. Protective edging at least 2 inches high on each side if the curb ramp does not have flares and the rise is greater than 6 inches

9. Pedestrians are channelized when routed off existing pedestrian routes Construct handrails such that they are continuous, smooth and free of sharp or rough edges.

Provide an overhead covering to protect pedestrians from falling objects and drippings from overhead structures.

If the temporary access route is next to traffic or work activities, place a temporary barrier to separate the route from vehicles and equipment.

Install a detectable warning surface at locations where a curb ramp, landing, or blended transition connects to a street. Install the warning surface such that it extends a minimum of 36 inches in the direction of travel and for the full width of the landing, blended transition, or curb ramp, excluding the flares.

Maintain the temporary pedestrian access route clear of obstructions. Do not allow traffic control devices, equipment, or construction materials to protrude into the walkway. Maintain a continuous unobstructed path connecting all pedestrian routes, parking lots, and bus stops located within the project limits.

Remove the temporary pedestrian access route when the Engineer determines it is no longer needed.

Provide a temporary pedestrian access route through falsework under section 16-2.02. 12-4.04D Payment
Measurement and payment for Temporary Pedestrian Access Route is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein. 12-5 RESERVED
12-6 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT DELINEATION
12-6.01 GENERAL
Section 12-6 includes specifications for placing temporary pavement delineation except for delineation on a seal coat project.

Temporary painted traffic stripes and painted pavement markings used for temporary delineation must comply with section 84-2.

Temporary signs for no-passing zones must comply with section 12-3.11. 12-6.02 MATERIALS
12-6.02A General
The following types of temporary pavement delineation must be on the Authorized Material List for signing and delineation materials:

1. Temporary pavement markers for long term day/night use (180 days or less)

2. Temporary pavement markers for short term day/night use (14 days or less)

3. Temporary (removable) striping and pavement marking tape (180 days or less)

4. Permanent traffic striping and pavement marking tape 457
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-52

5. Channelizers
12-6.02B Temporary Pavement Markers
Temporary pavement markers must be the same color as the lane line or centerline markers being replaced.

Temporary pavement markers must be for long-term day or night use, 180 days or less, except you may use temporary pavement markers for short-term day or night use, 14 days or less, if you place the permanent pavement delineation before the end of the 14 days. 12-6.02C Channelizers
Channelizers used for temporary edge line delineation must be orange and surface mounted. 12-6.03 CONSTRUCTION
12-6.03A General
If work activities obliterate pavement delineation, place temporary or permanent pavement delineation before opening the traveled way to traffic. The temporary pavement delineation must consist of a lane line and centerline pavement delineation for traveled ways open to traffic. On multilane roadways, freeways, expressways, and 2-lane roadways with shoulders 4 feet or more in width, the temporary pavement delineation must also include edge line delineation for traveled ways open to traffic.

Establish the alignment for temporary pavement delineation, including the required lines or markers.

Surfaces to receive an application of paint or removable traffic tape must be dry and free from dirt and loose material. Do not apply temporary pavement delineation over existing pavement delineation or any other temporary pavement delineation. Maintain temporary pavement delineation until no longer needed or replace it with a new striping detail of temporary or permanent pavement delineation.

When the Engineer determines the temporary pavement delineation is no longer required for the direction of traffic, remove the temporary pavement delineation, including any underlying adhesive for temporary pavement markers, from the final layer of surfacing and from the pavement to remain in place. Remove temporary pavement delineation that conflicts with any subsequent or new traffic pattern for the area. 12-6.03B Temporary Lane Line and Centerline Delineation If lane lines or centerlines are obliterated and temporary pavement delineation to replace the lines is not shown, the minimum lane line and centerline delineation must consist of temporary pavement markers placed longitudinally at 24-foot maximum intervals.

For temporary lane line or centerline delineation consisting entirely of temporary pavement markers for short-term day or night use, 14 days or less, do not use the markers for more than 14 days on lanes opened to traffic. Place the permanent pavement delineation before the end of the 14 days. If the permanent pavement delineation is not placed within 14 days, replace the temporary pavement markers with additional temporary pavement delineation equivalent to the pattern described for the permanent pavement delineation for the area.

If no-passing centerline pavement delineation is obliterated, install the following temporary no-passing zone signs before opening lanes to traffic:

1. W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) sign from 1,000 to 2,000 feet in advance of the no-passing zone

2. R4-1 (Do Not Pass) sign at the beginning of the no-passing zone and at 2,000-foot maximum intervals within the no-passing zone

3. W7-3a (Next ___ Miles) plaque beneath the W20-1 sign for continuous zones longer than 2 miles

4. R4-2 (Pass With Care) sign at the end of the no-passing zone The Engineer determines the exact location of temporary no-passing zone signs. Maintain the temporary no-passing zone signs in place until you place the permanent no-passing centerline pavement delineation.
458
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-53
Remove the temporary no-passing zone signs when the Engineer determines they are no longer required for the direction of traffic.
12-6.03C Temporary Edge Line Delineation
On multilane roadways, freeways, expressways, and 2-lane roadways with shoulders 4 feet or more in width open to traffic where edge lines are obliterated and temporary pavement delineation to replace those edge lines is not shown, provide temporary pavement delineation for:

1. Right edge lines consisting of any of the following:

1.1. Solid 6-inch-wide traffic stripe tape of the same color as the stripe being replaced.

1.2. Traffic cones placed longitudinally at 100-foot maximum intervals.

1.3. Portable delineators or channelizers placed longitudinally at 100-foot maximum intervals.

2. Left edge lines consisting of any of the following:

2.1. Solid 6-inch-wide traffic stripe tape of the same color as the stripe being replaced.

2.2. Traffic cones placed longitudinally at 100-foot maximum intervals.

2.3. Portable delineators or channelizers placed longitudinally at 100-foot maximum intervals.

2.4. Temporary pavement markers placed longitudinally at 6-foot maximum intervals.

You may apply temporary traffic stripe paint of the same color as the stripe being replaced instead of solid 6-inch-wide temporary traffic stripe tape where the removal of the temporary traffic stripe is not required.

The Engineer determines the lateral offset for traffic cones, portable delineators, and channelizers used for temporary edge line delineation. If traffic cones or portable delineators are used for temporary edge line delineation, maintain the cones or delineators during the hours of the day when they are in use.

Cement the bases of channelizers used for temporary edge line delineation to the pavement with hot melt bituminous adhesive as specified in section 81-3 for cementing pavement markers to pavement. 12-6.03D Temporary Traffic Stripe, Pavement Marking, and Pavement Markers 12-6.03D(1) General
Reserved
12-6.03D(2) Temporary Traffic Stripe Tape
Except where the temporary traffic stripe is used for 14 days or less, apply temporary removable traffic stripe tape under the manufacturer's instructions and as follows:

1. Slowly roll the tape with a rubber-tired vehicle or roller to ensure complete contact with the pavement surface.

2. Apply the tape straight on a tangent alignment and on a true arc on a curved alignment.

3. Do not apply the tape when the ambient air or pavement temperature is less than 50 degrees F unless otherwise authorized.

For temporary traffic stripe tape used for 14 days or less, apply the temporary removable traffic stripe tape under the manufacturer's instructions.
12-6.03D(3) Temporary Traffic Stripe Paint
Apply temporary traffic stripe paint under section 84-2.03, except you may apply 1 or 2 coats of the temporary traffic stripe paint for new or existing pavement.

You are not required to remove painted temporary traffic stripe that will be covered by paving work. 12-6.03D(4) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape
Apply temporary removable pavement marking tape as specified for applying temporary removable traffic stripe tape in section 12-6.03D(2).
459
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-54
12-6.03D(5) Temporary Pavement Marking Paint
Apply temporary pavement marking paint under section 84-2.03, except you may apply 1 or 2 coats of the temporary pavement marking paint.

You are not required to remove of painted temporary pavement markings that will be covered by paving work.

You may use permanent or temporary removable pavement marking tape instead of temporary pavement marking paint.
12-6.03D(6) Temporary Pavement Markers
Place temporary pavement markers under the manufacturer's instructions. Cement temporary markers to the surfacing with the manufacturer's recommended adhesive except do not use epoxy adhesive in areas where the removal of the pavement markers is required.

You may use retroreflective pavement markers instead of temporary pavement markers for long-term day or night use, 180 days or less, except to simulate patterns of broken traffic stripe. Retroreflective pavement markers used for temporary pavement markers must comply with section 81-3, except the waiting period before placing pavement markers on new asphalt concrete surfacing as specified in section 81-3.03 does not apply. Do not use epoxy adhesive to place pavement markers in areas where the removal of the pavement markers is required.
12-6.04 PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for Temporary Traffic Stripe, Pavement Marking, and Pavement Markers is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
12-7 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT DELINEATION FOR SEAL COATS
12-7.01 GENERAL
Section 12-7 includes specifications for placing temporary pavement delineation for a seal coat project.

Temporary signs for no-passing zones must comply with section 12-3.11. 12-7.02 MATERIALS
Temporary raised pavement markers for seal coat applications must be temporary pavement markers for short-term day or night use, 14 days or less, on the Authorized Material List for signing and delineation materials.
12-7.03 CONSTRUCTION
Before applying binder that will obliterate existing traffic stripes, place temporary raised pavement markers on the existing traffic stripes except for right edge lines at 24-foot maximum intervals. Place 2 markers side by side on double traffic stripes with 1 marker placed on each stripe longitudinally at 24-foot maximum intervals. Place temporary raised pavement markers under the manufacturer's instructions.

Before opening the lanes to uncontrolled traffic, remove the covers from the temporary raised pavement markers.

If you obliterate no-passing centerline pavement delineation, install the following temporary no-passing zone signs before opening lanes to traffic:

1. W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) sign from 1,000 to 2,000 feet in advance of the no-passing zone

2. R4-1 (Do Not Pass) sign at the beginning of the no-passing zone and at 2,000-foot maximum intervals within the no-passing zone

3. W7-3a (Next ___ Miles) plaque beneath the W20-1 sign for continuous zones longer than 2 miles

4. R4-2 (Pass With Care) sign at the end of the no-passing zone 460
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-55
The Engineer determines the exact location of the temporary no-passing zone signs. Maintain the temporary no-passing zone signs in place until you place the permanent no-passing centerline pavement delineation. Remove the temporary no-passing zone signs when the Engineer determines they are no longer required for the direction of traffic.

Maintain temporary pavement delineation until you replace it with the permanent pavement delineation. 12-7.04 PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for Temporary Pavement Delineation For Seal Coats is included in the applicable unit price for Traffic Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
12-8–12-10 RESERVED
461
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-56
SECTION 01 57 23 EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL All work shall conform to Section 5 of the General Conditions and Section 13 of the State Standard Specifications unless otherwise specified within.
13-2 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PROGRAM
13-2.01 GENERAL
13-2.01A Summary
Section 13-2 includes specifications for a water pollution control program.

Water pollution control program includes developing and implementing the WPCP, providing a WPC manager, conducting WPC training, and monitoring, inspecting and correcting WPC practices.

If the Department determines that the project qualifies for an erosivity waiver or notice of non-applicability, the conditions are specified in the special provisions. The erosivity waiver, notice of non-applicability, and R-factor are described in the NPDES General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (Order No. 2022-0057-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000002). 13-2.01B Definitions
Reserved
13-2.01C Submittals
Submit your WPCP within 7 days after Contract approval.

A QSP may be assigned other than the WPC manager to develop the WPCP.

The WPCP must:

1. Describe the work involved in the installation, maintenance, repair, and removal of temporary WPC practices

2. Include maps showing:

2.1. Locations of disturbed-soil areas

2.2. Water bodies and conveyances

2.3. Locations and types of WPC practices that will be used for each Contractor-support facility

2.4. Locations and types of temporary WPC practices that will be used in the work for each construction phase

2.5. Locations and types of WPC practices that will be installed permanently under the Contract

2.6. Locations planned for the storage and use of potential nonvisible pollutants

2.7. Locations and types of WPC practices that will be used for activities or mobile activities related to all NPDES permits

3. Include a schedule showing when:

3.1. Work activities that could cause the discharge of pollutants into stormwater will be performed

3.2. WPC practices, including soil stabilization and sediment control, will be used in the work for whichever has the longest duration in the first

3.2.1. 60 days

3.2.2. Construction phase

4. Include contact information of all personnel responsible for WPC practices

5. Include a copy of each permit obtained by the Department, such as the Department of Fish and Wildlife permits, US Army Corps of Engineers permits, RWQCB 401 certifications, Docket No. ESPOSMA 15/16-001 Soil Management Agreement for Aerially Deposited Lead-Contaminated Soils with the DTSC (ADL Agreement), ADL Agreement notification, and RWQCB waste discharge requirements for reuse of aerially deposited lead
Allow 5 business days for review.
462
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-57
After the Engineer authorizes the WPCP, submit one printed copy of WPCP maps and an electronic copy of the complete authorized WPCP.

If a RWQCB requires review of the authorized WPCP, the review is specified in the special provisions and the Engineer submits the authorized WPCP to the RWQCB for review and comment.

If the Engineer orders changes to the WPCP based on the RWQCB's comments, submit a revised WPCP within 3 business days.

Do not start job site activities until (1) the WPCP is authorized and for projects with an erosivity waiver or notice of non-applicability, (2) a waiver identification number has been issued.

Submit a revised WPCP if:

1. Changes in work activities could affect the discharge of pollutants

2. WPC practices are added as change order work

3. WPC practices are added at your discretion

4. Changes in the quantity of disturbed soil are substantial

5. Objectives for reducing or eliminating pollutants in stormwater discharges have not been achieved

6. Project receives a written notice or order from the RWQCB or any other regulatory agency

7. Changes are made to the management or WPC practices for dewatering discharge 13-2.01D Quality Assurance
Reserved
13-2.02 MATERIALS
Not Used
13-2.03 CONSTRUCTION
Manage work activities such that you reduce the discharge of pollutants to surface waters, groundwaters, and municipal-separate storm sewer systems.

Monitor and inspect WPC practices at the job site.

Notify the Engineer within 6 hours whenever you:

1. Identify discharges into receiving waters or drainage systems that are causing or could cause water pollution

2. Receive a written notice or order for the project from the RWQCB or any other regulatory agency Notify the Engineer at least 32-hours in advance of dewatering activity discharges.

Continue WPCP implementation during any suspension of work activities.

Submit a SWPPP and pay all associated costs if:

1. 1 ac or more of soil is disturbed on a project without an erosivity waiver.

2. More than 5 ac of soil is disturbed on a project with an erosivity waiver.

3. There is a failure to comply with the schedule for soil-disturbing activities for a project with an erosivity waiver and the delay voids the erosivity waiver.

4. There is a change in site conditions for a project with a notice of non-applicability such that it becomes hydrologically connected to waters of the United States. 13-2.04 PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for Water Pollution Control Program is included in the applicable unit price for Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
463
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-58
13-4 JOB SITE MANAGEMENT
13-4.01 GENERAL
13-4.01A Summary
Section 13-4 includes specifications for performing job site management work.

Job site management work includes spill prevention and control, material management, waste management, nonstormwater management, and dewatering activities.

Temporary linear sediment barriers must comply with section 13-10. 13-4.01B Definitions
minor spill: Spill of oil, gasoline, paint, or other materials in such small quantities that can easily be controlled by a first responder upon discovery of the spill. semi-significant spill: Spill of oil, gasoline, paint, or other materials in quantities that can be controlled by a first responder with help from other personnel.
significant or hazardous spill: Spill of oil, gasoline, paint, or other materials in quantities that cannot be controlled by job site personnel.
13-4.01C Submittals
At least 15 days before the start of dewatering activities, submit a dewatering and discharge work plan.

The dewatering and discharge work plan must include:

1. Title sheet and table of contents

2. Description of dewatering and discharge activities detailing the locations, quantity of water, equipment, and discharge point

3. Estimated schedule for dewatering and the discharge start and end dates of intermittent and continuous activities

4. Discharge alternatives, such as dust control or percolation

5. Visual monitoring procedures with inspection log

6. Copy of the approval to discharge into a sanitary sewer system For material used or stored within the job site, submit the following documents as informational submittals:

1. SDS at least 5 business days before material is used or stored

2. Monthly inventory records
Submit approval from the local health agency, city, county, and sewer district before discharging from a sanitary or septic system directly into a sanitary sewer system.

Submit a discharge notification upon discovery of a spill or discharge of materials into a body of water. 13-4.01D Quality Assurance
Reserved
13-4.02 MATERIALS
Not Used
13-4.03 CONSTRUCTION
13-4.03A General
Implement effective housekeeping practices for handling, storing, using, and disposing of materials to prevent pollution. Limit potential pollutants at their source before they come in contact with stormwater. 464
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-59
13-4.03B Spill Prevention and Control
13-4.03B(1) General
Keep material or waste storage areas clean, well organized, and equipped with enough cleanup supplies for the material being stored.

Implement spill and leak prevention procedures for chemicals and hazardous substances stored on the job site. If there is a spill or equipment or materials leak chemicals or hazardous substances at the job site, you are responsible for all associated cleanup costs and related liability.

Prevent spills from entering stormwater runoff before and during cleanup activities. Do not bury the spill or wash it with water.

Immediately report spills to the WPC manager.

As soon as it is safe, contain and clean up spills of petroleum materials and sanitary and septic waste substances listed in 40 CFR, parts 110, 117, and 302. Comply with section 14-11 for a spill or leak that produces hazardous waste.
13-4.03B(2) Minor Spills
Clean up a minor spill as follows:

1. Contain the spread of the spill.

2. Recover the spilled material using absorbents.

3. Clean the contaminated area.

4. Promptly dispose of the contaminated material and absorbents. 13-4.03B(3) Semi-significant Spills
Immediately clean up a semi-significant spill as follows:

1. Contain the spread of the spill.

2. On a paved or other impervious surface, encircle and recover the spilled material with absorbents.

3. On soil, construct an earthen dike and dig up the contaminated soil for disposal.

4. During precipitation, cover the spill with 10-mil plastic sheeting or other material to prevent contamination of the runoff.

5. Promptly dispose of the contaminated material and absorbents. 13-4.03B(4) Significant or Hazardous Spills
Immediately notify the Engineer and qualified personnel of a significant or hazardous spill. Handle the spill as follows:

1. Do not attempt to clean up the spill until qualified personnel have arrived.

2. Obtain the immediate services of a spill contractor or hazardous material team.

3. Notify local emergency response teams by dialing 911 and county officials by using the emergency phone numbers retained at the job site.

4. Notify the California State Warning Center at (800) 852-7550.

5. Notify the National Response Center at (800) 424-8802 regarding spills of Federal reportable quantities under 40 CFR 110, 117, and 302.

6. Notify other agencies as appropriate, including:

6.1. Fire department

6.2. Public works department

6.3. US Coast Guard

6.4. California Highway Patrol

6.5. City police or county sheriff's department

6.6. DTSC

6.7. Department of Conservation, Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources

6.8. Cal/OSHA

6.9. RWQCB
465
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-60
13-4.03B(5)–13-4.03B(6) Reserved
13-4.03C Material Management
13-4.03C(1) General
Minimize or eliminate discharge of material into the air, storm drain systems, and receiving waters while taking delivery of, using, or storing the following materials:

1. Hazardous chemicals, including acids, lime, glues, adhesives, paints, solvents, and curing compounds

2. Soil stabilizers and binders

3. Fertilizers

4. Detergents

5. Plaster

6. Petroleum materials, including fuel, oil, and grease

7. Asphalt and concrete components

8. Pesticides and herbicides
Employees trained in emergency spill cleanup procedures must be present during the unloading of hazardous materials or chemicals.

Minimize the use of hazardous materials if practicable.

Perform each of the following activities at least 100 feet from a concentrated flow of stormwater, a drainage course, or an inlet wherever it is performed (1) within the floodplain or (2) at least 50 feet outside the floodplain:

1. Stockpiling materials

2. Storing pile-driving equipment and liquid waste containers

3. Washing vehicles and equipment in outside areas

4. Fueling and maintaining vehicles and equipment
13-4.03C(2) Material Storage
Store materials in their original containers with the original labels maintained in legible condition.

Immediately replace damaged or illegible labels.

Comply with section 14-11.03 for the storage of liquids, petroleum materials, and substances listed in 40 CFR 110, 117, and 302.

Store bagged or boxed material on pallets. Protect bagged or boxed material from wind and rain during non–working days and whenever precipitation is forecasted. 13-4.03C(3) Stockpile Management
Minimize stockpiling of materials at the job site.

Do not allow soil, sediment, or other debris from stockpiles to enter storm drains, open drainages, or watercourses.

Manage stockpiles by implementing WPC practices on:

1. Active stockpiles before a forecasted storm event

2. Inactive stockpiles according to the WPCP or SWPPP schedule Cover active and inactive soil stockpiles with soil stabilization material or a temporary cover and surround them with a linear sediment barrier.

Cover stockpiles of concrete and asphalt concrete rubble, HMA, AB, or AS with a temporary cover and surround them with a linear sediment barrier.

Place stockpiles of pressure-treated wood on pallets and cover them with an impermeable material. 466
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-61
Place stockpiles of cold mix asphalt concrete on an impervious surface and cover them with an impermeable material. Protect the stockpile from stormwater run-on and runoff.

Repair or replace linear sediment barriers and covers as needed to keep them functioning properly. If sediment accumulates to 1/3 of the linear sediment barrier's height, remove the accumulated sediment. 13-4.03C(4)–13-4.03C(6) Reserved
13-4.03D Waste Management
13-4.03D(1) General
Manage solid waste under section 14-10.

Manage hazardous waste under section 14-11.
13-4.03D(2) Paint Waste
Clean water-based and oil-based paint from brushes or equipment within a contained area to prevent contamination of soil, receiving waters, or storm drain systems. Handle and dispose of paints, thinners, solvents, residues, and sludges that cannot be recycled or reused as hazardous waste under section 14-

11. When thoroughly dry, dispose of dry latex paint, paint cans, used brushes, rags, absorbent materials, and drop cloths as solid waste under section 14-10.
13-4.03D(3) Concrete Waste
Prevent the discharge of concrete and asphalt concrete waste into storm drain systems and receiving waters.

Collect concrete waste simultaneously with the waste-producing activity. Concrete waste includes grout, dust, debris, residue, and slurry from demolition, saw cutting, coring, grooving, or grinding activities.

Dispose of liquid residue from concrete grooving or grinding activities at an appropriately permitted disposal facility.

If authorized, liquid grooving or grinding residue may be transported to a contractor-support facility for drying.
13-4.03D(4) Sanitary and Septic Waste
Do not bury or discharge wastewater from a sanitary or septic system within the highway. A sanitary facility discharging into a sanitary sewer system must be properly connected and free from leaks. Place a portable sanitary facility at least 50 feet away from storm drains, receiving waters, and flow lines. Provide secondary containment.

Comply with local health agency regulations if using an on-site disposal system. 13-4.03D(5) Liquid Waste
Prevent job-site liquid waste from entering storm drain systems and receiving waters. Liquid wastes include:

1. Drilling slurries or fluids

2. Grease- and oil-free wastewater and rinse water

3. Dredgings, including liquid waste from cleaning drainage systems

4. Liquid waste running off a surface, including wash and rinse water

5. Other nonstormwater liquids not covered by separate permits Store liquid waste in structurally sound, leak-proof containers, such as roll-off bins or portable tanks.

Provide enough liquid waste containers with enough volume to prevent overflow, spills, and leaks.

Store containers at least 50 feet from moving vehicles and equipment. 467
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-62
Remove and dispose of deposited solids from sediment traps under section 14-10 unless another method is authorized.

Liquid waste may require testing to determine hazardous material content before disposal.

Dispose of drilling fluids and residue.

If an authorized location is available within the job site, fluids and residue exempt under 23 CA Code of Regs § 2511(g) may be dried by evaporation in a leak-proof container. Dispose of the remaining solid waste under section 14-10.
13-4.03D(6)–13-4.03D(8) Reserved
13-4.03E Nonstormwater Management
13-4.03E(1) General
Use water for work activities such that erosion and the discharge of pollutants into storm drain systems and receiving waters are prevented. Obtain authorization before washing anything at the job site with water that could discharge into a storm drain system or receiving waters. Immediately report discharges.

Sweep and vacuum paved areas. Do not wash paved areas with water.

Direct runoff water, including water from the repair of a water line, from the job site to areas where it can infiltrate into the ground. Do not allow spilled water to escape the areas used to fill water trucks. Manage run-on to minimize contact with job site water.
13-4.03E(2) Illegal Connection and Illicit Discharge Detection and Reporting Before starting work and daily thereafter, inspect the job site and its perimeter for the following evidence of illegal connections, illicit discharges, and illegal dumping:

1. Debris or trash piles

2. Staining or discoloration on pavement or soils

3. Pungent odors coming from drainage systems

4. Discoloration or an oily sheen on water

5. Stains and residue in ditches, channels, or drain boxes

6. Abnormal water flow during dry weather

7. Excessive sediment deposits

8. Nonstandard drainage junction structures

9. Broken concrete or other disturbances at or near junction structures If evidence of an illegal connection, discharge, or dumping is discovered, immediately notify the Engineer.

Do not take further action unless ordered. Assume that unlabeled or unidentifiable material is hazardous. 13-4.03E(3) Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning
Limit vehicle and equipment cleaning or washing at the job site except for the safety and protection of the equipment and as needed to comply with PLACs. Notify the Engineer before cleaning vehicles and equipment at the job site with soap, solvents, or steam. Contain and recycle or dispose of resulting waste under section 14-11 or section 13-4.03D(5), whichever is applicable. Do not use diesel to clean vehicles or equipment. Minimize the use of solvents.

Clean or wash vehicles and equipment in a structure equipped with disposal facilities. Vehicles may be washed in an outside area if the area is:

1. Paved with concrete or asphalt concrete

2. Surrounded by a containment berm

3. Equipped with a sump to collect and dispose of wash water Use as little water as practicable when washing vehicles and equipment. Hoses must be equipped with a positive shutoff valve.
468
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-63
Discharge the liquid from wash racks to a recycling system or to another authorized system. Remove liquids and sediment as necessary.
13-4.03E(4) Vehicle and Equipment Fueling and Maintenance If practicable, perform maintenance on vehicles and equipment off-site.

If fueling or maintenance must be performed at the job site, obtain authorization for an assigned area or areas for these activities before using them. Minimize mobile fueling and maintenance activities. Perform fueling and maintenance activities on level ground in areas protected from stormwater run-on and runoff.

Use containment berms or dikes around fueling and maintenance areas. Keep enough absorbents and spill kits in the fueling or maintenance area and on fueling trucks to handle potential spills. Dispose of spill-cleanup material and kits immediately after use. Use drip pans or absorbent pads during fueling or maintenance.

Do not leave fueling or maintenance areas unattended during fueling and maintenance activities. Fueling nozzles must be equipped with (1) an automatic shutoff control and (2) vapor recovery where required by the Air Quality Management District. Secure nozzles in an upright position when not in use. Do not top off fuel tanks.

Recycle or properly dispose of used batteries and tires.

If leaks cannot be repaired immediately, remove the vehicle or equipment from the job site. 13-4.03E(5) Material and Equipment Used Over Water
Place drip pans and absorbent pads under vehicles and equipment used over water. Keep enough spillcleanup material with the vehicles and equipment to handle potential spills. Place drip pans or plastic sheeting under vehicles and equipment on docks, barges, or other surfaces over water whenever the vehicles or equipment will be idle for more than 1 hour.

Install watertight curbs or toe boards on barges, platforms, docks, or other surfaces over water to contain material, debris, and tools. Secure any material or debris to prevent spills or discharge into the water due to wind.

Report discharges to receiving waters immediately upon discovery. 13-4.03E(6) Structure Removal Over or Adjacent to Water Do not allow demolished material to enter storm drain systems and receiving waters. Use authorized covers and platforms to collect debris. Use attachments on equipment to catch debris during small demolition activities. Empty debris-catching devices daily and handle debris under section 13-4.03D. 13-4.03E(7) Paving, Sealing, Saw Cutting, Grooving, and Grinding Activities Prevent the following materials from entering storm drain systems and receiving waters:

1. Cementitious material

2. Asphaltic material

3. Aggregate or screenings

4. Saw cutting, grooving, and grinding residue

5. Pavement chunks

6. Shoulder backing

7. Methacrylate resin

8. Sandblasting residue
Cover drainage inlets and use linear sediment barriers to protect downhill receiving waters until paving, saw cutting, grooving, and grinding activities are completed and excess material has been removed.

Cover drainage inlets and manholes during the application of seal coat, tack coat, slurry seal, or fog seal. 469
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-64
Whenever precipitation is forecasted, limit paving, saw cutting, and grinding to places where runoff can be captured.

Do not start seal coat, tack coat, slurry seal, or fog seal activities when precipitation is forecasted during the application and curing period.

Do not grind or groove pavement during precipitation.

Use a vacuum to remove slurry immediately after it is produced. Do not allow the slurry to run onto lanes open to traffic or off the pavement.

Collect the residue from grooving and grinding activities with a vacuum attachment on the grinding machine. Do not leave the residue on the pavement or allow it to flow across the pavement.

You may stockpile material removed from existing roadways under section 13-4.03C(3) if authorized.

Do not coat asphalt trucks and equipment with substances that contain soap, foaming agents, or toxic chemicals.

When paving equipment is not in use, park the paving equipment over drip pans or plastic sheeting with absorbent material to catch drips.
13-4.03E(8) Thermoplastic Striping and Pavement Markers Do not preheat, transfer, or load thermoplastic within 50 feet of drainage inlets or receiving waters.

Do not unload, transfer, or load bituminous material for pavement markers within 50 feet of drainage inlets or receiving waters.

Collect and dispose of bituminous material from the roadway after removing markers. 13-4.03E(9) Pile Driving
Keep spill kits and cleanup materials at pile driving locations. Park pile driving equipment over drip pans, absorbent pads, or plastic sheeting with absorbent material. Protect pile driving equipment by parking it on plywood and covering it with plastic if precipitation is forecasted.

Store pile driving equipment on level ground and protect it from stormwater run-on when not in use. Use vegetable oil instead of hydraulic fluid if practicable. 13-4.03E(10) Concrete Curing
Do not overspray chemical curing compounds. Minimize the drift by spraying as close to the concrete as practicable. Do not allow runoff of curing compounds. Cover drainage inlets before applying the curing compound.

Minimize the use and discharge of water by using wet blankets or similar methods to maintain moisture when concrete is curing.
13-4.03E(11) Concrete Finishing
Collect and dispose of (1) water and solid waste from high-pressure water blasting and (2) sand and solid waste from sandblasting. Before sandblasting, cover drainage inlets within 50 feet of the sandblasting.

Minimize the drift of dust and blast material by keeping the nozzle close to the surface of the concrete. If the character of the blast residue is unknown, test for hazardous materials and dispose of it.

Inspect the containment structures for concrete-finishing waste for damage before each day of use and before forecasted precipitation. Remove the liquid and solid waste from the containment structures after each work shift.
470
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-65
13-4.03E(12)–13-4.03E(15) Reserved
13-4.03F Sweeping
Sweep by hand or mechanical methods, such as vacuuming. Do not use mechanical kick brooms.

Sweep paved roads at construction entrance and exit locations and paved areas within the job site:

1. During clearing and grubbing activities

2. During earthwork activities

3. During trenching activities

4. During pavement-structure construction activities

5. When vehicles are entering and leaving the job site

6. After soil-disturbing activities

7. After observing off-site tracking of material
Monitor paved areas and roadways within the project. Sweep within:

1. 1 hour if sediment or debris is observed during activities requiring sweeping

2. 24 hours if sediment or debris is observed during activities not requiring sweeping Remove collected material, including sediment, from paved shoulders, drain inlets, curbs and dikes, and other drainage areas. You may stockpile collected material at the job site. Dispose of collected material at least once per week if stockpiled.

Sediment collected during sweeping activities may be disposed of within the job site. Protect the disposal areas against erosion.

Keep dust to a minimum during street sweeping activities. Use water or a vacuum whenever dust generation is excessive or sediment pickup is ineffective. 13-4.03G Dewatering
Dewatering consists of discharging accumulated stormwater, groundwater, or surface water from excavations or temporary containment facilities.

Perform dewatering work as specified for the work items involved, such as a temporary ATS or dewatering and discharge.

If dewatering and discharging activities are not specified for a work item and you perform dewatering activities:

1. Conduct dewatering activities under the Department's Field Guide for Construction Site Dewatering.

2. Ensure any dewatering discharge does not cause erosion, scour, or sedimentary deposits that could impact natural bedding materials.

3. Discharge the water within the project limits. Dispose of the water if it cannot be discharged within project limits due to site constraints or contamination.

4. Do not discharge stormwater or nonstormwater that has an odor, discoloration other than sediment, an oily sheen, or foam on the surface. Immediately notify the Engineer upon discovering any such condition.

5. Utilize an outlet structure to withdraw water from the surface of sediment basins or similar impoundments.
13-4.03H–13-4.03J Reserved
13-4.04 PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for Job Site Management is included in the applicable unit price for Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
471
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-66
13-5 TEMPORARY SOIL STABILIZATION
13-5.01 GENERAL
Section 13-5 includes specifications for placing temporary soil stabilization materials.

Move-in and move-out for temporary erosion control includes:

1. Moving onto the job site when the Engineer determines an area is ready to receive temporary soil stabilization materials

2. Setting up all required personnel and equipment

3. Moving out all personnel and equipment when work in that area is complete 13-5.02 MATERIALS
13-5.02A General
Tackifier, fiber, seed, and straw must comply with the specifications for the same materials in section 21-

2.02 except section 21-2.01 does not apply.

Fiber for temporary hydraulic mulch, tacked straw, and hydroseed must be at least 50 percent wood fiber.

The remaining percentage must be cellulose fiber, alternate fiber, or a combination of these fibers. 13-5.02B Erosion Control Blankets
An erosion control blanket must comply with the specifications for RECPs in section 21-2.02O except section 21-2.01 does not apply.

An erosion control blanket classified as long-term and nondegradable must be Class 8 RSP fabric. 13-5.02C Temporary Mulch
Temporary mulch must comply with the specifications for wood mulch in section 20. 13-5.02D Cementitious Binder
Cementitious binder must be:

1. Calcium sulfate hemihydrate

2. At least 85 percent pure

3. Functional for at least 365 days

4. Miscible with water and fiber

5. Nontoxic to aquatic organisms

6. Free from growth or germination-inhibiting factors

7. Nonflammable
13-5.02E Soil Binder
Soil binder must comply with the material specifications for tackifier. 13-5.02F Temporary Covers
A temporary cover must be a geosynthetic temporary cover, plastic sheeting, or a combination of both.

Plastic sheeting must be a 10-mil-thick, single-ply geomembrane material complying with ASTM D2103.

Restrainers for securing the cover fabric or plastic sheeting to a slope's surface must be one of the following types:

1. Gravel-filled bags roped together and spaced not more than 6 feet apart.

2. Wooden board and steel restrainer. The wooden board must be 2 by 4 inches, 8 feet long, and made from fir or pine. Steel reinforcing bars must be spaced not more than 4 feet apart along the wooden board.

3. Other authorized type.
472
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-67
Rope must be at least 3/8 inch in diameter and be biodegradable or nondegradable. Biodegradable rope must be made from sisal, manila, or other natural fiber. Nondegradable rope must be made from nylon, polypropylene, or other geosynthetic fiber.

The linear sediment barrier must comply with section 13-10. 13-5.02G Gravel-Filled Bags
A gravel-filled bag must:

1. Be a geosynthetic bag

2. Have inside dimensions from 24 to 32 inches long and from 16 to 20 inches wide

3. Have a bound opening sewn with yarn, bound with wire, or secured with a closure device

4. Weigh from 30 to 50 pounds when filled with gravel
Gravel for a gravel-filled bag must be from 3/8 to 3/4 inch in diameter and must be clean and free of clay balls, organic matter, and other deleterious materials. 13-5.02H–13-5.02J Reserved
13-5.03 CONSTRUCTION
13-5.03A General
The Engineer authorizes the areas to receive soil stabilization materials by approving the placement of stakes or other suitable markers in increments of 1 ac or less.

Place temporary soil stabilization material within 24 hours after an area is ready to receive the material or before a forecasted storm event. Do not use a hydraulically applied material whenever:

1. Precipitation occurs

2. Water is standing on or moving across the soil surface

3. Soil is frozen

4. Air temperature is below 40 degrees F during the tackifier's curing period unless allowed under the tackifier manufacturer's instructions and authorized
13-5.03B Temporary Erosion Control Blankets
Place a temporary erosion control blanket as specified for RECPs in section 21-2.03O. 13-5.03C Temporary Mulch
Spread temporary mulch as specified for spreading wood mulch in section 20.

If an application rate is not shown, spread mulch to a uniform thickness of 2 inches. 13-5.03D Temporary Hydraulic Mulch
Apply temporary hydraulic mulch as specified for hydromulch in section 21-2.03D.

If application rates are not shown, apply temporary hydraulic mulch at the following rates:

1. Fiber at 2,000 lb/ac

2. Tackifier under the manufacturer's instructions for the slope, soil, and wind conditions 13-5.03E Temporary Bonded Fiber Matrix Hydraulic Mulch
Apply temporary bonded fiber matrix hydraulic mulch as specified for bonded fiber matrix in section 21-

2.03H.

If an application rate is not shown, apply temporary bonded fiber matrix hydraulic mulch at the rate of 3,500 lb/ac.
473
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-68
13-5.03F Reserved
13-5.03G Temporary Cementitious Binder Hydraulic Mulch
Apply temporary cementitious binder hydraulic mulch as specified for hydromulch in section 21-2.03D.

If application rates are not shown, apply temporary cementitious binder hydraulic mulch at the following rates:

1. Fiber at 2,000 lb/ac

2. Cementitious binder at 4,000 lb/ac
13-5.03H Temporary Tacked Straw
Apply temporary tacked straw as specified for straw in section 21-2.03G.

If application rates are not shown, apply temporary tacked straw at the following rates:

1. Straw at 2.0 tons/ac

2. Fiber at 2,000 lb/ac

3. Tackifier at the manufacturer's instructed rate for the slope, soil, and wind conditions 13-5.03I Temporary Hydroseed
Apply temporary hydroseed as specified for hydroseed in section 21-2.03D.

If application rates are not shown for fiber and tackifier, apply temporary hydroseed at the following rates:

1. Seed at the rate shown

2. Fiber at 2,000 lb/ac

3. Tackifier at the manufacturer's instructed rate for the slope, soil, and wind conditions 13-5.03J Temporary Soil Binder
Apply temporary soil binder as specified for hydromulch in section 21-2.03D.

If application rates are not shown, apply temporary soil binder at the manufacturer's instructed rate for the slope, soil, and wind conditions.
13-5.03K Temporary Covers
Install temporary-cover fabric as follows:

1. Place the fabric:

1.1. Loosely on the slope with the longitudinal edges perpendicular to the slope contours

1.2. On the upper portion of the slope to overlap the fabric on the lower portion of the slope

1.3. On the side facing the prevailing wind to overlap the fabric on the downwind side of the slope

2. Anchor the perimeter edge of the fabric in key trenches.

3. Overlap the edges of the fabric by at least 2 feet.

4. Place restrainers at the overlap area and along the toe of the slope. Space the restrainers a maximum of 8 feet on center between the overlaps.

5. If anchor restraints are used, ensure that the leg of the steel reinforcing bar pierces the fabric and holds the wooden lath firmly against the surface of the slope.

Install a temporary linear sediment barrier to protect excavation and embankment slopes from run-on and concentrated flows of stormwater. Place the barrier parallel with the slope contour at the toe of the slope.

Angle the last 6 feet of the barrier upslope at the downhill end of the run.

If a temporary cover is removed to perform other work, replace and resecure it within 1 hour of stopping work.

Maintain a temporary cover to minimize the exposure of slopes and prevent material movement beyond the linear sediment barrier.
474
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-69
Relocate and secure restrainers to keep the temporary cover in place. If a temporary cover breaks free, immediately resecure it.

Repair or replace a temporary cover if any of the following occurs:

1. Covered area becomes exposed or exhibits visible erosion

2. Erosion occurs between the joints or beneath the linear sediment barrier

3. Temporary cover becomes detached, torn, or unraveled 13-5.03L–13-5.03N Reserved
13-5.04 PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for Temporary Soil Stabilization is included in the applicable unit price for Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control unless a separate bid item for Temporary Soil Stabilization is provided on the Bid Schedule. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.

The payment quantity for temporary soil stabilization bid items paid for by the area is the area measured parallel with the ground surface not including the additional quantity used for overlaps.

If a separate bid item is included, the Department determines the cost for maintaining soil stabilization measures under section 9-1.04 and pays you 1/2 of that cost. 13-6 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL
13-6.01 GENERAL
Section 13-6 includes specifications for installing temporary sediment control.

Temporary linear sediment barriers must comply with section 13-10. 13-6.02 MATERIALS
13-6.02A General
An erosion control blanket must comply with section 21-2.02O(4) except section 21-2.01 does not apply.

Fiber rolls, compost socks, rope, stakes, gravel-filled bags, and foam barriers must comply with section 13-10.02.
13-6.02B Rigid Plastic Barriers
A rigid plastic barrier must:

1. Have an integrated filter

2. Have a formed outer jacket of perforated HDPE or polyethylene terephthalate

3. Have a flattened tubular-shaped cross section

4. Be made from virgin or recycled materials

5. Be free of biodegradable filler materials that degrade the physical or chemical characteristics of the completed filter core or outer jacket

6. Have a length of at least 4 feet per unit

7. Have the ability to interlock separate units into a long barrier such that water does not flow between the units

8. Comply with the requirements shown in the following table:
475
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-70
Quality characteristic Test method Requirement
Grab tensile strength of outer jacket material (min, lb/sq in each direction)
ASTM D4632a 4,000
Break strength of outer jacket (lb/sq in) ASTM D4632a 1,300 Permittivity of filter core (min, 1/sec) ASTM D4491 0.38 Flow rate of filter core (gpm per sq ft) ASTM D4491 100–200 Filter core aperture size (max, microns) -- 425
UV stability of outer jacket and filter core
(min, percent tensile strength after 500 hours, xenon-arc lamp and water spray weathering method)
ASTM D4355 90
aYou may use other appropriate test method for the specific polymer.

For an inlet with a curb opening but no grate, the rigid plastic barrier must be sized to fit the opening and have:

1. Horizontal flap of at least 6 inches with an under-seal gasket to prevent underflows

2. High-flow bypass

3. Vertical height of at least 7 inches after installation For a grated inlet without a curb opening, the rigid plastic barrier must be sized to fit the inlet and:

1. Cover the grate by at least 2 inches on each side and have an under-seal gasket to prevent underflows

2. Have a high-flow bypass

3. Have a vertical height of at least 1.5 inches after installation For a grated inlet with a curb opening, the rigid plastic barrier must be sized to fit and have:

1. Horizontal flap that covers the grate by at least 2 inches on the 3 sides away from the curb opening and must have an under-seal gasket to prevent underflows

2. High-flow bypass

3. Section that covers at least 5 inches vertically above the flow line of the curb opening after installation 13-6.02C Sediment Filter Bags
Each sediment filter bag must be sized to fit the catch basin or drainage inlet and have a high-flow bypass.

A sediment filter bag may include a metal frame. If the sediment filter bag does not have a metal frame and is deeper than 18 inches, it must include lifting loops, dump straps, and a restraint cord to keep the sides of the bag away from the walls of the catch basin. 13-6.02D–13-6.02F Reserved
13-6.03 CONSTRUCTION
13-6.03A General
Remove sediment deposits if the sediment exceeds 1 inch in depth from the surface of an erosion control blanket.

Remove sediment from a Type 2 sediment trap of a temporary inlet if the volume has been reduced by approximately 1/2.

Remove sediment from a sediment filter bag if it becomes full or if the restraint cords are no longer visible.

Empty a sediment filter bag:

1. Without a metal frame by placing no. 8 steel reinforcing bars through the lifting loops and lifting the filled bag from the drainage inlet

2. With a metal frame by lifting the metal frame from the drainage inlet 476
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-71
Rinse the sediment filter bag before replacing it at the drainage inlet. Do not allow the rinse water to enter a drainage inlet or waterway.

If the removed sediment is placed within the job site, stabilize the sediment deposits to prevent erosion. 13-6.03B Temporary Check Dams
Before placing a temporary check dam, remove obstructions, including rocks, clods, and debris greater than 1 inch in diameter from the ground.

If a temporary check dam is to be placed in the same area as an erosion control blanket, install the blanket before placing the dam.

Place a temporary check dam approximately perpendicular to the centerline of the ditch or drainage line.

Install the dam with enough spillway depth to prevent flanking of a concentrated flow around its ends.

Install a Type 1 or Type 2 dam if the ditch is unlined and a Type 2 dam if the ditch is lined with concrete or asphalt concrete.

For a Type 1 temporary check dam:

1. Secure the fiber rolls with rope and notched wood stakes.

2. Drive the stakes into the soil until the notch is even with the top of the fiber roll.

3. Lace rope between the stakes and over the fiber roll. Knot the rope at each stake.

4. Tighten by driving the stakes further into the soil and forcing the fiber roll against the surface of the ditch or drainage line.

Place a Type 2 temporary check dam as a single layer of gravel-filled bags, placed end-to-end to eliminate gaps. If you need to increase the height of the dam, add more layers of gravel-filled bags. Stack the bags in the upper row to overlap the joints in the lower row. Stabilize the rows by adding more rows of bags in the lower layers.
13-6.03C Temporary Drainage Inlet Protection
Provide temporary drainage inlet protection around drainage inlets as changing conditions require. The drainage inlet protection must be Type 1, Type 2, Type 3A, Type 3B, Type 4A, Type 4B, Type 5, Type 6A, Type 6B, or a combination of these as needed for the surrounding conditions.

For drainage inlet protection in paved or unpaved areas:

1. Prevent runoff ponds from encroaching onto the traveled way or overtopping the curb or dike. Use a linear sediment barrier to redirect runoff and control ponding.

2. Clear the area around each drainage inlet of obstructions, including rocks, clods, and debris greater than 1 inch in diameter, before installing the drainage inlet protection.

3. Install the linear sediment barrier upslope of the existing drainage inlet and parallel with the curb, dike, or flow line to prevent sediment from entering the drainage inlet.

If gravel-filled bags are used for Type 3A and Type 3B temporary drainage inlet protection, place the gravel-filled bags end-to-end to eliminate gaps. Stack the bags such that the upper row overlaps joints in the lower row. Arrange the bags to create a spillway by removing 1 or more gravel-filled bags from the upper layer.

Place fiber rolls over the erosion control blanket for Type 4A temporary drainage inlet protection.

Place the barrier to provide a tight joint with the curb or dike. Cut the cover fabric or jacket to ensure a tight fit.

If a rigid sediment barrier is used for Type 6A or Type 6B temporary drainage inlet protection at a grated inlet without a curb opening, place the barrier using a gasket to prevent runoff from flowing under the barrier. Secure the barrier to the pavement with nails and adhesive, gravel-filled bags, or a combination of both.
477
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-72
Install a sediment filter bag for Type 5 temporary drainage inlet protection as follows:

1. Remove the drainage inlet grate.

2. Place the sediment filter bag in the opening.

3. Replace the grate to secure the sediment filter bag in place. 13-6.03D Reserved
13-6.03E Temporary Fiber Rolls
Install a temporary fiber roll as specified for installing fiber rolls in section 21-2.03P. 13-6.03F Temporary Gravel Bag Berms
Install a temporary gravel bag berm under section 13-10.03C. 13-6.03G Rigid Plastic Barriers
Secure a rigid plastic barrier to:

1. Pavement with 1-inch concrete nails with 1-inch washers and solvent-free adhesive, gravel-filled bags, or a combination of both

2. Soil with 6-inch nails with 1-inch washers and wood stakes 13-6.03H–13-6.03J Reserved
13-6.04 PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for Temporary Sediment Control is included in the applicable unit price for Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control unless a separate bid item for Temporary Sediment Control is provided on the Bid Schedule. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.

The payment quantity for temporary sediment control bid items paid for by length is the length measured along the centerline of the installed material.

The payment quantity for temporary fiber roll does not include the additional quantity used for overlaps.

The Department does not pay for the relocation of temporary drainage inlet protection during work progress.

If a separate bid item is included, the Department determines the cost for maintaining sediment control measures under section 9-1.04 and pays you 1/2 of that cost. 13-7 TEMPORARY TRACKING CONTROL
13-7.01 GENERAL
13-7.01A General
Section 13-7 includes specifications for limiting and removing sediment and debris tracked onto roadway surfacing.
13-7.01B Materials
Not Used
13-7.01C Construction
Do not allow soil, sediment, or other debris that is tracked onto the surfacing to enter storm drains, open drainage facilities, and watercourses. Remove any material tracked onto the surfacing within 6 hours. 478
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-73
13-7.01D Payment
Measurement and payment for Temporary Tracking Control is included in the applicable unit price for Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
13-7.02 STREET SWEEPING
13-7.02A General
13-7.02A(1) Summary
Section 13-7.02 includes specifications for sweeping streets. 13-7.02A(2) Definitions
Reserved
13-7.02A(3) Submittals
At least 5 business days before starting clearing and grubbing, earthwork, or any other activity with the potential for tracking sediment or debris, submit the number and type of street sweepers that will be used on the project for each activity.

Keep and submit records of street sweeping activities, including sweeping times, sweeping locations, and the quantity of collected material.
13-7.02A(4) Quality Assurance
Reserved
13-7.02B Materials
Not Used
13-7.02C Construction
Use one of the following types of street sweepers:

1. Mechanical sweeper followed by a vacuum-assisted sweeper

2. Vacuum-assisted, dry, waterless, sweeper

3. Regenerative-air sweeper
Street sweeping does not void the requirements for residue collection included in other work activities, such as grooving, grinding, or asphalt concrete planing.

Sweep streets as specified for sweeping in section 13-4.03F except use a street sweeper.

At least 1 street sweeper must be at the job site at all times when street sweeping work is required. The street sweeper must be in good working order.
13-7.02D Payment
Measurement and payment for Street Sweeping is included in the applicable unit price for Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
13-7.03 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ROADWAYS AND ENTRANCES
13-7.03A General
13-7.03A(1) Summary
Section 13-7.03 includes specifications for constructing temporary construction roadways and entrances. 13-7.03A(2) Definitions
Reserved
479
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-74
13-7.03A(3) Submittals
For a construction entrance, submit details for alternatives at least 5 business days before installation.

You may propose alternatives for the sump and corrugated steel panels or eliminate the sump if authorized.
13-7.03A(4) Quality Assurance
Reserved
13-7.03B Materials
13-7.03B(1) General
Fabric for a temporary construction entrance must be Class 8 RSP fabric.

Fabric for temporary construction roadway must be Class 10 RSP fabric. 13-7.03B(2) Rock
Use Type A rock for a Type 1 temporary construction entrance.

Type A rock must comply with:

1. Quality characteristics for rock material in section 72-2.02

2. Sizes shown in the following table:

Square screen size (inch) Percentage passing Percentage retained 6 100 0
3 0 100
Use Type B rock for a Type 2 temporary construction entrance.

Type B rock must be no. 25 railway ballast complying with the AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering.

Do not use blast furnace slag.

Use Type A or Type B rock for a temporary construction roadway. 13-7.03B(3) Corrugated Steel Panels
Each corrugated steel panel must:

1. Be pressed or shop welded

2. Have a slot or hook for connecting the panels together 13-7.03C Construction
Prepare the location for a temporary construction entrance or roadway as follows:

1. Remove vegetation to the ground level and clear away debris.

2. Grade the ground to a uniform plane.

3. Grade the ground surface to drain.

4. Remove sharp objects that could damage the fabric.

5. Compact the top 1.5 feet of the soil to at least a 90 percent relative compaction.

Construct a temporary construction entrance or roadway as follows:

1. Position the fabric along the length of the entrance or roadway.

2. Overlap the sides and ends of the fabric by at least 12 inches.

3. Spread rock over the fabric in the direction of traffic.

4. Cover the fabric with rock within 24 hours.

5. Keep a 6-inch layer of rock over the fabric to prevent damage from the spreading equipment.

Do not drive on the fabric until the rock is spread.
480
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-75
Repair fabric damaged during rock spreading by placing new fabric over the damaged area. The new fabric must be large enough to cover the damaged area and provide at least an 18-inch overlap on all edges.

Maintain a temporary construction entrance or roadway to minimize the generation of dust and tracking of soil and sediment onto public roads. Place additional rock if dust or sediment tracking increases.

Repair a temporary construction entrance or roadway if:

1. Fabric is exposed

2. Depressions develop in the surface

3. Rock is displaced
For a Type 2 temporary construction entrance, place rock under the corrugated steel panels. Use at least 6 corrugated steel panels for each entrance. Couple the panels together to prevent movement.

If using a sump, install the sump within 20 feet of each temporary construction entrance. 13-7.03D Payment
Measurement and payment for Temporary Construction Roadway and Entrances is included in the applicable unit price for Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control unless a separate bid item for Temporary Construction Roadway and Entrances is provided on the Bid Schedule. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.

If a separate bid item is included, the Department determines the cost for maintaining a temporary construction entrance or roadway under section 9-1.04 and pays you 1/2 of that cost.

The Department does not pay for the relocation of temporary construction entrances or roadways during work progress.
13-8 TEMPORARY ACTIVE TREATMENT SYSTEMS
13-8.01 GENERAL
13-8.01A Summary
Section 13-8 includes specifications for providing a temporary active treatment system for the treatment and discharge of uncontaminated groundwater and accumulated stormwater from excavations or other areas requiring dewatering.

Discharge may be released to a publicly owned treatment works instead of using a temporary active treatment system. If uncontaminated groundwater, stormwater, or both are discharged to a publicly owned treatment works, obtain a municipal batch discharge permit. The Department does not pay for obtaining the municipal batch discharge permit or for discharging the water. 13-8.01B Definitions
Reserved
13-8.01C Submittals
13-8.01C(1) General
Submit records for the delivery and removal of ATS components. 13-8.01C(2) Active Treatment System Plan
Within 20 days of Contract approval, submit your ATS plan. The plan must include:

1. Title sheet.

2. Table of contents.

3. Certification and approval sheet described in the Department's Stormwater Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Preparation Manual.

4. Amendment log and format described in the Department's Stormwater Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Preparation Manual. 481
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-76

5. Description and schedule of the discharge activities.

6. Discharge alternatives, including:

6.1. Reuse of treated water for job site activities, such as dust control, irrigation, fill compaction, or concrete batch plant activities

6.2. Percolation

6.3. Discharge into storm sewers

6.4. Discharge into surface waters

6.5. Bypass process

6.6. Auto shutoff or recirculation process

7. Treatment system description and components.

8. Anticipated flow rates.

9. Operation and maintenance manual for the equipment.

10. Monitoring, sampling, and reporting plan, including QA and QC.

11. Health and safety plan.

12. Spill prevention plan.

13. Field-recorded data, visual inspection, calibration procedures, and examples of logs.

14. Descriptions of measuring equipment.

15. Shop drawings showing:

15.1. Section and plan views of stormwater effluent treatment systems

15.2. Location of sampling points for water quality measurements

15.3. Flow path and placement of pipes, hoses, pumps, holding tanks, and other equipment used to convey water

15.4. General position of treatment components relative to excavations or other areas requiring dewatering

15.5. Point of stormwater discharge

15.6. Watershed area treated in acres

16. Daily inspection report form.

17. Municipal batch discharge permit from a publicly owned treatment works if required.

18. Coagulant-handling work plan if you use chemical coagulants, in-line flocculants, or both in the treatment system. The coagulant-handling work plan must include:

18.1. Description of WPC practices to prevent accidental spillage, overfeeding into the treatment system, or other mishandling of coagulant agents

18.2. Monitoring plan for all coagulants, flocculants, or both

18.3. Description of the coagulation and flocculating agents, including chemical and trade names

18.4. Determination of acute or chronic toxicity for aquatic organisms conforming to EPA methods for the agents

18.5. Monitoring plan to detect a residual agent at concentrations at or below the established acute toxicity levels for freshwater and marine conditions for that agent

18.6. Six site-specific jar test results for each treatment chemical with one test serving as a control, demonstrating the proper treatment chemical and dosage levels for the ATS to meet NELs. Jar test water samples should be representative of typical site conditions and under ASTM D2035.

19. QA/QC Plan, to include:

19.1. Instrumentation under manufacturer’s instructions

19.2. Calibration procedures and frequencies

19.3. Instrument method detection limit or sensitivity verification

19.4. Laboratory duplicate procedures.

20. Contact information of all personnel responsible for monitoring and maintaining the ATS.

21. Treatment capacity.

22. Failure plan with procedural details on when and how to shut the system down and who to contact.

23. Validation of selected residual chemical test from SWRCB ELAP.

Allow 20 days for review. If revisions are required, the Engineer notifies you of the date the review stopped and provides comments. Submit a revised ATS plan within 15 days of receiving the comments.

The Department's review resumes when a complete plan has been resubmitted. 482
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-77
Submit an electronic copy of your authorized ATS plan. Allow 15 days for the Engineer to submit the plan to the SWRCB and the RWQCB. If the Engineer requests revisions based on comments from the SWRCB or RWQCB, submit a revised plan within 5 business days. 13-8.01C(3) Inspection Reports
If the ATS discharges treated effluent, submit a daily inspection report within 24 hours. The daily inspection report must include:

1. Discharge volumes

2. Water quality monitoring records

3. Discharge point information that includes:

3.1. Date and time

3.2. Weather conditions, including wind direction and velocity

3.3. Presence or absence of water fowl or aquatic wildlife

3.4. Color and clarity of the effluent discharge

3.5. Erosion or ponding downstream of the discharge point

3.6. Photographs labeled with the time, date, and location

4. Status of instrumentation

5. Status of filter loading
Retain each completed inspection report at the job site with the SWPPP. 13-8.01C(4) Notice of Discharge Reports
If observations and measurements confirm that a residual chemical or water quality standard is exceeded, submit the notice of discharge within 48 hours after exceeding the limits. The notice of discharge must include documentation of the reasons for exceeding the water quality standard and any corrective work performed to prevent a recurrence.
13-8.01C(5) Numeric Effluent Limitation Violation Reports If a NEL is exceeded, notify the Engineer and submit a violation report within 6 hours. The report must include:

1. Field sampling results and inspections, including:

1.1. Parameters, analytical methods, reporting units, and detection limits

1.2. Date, location, time of sampling, visual observations, and measurements

1.3. Quantity of precipitation of the storm event

2. An assessment of what caused the NEL exceedance

3. Description of WPC practices and corrective actions taken to manage NEL exceedance For a project in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit, the NEL violation report must be submitted within 2 hours. The analytical results less than the method detection limits must be reported as less than the method detection limits.
13-8.01C(6)–13-8.01C(8) Reserved
13-8.01D Quality Assurance
13-8.01D(1) General
Reserved
13-8.01D(2) Regulatory Requirements
The design, installation, operation, and monitoring of the temporary ATS and monitoring of the treated effluent must comply with Attachment F of NPDES General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (Order No. 2022-0057-DWQ, NPDES No.

CAS000002).

For a project within the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit, the design, installation, operation, and monitoring of the temporary ATS and monitoring of the treated effluent must comply with Attachment E of the NPDES 483
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-78
General Permit for General Waste Discharge Requirements and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit, Counties of Alpine, El Dorado, and Placer, (Order No. R6T-2016-0010 and NPDES No. CAG616002). You may view the General Permit for the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit at the Construction Storm Water Program page of the SWRCB website.

Perform toxicity testing that complies with the following if operating a temporary ATS in batch-treatment mode:

1. Discharger must initiate acute toxicity testing on effluent samples from each batch before discharge.

Send bioassays to a laboratory certified by the SWRCB ELAP.

2. Conduct acute toxicity tests as outlined for a 96-hour acute test in Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Water to Freshwater and Marine Organisms, USEPA-841-R-02- 012 for fathead minnow, Pimephales promelas. The acute toxicity for rainbow trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss, may be used as a substitute for testing fathead minnows.

3. Toxicity tests must comply with QA criteria and test acceptability criteria in the most recent versions of the EPA test method for whole effluent toxicity.

4. Toxicity tests and analysis must comply with the SWRCB's Toxicity Provisions. 13-8.01D(3) Training
Assign a lead ATS person to oversee ATS operations. The ATS person must have a minimum of 5 years construction stormwater experience overseeing ATS operations or hold a Wastewater Operator or Drinking Water Operator Certificate from the SWRCB.

Provide training to each ATS operator. The training must:

1. Be specific to the operation of the ATS and liquid coagulants for stormwater discharges in the State, including:

1.1. Coagulation basics, including chemistry and physical processes

1.2. System design and operating principles

1.3. Control systems

1.4. Coagulant selection, such as jar testing and dose determination

1.5. Handling and safety measures for the toxicity of coagulants

1.6. Monitoring, sampling, and analysis

1.7. Reporting and recordkeeping

1.8. Emergency response

2. Consist of a formal class with a certificate, testing, and certificate renewal requirements

3. Provide a minimum of 8 hours of classroom and 32 hours of field training 13-8.01D(4) Equipment Calibration
Calibrate the flow meter and devices for taking water quality measurements under the manufacturer's instructions and in the presence of the Engineer.
13-8.01D(5) Quality Control
Water discharged from a temporary ATS must comply with the NELs for discharge effluents and the receiving waters.

Test the water discharged from an ATS under the test methods shown in the following table:

Numeric Effluent Limitations
Quality characteristic Test method Detection
limit (min) Requirement
Turbidity (min, NTU) EPA 0180.1 or field test
with calibrated portable
instrument
1 10 for daily flow-weighted average
20 for any single sample
pH Field test with calibrated
portable instrument 0.2 Lower NEL = 6.0Upper NEL = 9.0
484
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-79
The residual chemical for the coagulant must be less than 10 percent of the maximum allowable threshold concentration for the most sensitive species utilizing the EPA approved test method for the specific pollutant parameter. Use a residual chemical test method that produces a result within one hour of sampling.

Take water quality measurements to verify the limit requirements for the receiving waters and discharge effluent for:

1. Discharges of water lasting more than 4 hours within a 24-hour period as follows:

1.1. If the discharge could affect the receiving body of water in a stormwater drainage system, take measurements at the background and receiving-water sampling locations not more than 1 hour before discharging the treated water.

1.2. Perform startup-phase sampling from 10 to 30 minutes after measurable runoff occurs during a storm. Startup-phase sampling includes stormwater runoff, background, and receiving water measurements taken during the first 3 days of discharge. Take samples at regular intervals during the storm. Take at least 4 samples for each discharge lasting 4 hours or more. The time between sampling must not exceed 4 hours.

1.3. Take regular-phase samples at least twice daily. Regular-phase sampling includes effluent, background, and receiving water measurements that occur after the 3rd day of activities. Take samples at regular intervals.

1.4. If the receiving body of water noticeably changes in color or clarity, take additional effluent, background, and downstream measurements.

1.5. If an initial measurement shows that the water quality limits have been exceeded, take an additional measurement from 15 minutes to 1 hour after the initial measurement.

1.6. If the 2nd test confirms the limits were exceeded, revert to the startup-phase sampling requirements before resuming regular-phase sampling.

1.7. For cofferdam maintenance dewatering, you may discontinue regular-phase monitoring after 10 days if the effluent and receiving water measurements are consistently below the water quality limits.

2. Discharges of water lasting 4 hours or less within a 24-hour period as follows:

2.1. If the discharge could affect the receiving body of water in a stormwater drainage system, take measurements at the background and receiving water-sampling locations not more than 1 hour before discharging the treated water.

2.2. Take effluent, background, and receiving water measurements from 10 to 30 minutes after initiating the discharge. Continue to take measurements every hour.

2.3. If an initial measurement shows that the water quality limits have been exceeded, take an additional measurement not more than 15 minutes after the initial measurement.

2.4. If the receiving body of water noticeably changes in color or clarity, take additional effluent, background, and downstream measurements.

3. All other discharges of water as follows:

3.1. Measure the stormwater effluent turbidity and pH at the end of the outfall or in-line sampling port.

3.2. Measure the receiving water turbidity, pH, and dissolved oxygen at (1) a point within the mixing zone and (2) a point within 15 feet downstream of the discharge point.

3.3. Measure the natural background turbidity, dissolved oxygen, and pH at a location that is from 9 to 15 feet upstream of the discharge point. If another job site activity is being performed, measure at least 150 feet upstream of the discharge point.

3.4. If the discharge is made into a surface body of water or into a stormwater drainage system that produces an observable effect on a surface body of water, monitor the receiving water.

For receiving water deeper than 3 feet, take depth-averaged measurements by taking samples from 3 points within the water column and averaging the following 3 measurements:

1. 12 inches below the surface

2. Mid depth

3. 12 inches above the bottom
For receiving water less than 3 feet deep, take the measurement 12 inches below the surface. 485
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-80
13-8.02 MATERIALS
13-8.02A General
An ATS must be designed for the site conditions and anticipated flow rate and must include (1) a treatment system, (2) a collection and conveyance system, and (3) a discharge method and location.

The ATS must be capable of capturing and treating within a 72-hour period a volume equal to the runoff from a 10-year, 24-hour storm event using a watershed coefficient of 1.0.

Monitoring equipment must be interfaced with the control system of the ATS to provide shutoff or recirculation whenever effluent readings do not comply with the turbidity and pH limits.

The control system must default to recirculation or shutoff during a power failure or catastrophic event.

The control system must control the amount of the coagulant, flocculant, or both to prevent overdosing.

Runoff in excess of the design storm used to size the ATS may be bypassed if discharges are in compliance with NALs, NELs and receiving water limitations specified in Section 13-3.01D(3). 13-8.02B Treatment System
The treatment system must be capable of removing sediment, and turbidity-producing suspended solids.

Primary and secondary treatment may be required, or the design of the treatment system may require combined use of the various treatment components in series to achieve effective treatment. The treatment system must have components to:

1. Remove sediment and turbidity-producing suspended solids. Components may include desilting basins, settling tanks, sediment traps, gravity bag filters, sand media filters, pressurized bag filters, cartridge filters, chemical coagulants and in-line flocculants, temporary holding tanks, or any combination necessary to provide primary and secondary treatment.

2. Adjust the pH or dissolved oxygen by:

2.1. Addition of sulfuric, phosphoric, citric, or nitric acid under the supplier's specifications for the treatment of water with high pH. You may use hydrochloric acid if the water is dechlorinated before discharge.

2.2. Filtration through a limestone bed or the addition of sodium hydroxide for the treatment of water with a low pH.

2.3. Aeration for the treatment of water with low dissolved oxygen.

3. Remove treatment chemicals and settled flocculant before discharge.

4. Remove, dispose of, or recirculate all backwash water. 13-8.02C Collection and Conveyance System
The collection and conveyance system must include pumps and piping to convey the water from the point of dewatering or stormwater capture to the treatment system and to the point of discharge. Pumps and piping must comply with section 74-2.
13-8.02D Monitoring Equipment
Monitoring equipment for the ATS must record data at least once every 15 minutes and cumulative flow data daily. The recording system must have the capacity to record a minimum of 7 days of continuous data.
13-8.03 CONSTRUCTION
13-8.03A General
Notify the Engineer 48-hours in advance of starting ATS operations.

Discharge treated water:

1. To control dust in an active area.
486
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-81

2. To land where the grade allows sheet flow and the soil allows infiltration.

3. Such that it does not:

3.1. Cause erosion and scour. If scour occurs, repair the damage and install an energy dissipater.

3.2. Impact the natural bedding and aquatic life.

Maintain the ATS to provide proper functioning and prevent leaks. Repair or replace the any component of the dewatering equipment that is not functioning properly.

Remove sediment from the storage or treatment cells as necessary to ensure the cells maintain their required water storage capability.

Sediments removed from the uncontaminated areas during maintenance of the treatment system must be dried, distributed uniformly, and stabilized at a location within the project limits where authorized.

Relocate the ATS as needed.
13-8.03B Monitoring
13-8.03B(1) General
While operating the ATS, monitor:

1. Influent and effluent turbidity

2. Influent and effluent pH

3. Residual chemical

4. Effluent flow rate and flow volume

5. Total volume

6. Freeboard on storage

7. Dose rates of chemical used, expressed in mg/L, 15 minutes after startup and every 8 hours of operation

8. Monthly laboratory duplicates for residual chemical or additive level Use a flow meter to measure all discharges from treatment activities. 13-8.03B(2) Corrective Measures
If observations and measurements determine the water quality limits are exceeded, immediately stop the discharge, notify the Engineer, and start corrective measures to change, repair, or replace the equipment and procedures used to treat the water.

After the Engineer inspects and authorizes corrective measures, resume treatment and discharge activities under the startup-phase sampling requirements before resuming regular-phase sampling. 13-8.04 PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for Temporary Active Treatment Systems is included in the applicable unit price for Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
13-9 TEMPORARY CONCRETE WASHOUTS
13-9.01 GENERAL
13-9.01A Summary
Section 13-9 includes specifications for installing temporary concrete washouts.

You may use any of the following systems for a temporary concrete washout:

1. Temporary concrete washout facility

2. Portable temporary concrete washout

3. Temporary concrete washout bin
13-9.01B Definitions
Reserved
487
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-82
13-9.01C Submittals
At least 5 business days before starting concrete activities, submit an informational submittal that includes:

1. Location of each concrete washout

2. Name and location of the off-site disposal site to receive the concrete waste

3. Copy of the permit issued by the RWQCB for the off-site commercial disposal site

4. Copy of the permit issued by the state or local agency with jurisdiction over a disposal site located outside of the State
Retain and submit tracking records for the disposal of concrete waste as an informational submittal.

Submit a certificate of compliance for (1) the fabric bag for gravel-filled bags and (2) the plastic liner. 13-9.01D Quality Assurance
Reserved
13-9.02 MATERIALS
13-9.02A General
The sign for a concrete washout must comply with section 12-3.11B(3) except the sign panel may be plywood. The sign panel must be at least 4 by 2 feet. The sign legend must read Concrete Washout in at least 6-inch-high black letters on a white background.
13-9.02B Temporary Concrete Washout Facilities
Stakes for a temporary concrete washout facility must comply with section 13-10.02C.

Straw bales for a temporary concrete washout facility must comply with section 13-10.02H.

Gravel-filled bags for a temporary concrete washout facility must comply with section 13-5.02G.

The plastic liner for a temporary concrete washout facility must be:

1. New single-ply polyethylene sheeting without seams or overlapping joints

2. At least 10 mils thick

3. Free of holes, punctures, tears, or other defects
13-9.02C Portable Temporary Concrete Washouts
A portable temporary concrete washout must be a commercially available, watertight container with enough capacity to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout activities without seepage or spills and be:

1. At least 55 gallons in capacity.

2. Labeled for exclusive use as a concrete waste and washout facility. Concrete Washout must be stenciled in 3-inch-high black letters on a white background with the top of the letters placed 12 inches from the top of the container.
13-9.02D Temporary Concrete Washout Bins
A temporary concrete washout bin must be a commercially available, watertight container with enough capacity to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout activities without seepage or spills and be:

1. At least 5 cubic yards in capacity

2. Roll-off type with or without folding steel ramps

3. Labeled for exclusive use as a concrete waste and washout facility 13-9.02E–13-9.02G Reserved
13-9.03 CONSTRUCTION
Place a concrete washout at the job site:

1. Before starting concrete placement activities
488
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-83

2. In the immediate area of concrete work where authorized

3. No closer than 50 feet from any storm drain inlet, open drainage facility, ESA, or watercourse

4. Away from traffic or public access areas
Install a concrete washout sign adjacent to each concrete washout location.

Use a concrete washout to collect:

1. Washout from concrete delivery trucks

2. Slurries containing concrete or asphalt from saw cutting, coring, grinding, grooving, and hydrodemolition

3. Concrete waste from mortar mixing stations
Do not fill a concrete washout higher than 75 percent of capacity.

Concrete washout must be covered before and during storm event.

Dispose of concrete waste within 2 business days after a concrete washout becomes full. Dispose of concrete waste from a concrete washout at a plant licensed to receive solid concrete waste, liquid concrete waste, or both.

Relocate a portable temporary concrete washout or bin as needed for concrete work.

Secure a portable temporary concrete washout or bin to prevent spilling concrete waste when relocating or transporting it within the job site. If you spill concrete waste, clean up the spilled material and place it back into the concrete washout unit.
13-9.04 PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for Temporary Concrete Washouts is included in the applicable unit price for Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
13-10 TEMPORARY LINEAR SEDIMENT BARRIERS
13-10.01 GENERAL
13-10.01A Summary
Section 13-10 includes specifications for installing temporary linear sediment barriers. 13-10.01B Definitions
Reserved
13-10.01C Submittals
Submit a certificate of compliance for:

1. Fiber rolls

2. Silt fence fabrics

3. Sediment filter bags

4. Foam barriers

5. Fabric for gravel-filled bags

6. Compost socks
If steel wire staples are substituted with an alternative attachment device, submit a sample of the device at least 5 business days before its installation.
13-10.01D Quality Assurance
Reserved
489
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-84
13-10.02 MATERIALS
13-10.02A General
Stakes, ropes, and staples must comply with section 21-2.02R except section 21-2.01 does not apply. 13-10.02B Fiber Rolls
A fiber roll must comply with section 21-2.02P except a fiber roll for a large sediment barrier must:

1. Have a diameter from 18 to 22 inches

2. Be at least 8 feet long

3. Weigh at least 6.5 lb/ft
13-10.02C Posts
Each post must comply with the specifications for a post for a temporary high-visibility fence except:

1. Post length must be at least 4 feet except for a temporary reinforced silt fence that must have a post length of at least:

1.1. 6 feet for a Type 1 installation

1.2. 5 feet for a Type 2 installation

2. Steel is not allowed for a post for a temporary large sediment barrier 13-10.02D High-Visibility Fabric
The high-visibility fabric must comply with the specifications for fabric for a temporary high-visibility fence. 13-10.02E Wire Mesh
Wire mesh for a temporary reinforced silt fence must:

1. Comply with section 80-2.02E

2. Be fabricated from at least 14-gauge horizontal and vertical wires welded at each intersection

3. Have a maximum opening of 2 inches wide by 4 inches high

4. Be supplied in 50-foot rolls
13-10.02F Wire
Wire for guy wires and tie wires for a temporary reinforced silt fence must be 16-gauge iron or steel. 13-10.02G Anchors
Anchors for a temporary reinforced silt fence must be fabricated from no. 4 steel reinforcing bar. 13-10.02H Straw Bales
Straw for a straw bale must comply with section 21-2.02H.

A straw bale must be:

1. At least 14 inches wide, 18 inches high, 36 inches long, and weigh at least 50 lb.

2. Composed entirely of vegetative matter except for the binding material.

3. Bound by wire, nylon, or polypropylene string. Do not use jute or cotton binding. Baling wire must be at least 16 gauge. Nylon or polypropylene string must be approximately 0.08 inch in diameter with 80 lb of breaking strength.
13-10.02I Foam Barriers
A foam barrier must have:

1. Urethane foam-filled core

2. Geosynthetic fabric cover and flap

3. Triangular, circular, or square cross section

4. Vertical height of at least 5 inches after installation

5. Horizontal flap at least 8 inches in width

6. Length of at least 4 feet per unit

7. Ability to interlock separate units into a long barrier such that water will not flow between units 490
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-85
The geosynthetic fabric cover and flap for a foam barrier must comply with the requirements shown in the following table:

Quality characteristic Test method Requirement
Grab breaking load in each direction, 1-inch grip (min, lb) ASTM D4632 200 Apparent elongation in each direction (min, %) ASTM D4632 15 Water flow rate (average roll value, gpm/sq ft) ASTM D4491 100–150 Permittivity (min, 1/sec) ASTM D4491 0.05
Apparent opening size (max average roll value, US standard sieve size)
ASTM D4751 40
UV resistance (min, percent retained grab breaking load at 500 hours)
ASTM D4355 70
13-10.02J Gravel-filled Bags
Gravel-filled bags for a temporary gravel bag berm must comply with section 13-5.02G. 13-10.02K–13-10.02M Reserved
13-10.03 CONSTRUCTION
13-10.03A General
Before installing a temporary linear sediment barrier, remove obstructions, including rocks, clods, and debris greater than 1 inch in diameter, from the ground.

Maintain a temporary linear sediment barrier to provide sediment-holding capacity and to reduce concentrated flow velocities.

Repair or adjust the barrier if rills or other evidence of concentrated runoff occur beneath the barrier.

Repair or replace split, torn, or unraveled material. Add or replace posts, stakes, or fasteners as needed to prevent sagging or slumping.

Reattach any barrier that becomes detached or dislodged from the pavement.

Repair a split or torn rigid plastic barrier with 16-gauge galvanized steel wire or UV-stabilized cable ties from 5 to 7 inches in length.

Remove sediment deposits, trash, and other debris as needed or ordered.

Remove sediment deposits if the sediment exceeds 1/3 of the height above the ground behind a barrier.

If the removed sediment deposits are placed within the job site, stabilize the sediment deposits to prevent erosion.

Place gravel-filled bags behind temporary barrier system if used within a shoulder area. 13-10.03B Temporary Fiber Rolls
Install temporary fiber rolls as specified for installing fiber rolls in section 21-2.03P. 13-10.03C Temporary Gravel Bag Berms
Place gravel-filled bags end-to-end to eliminate gaps in a temporary gravel bag berm. Place the bags approximately parallel with the slope contour. Angle the last 6 feet upslope at the downhill end of the run.

Stack the bags such that the upper row overlaps the joints in the lower row.

Add layers of gravel-filled bags to increase the height of a temporary gravel bag berm if needed. Stack the bags in the upper row to overlap the joints in the lower row. Stabilize the rows by adding rows of bags in the lower layers.
491
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-86
13-10.03D Temporary Large Sediment Barriers
Install a temporary large sediment barrier as follows:

1. Place a single row of fiber rolls end-to-end, approximately parallel with the slope contour. For any 20- foot section of fiber roll, do not allow the fiber roll to vary by more than 5 percent from level.

2. Place the fiber rolls in a furrow that is from 6 to 8 inches deep.

3. Secure the fiber rolls with wood stakes 4 feet apart.

4. Place a stake 18 inches from each end of each fiber roll.

5. Drive the stakes into the soil such that the top of the stakes are less than 2 inches above the top of the fiber rolls.

6. Angle the last 6 feet upslope at the downhill end of the run. 13-10.03E Temporary Reinforced Silt Fences
Place a temporary reinforced silt fence parallel with the slope contour. For any 50-foot section of reinforced silt fence, do not allow the elevation at the base of the fence to vary by more than 1/3 of the fence height.

Install a temporary reinforced silt fence as follows:

1. Dig a 6-inch-deep trench.

2. Place the wire mesh and the bottom of the silt fence fabric in the trench.

3. Place posts on the downhill side of the fabric and wire mesh.

4. Attach the silt fence fabric to the wire mesh with tie wires or locking plastic fasteners along the length of the fence at not more than 3-foot horizontal spacing and from top to bottom at not more than 8-inch vertical spacing.

5. Backfill the trench with soil by hand or mechanical tamping to secure the silt fence fabric and the wire mesh in the trench.

6. Attach guy wires and anchors at each post. Install at least 2 anchors and guy wires at angle points and end posts.

Connect sections of temporary reinforced silt fence as follows:

1. Join separate sections to form reaches not more than 500 feet without openings.

2. Secure the end posts of each section by wrapping the tops of the posts with at least 2 wraps of 16- gauge tie wire.

If temporary reinforced silt fence Type 1 is shown, attach high-visibility fabric to the steel posts with tie wires or locking plastic fasteners.
13-10.03F Temporary Silt Fences
Construct a temporary silt fence with silt fence fabric, posts, and fasteners assembled at the job site or with prefabricated silt fence.

If prefabricated silt fence is used, attach the fabric to the posts by inserting the posts into the sewn pockets. If the fence is assembled at the job site:

1. Fasten the fabric to the posts with staples or nails if wood posts are used

2. Fasten the fabric to the posts with tie wires or locking plastic fasteners if steel posts are used

3. Space the fasteners no more than 8 inches apart
Place a temporary silt fence parallel with the slope contour. For any 50-foot section of temporary silt fence, do not allow the base elevation of the fence to vary by more than 1/3 of the height of the fence above the ground.

Install a temporary silt fence as follows:

1. Place the bottom of the fabric in a 6-inch-deep trench.

2. Secure it with the posts placed on the downhill side of the fabric.

3. Backfill the trench with soil and compact by hand or mechanical methods to secure the fabric in the trench.
492
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-87
Connect sections of a temporary silt fence as follows:

1. Join separate sections to form reaches not more than 500 feet without openings.

2. Secure the end posts of each section by wrapping the tops of the posts with at least 2 wraps of 16- gauge tie wire.

Silt fence may be installed by mechanically pushing the silt fence fabric vertically into the soil.

Mechanically installed fabric must not slip out of the soil or allow sediment to pass under it. 13-10.03G Temporary Straw Bale Barriers
Install a temporary straw bale barrier as follows:

1. Place a single row of straw bales end-to-end and parallel with the slope contour. For any 20-foot section of straw bale barrier, do not allow it to vary by more than 5 percent from level.

2. Place straw bales in a trench or key them into the slope. Place the bales such that the binding wire or string does not come in contact with the soil. Use wood or metal posts as stakes.

3. Secure each straw bale with 2 stakes. The 1st stake in each bale must be driven toward the previously laid bale to force the bales together.

4. Drive the stakes into the soil such that the top of the stake is less than 2 inches above the top of the straw bale.

5. Angle the last 6 feet upslope at the downhill end of the run. 13-10.03H Temporary Foam Barriers
Secure a foam barrier to:

1. Pavement with (1) 1-inch concrete nails, 1-inch washers, and solvent-free adhesive, (2) gravel-filled bags, or (3) a combination of both

2. Soil with 6-inch nails and 1-inch washers
Secure the barrier with 2 nails at the connection points where barriers overlap. Do not pierce the barrier's core with nails.
13-10.03I Temporary Earthen Berms
Construct a temporary earthen berm with native soil or selected material at least 8 inches high by 36 inches wide. Compact it by hand or mechanical methods.
13-10.03J Temporary Compost Socks
Install temporary compost sock under section 21-2.03Q.

Temporary compost sock must not be installed upstream of a nutrient-impaired water body. 13-10.03K–13-10.03L Reserved
13-10.04 PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for Temporary Linear Sediment Barriers is included in the applicable unit price for Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Control. Payment will include costs for all work and materials specified herein.
13-11 WATER QUALITY MONITORING
13-11.01 GENERAL
13-11.01A General
Section 13-11 includes specifications for monitoring water quality and applies if a bid item for a water quality monitoring report or annual water quality report is shown on the Bid Schedule. 13-11.01B Definitions
water quality rain event: Storm that produces or is forecasted to produce at least 0.10 inch of precipitation within a 24-hour period.
493
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-88
13-11.01C Submittals
13-11.01C(1) General
Reserved
13-11.01C(2) Water Quality Monitor
Within 7 days after Contract approval, submit the name and qualifications of your water quality monitor.

Include the monitor's training and experience in collecting and analyzing water quality samples. 13-11.01C(3) Water Quality Monitoring Reports
Whenever work activities occur in water, submit a monthly report of water quality monitoring by the 7th of the month for the monitoring work conducted during the previous month. The report must include:

1. Visual inspection reports for each water quality rain event and nonstormwater discharge. Each visual inspection report must include:

1.1. Name of personnel performing the inspection, inspection date, and date the inspection report was completed

1.2. Descriptions of storm and weather conditions

1.3. Locations and observations

2. Field inspection reports and sampling results, including:

2.1. Description of the analytical methods used, reporting units, and detection limits

2.2. Date, location, time of sampling, visual observations, photographs, and measurements

2.3. Estimate of water flow

2.4. Calibration logs for field monitoring equipment

3. Visual inspection reports and sampling results for a water quality rain event that generates visible runoff, including:

3.1. Date, location, and time of visual observations

3.2. Photographs of the areas disturbed by project activities, including material disposal areas

3.3. Photographs showing the disturbed soil areas and documenting compliance for erosion control and revegetation measures, including soil stabilization and sediment control

4. Summary of WQO exceedance reports.

5. Summary of corrective actions.

If a WQO is exceeded during work activities in water, submit a WQO exceedance report within 6 hours.

The report must include:

1. Field inspection reports and sampling results, including:

1.1. Description of the analytical methods used, reporting units, and detection limits

1.2. Date, location, time of sampling, visual observations, photographs, and measurements

1.3. Estimate of the water flow

2. Description of WPC practices and corrective actions taken to manage WQO exceedance 13-11.01C(4) Water Quality Annual Reports
Section 13-11.01C(4) applies if a bid item for a water quality annual report is shown on the Bid Item List.

Submit a water quality annual report for each reporting period from July 1st to June 30th. If construction occurs through June 30th, submit the report no later than July 15th for the previous reporting period. If construction ends before June 30th, submit the report within 15 days after Contract acceptance.

The report must be in an authorized format and include:

1. Project's description, location, and receiving waters

2. Water quality monitoring information, such as:

2.1. Summary and evaluation of sampling and analysis results and laboratory reports

2.2. Analytical methods, reporting units, and detection limits for analytical parameters

2.3. Summary of corrective actions

2.4. Identification of corrective actions or compliance activities that were not implemented

2.5. Summary of any exceedances

2.6. Names of individuals performing water quality inspections and sampling 494
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-89

2.7. Logistical information for inspections and sampling, including the location, date, time, and precipitation

2.8. Visual observations and sample collection records

3. Photographs documenting Contract compliance for:

3.1. Disturbed soil areas created by work activities

3.2. Erosion control and revegetation measures, including soil stabilization and sediment control practices

3.3. Completed work

4. Records of training and meetings for water quality permit compliance Submit an electronic copy of the water quality annual report. Allow 10 days for review. If revisions are required, the Engineer notifies you of the date the review stopped and provides comments. Submit a revised report within 5 business days of receiving the comments. The Department's review resumes when the complete report is resubmitted.

Submit an electronic copy of your authorized water quality annual report. Include the signed certifications from the water quality monitor and the WPC manager.
13-11.01D Quality Control
13-11.01D(1) General
Section 13-11.01D applies if a bid item for a water quality monitoring report is shown on the Bid Item List.

Project-specific WQOs for work activities in water are specified in the special provisions.

Assign a water quality monitor to collect water samples and record water quality data. The water quality monitor must have training and experience in collecting and analyzing water quality samples. The water quality monitor may be the same person as the WPC manager.

The water quality monitor must be responsible for generating and submitting water quality reports.

The water quality monitor must notify the Engineer within 6 hours of an unauthorized discharge.

The water quality monitor must inspect the job site and receiving waters after each water quality rain event and nonstormwater discharge. The inspection of a nonstormwater discharge must include observation of:

1. Receiving waters:

1.1. 24 hours before starting work in water, including the installation of any clear-water diversion

1.2. At least 4 times daily whenever work occurs in water, including the installation, operation, and removal of any clear water diversion

1.3. For the presence of floating and suspended materials, sheen on the surface, discoloration, turbidity, and odors.

2. Job site for the presence of authorized and unauthorized nonstormwater discharges and their sources. Unauthorized discharges to surface waters include:

2.1. Soil, silt, and sand

2.2. Bark, sawdust, and slash

2.3. Rubbish and debris

2.4. Cement, concrete, and concrete washings

2.5. Oil and petroleum products

2.6. Welding slag

2.7. Other organic or earthen materials
Retain each visual inspection report at the job site.
13-11.01D(2) Water Quality Sampling and Analysis
Take water quality samples each day a construction activity has the potential to mobilize sediment or alter background conditions within waters of the State. Take water quality samples of surface water when:
495
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-90

1. Conducting in-water work

2. Work activities result in materials reaching receiving waters

3. Work activities result in the creation of a visible plume in receiving waters Comply with the equipment manufacturer's instructions for sample collection, analysis methods, and equipment calibration.

At least 24 hours before starting in-water work:

1. Establish locations for water quality sampling:

1.1. Upstream of the effluent discharge point or location of in-water work by no more than 50 feet

1.2. At the effluent discharge point, including the location of in-water work

1.3. Downstream of the effluent discharge point or location of in-water work between 35 and 50 feet

2. Take water quality samples to document background conditions for upstream, effluent, and downstream locations. Test for each water quality objective shown in the table titled "Water Quality Objectives."

3. Estimate water flow.

During in-water work, including the installation of a clear water diversion, take water quality samples:

1. At least 4 times daily for each water quality objective

2. At upstream, effluent, and downstream locations
If a water quality objective is exceeded, the water quality monitor must notify the Engineer by phone or electronic media within 30 minutes and:

1. Conduct water quality sampling every hour until measurements comply with water quality objectives

2. Measure the distance from the effluent location to the downstream extent of the exceedance

3. Obtain photographs of the tributary upstream, downstream, and at the location of in-water work

4. If WPC practices are installed, repaired, or modified to control the source of the exceedance, monitor the activity and document with samples, photographs, and a brief summary Collecting samples are not required:

1. During dangerous weather conditions, such as flooding or electrical storms

2. Outside of normal working hours
If downstream samples show levels outside of the acceptable range and indicate a possible water quality objective exceedance, assess the WPC practices, site conditions, and surrounding influences to determine the probable cause for the increase.

Retain calibration logs, water quality sampling documentation, and analytical results at the job site. 13-11.01D(3) Reserved
13-11.02 MATERIALS
Not Used
13-11.03 CONSTRUCTION
Not Used
13-11.04 PAYMENT
Not Used
496
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-91
SECTION 01 71 13 MOBILIZATION
All work shall conform to Section 9 of State Standard Specifications and California Public Contract Code 10104 and 10264 unless otherwise specified within.

Mobilization includes preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site, for the establishment of all offices, buildings and other facilities necessary for work on the project, and for all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various items on the project site.
9 PAYMENT
9-1.16D Mobilization
9-1.16D(1) General
Section 9-1.16D applies if a bid item for mobilization is shown on the Bid Item List.

Payments for mobilization made under section 9-1.16D are in addition to the partial payments made under Pub Cont Code § 10261.
9-1.16D(2) Mobilization for Projects Except for Those Over Water Requiring Marine Access The Department makes partial payments for mobilization under Pub Cont Code § 10264(a) except the amount of work completed does not include the amount earned for mobilization. The partial payment amount is reduced by a prorated amount bid in excess of the maximum allowed under Pub Cont Code § 10264(a)(5).

The Department pays the item total for mobilization in excess of the maximum allowed under Pub Cont Code § 10264(a)(5) in the 1st payment after Contract acceptance.

9.1.16D(4) Payment
Payment for mobilization shall conform to Public Contract Code sections 10104 and 10264 as follows:

6. When 5 percent of the original contract amount is earned, 50 percent of the amount bid for mobilization, or 5 percent of the original contract amount, whichever is lesser, may be paid.

7. When 10 percent of the original contract amount is earned, 75 percent of the amount bid for mobilization or 7.5 percent of the original contract amount, whichever is lesser, may be paid.

8. When 20 percent of the original contract amount is earned, 95 percent of the amount bid for mobilization, or 9.5 percent of the original contract amount, whichever is lesser, may be paid.

9. When 50 percent of the original contract amount is earned, 100 percent of the amount bid for mobilization, or 10 percent of the original contract amount, whichever is lesser, may be paid.

10. Upon completion of all work on the project, payment of any amount bid for mobilization in excess of 10 percent of the original contract amount will be paid. 497
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-92
SECTION 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING
All work shall conform to Section 8 of the City Standard Specifications and Section 39 of the State Standard Specifications unless otherwise specified within.

SECTION 8 ASPHALT CONCRETE

8.01 DESCRIPTION
Shall conform to Section 39 of the State Standard Specifications and shall be Type A. The asphalt binder mixed with aggregate for HMA Type A shall be Grade PG 64-16. The aggregate for HMA Type A shall comply with 1/2” grading, depending on the bid item.

8.02 PENETRATION TREATMENT, SEAL, AND TACK COATS
Tack coat shall be required at all locations where concrete meets asphalt concrete and between asphalt concrete lifts when time between placement of lifts exceeds 12 hours in accordance with Section 94 of State Standard Specifications. Exact rates of application and asphalt grade will be determined by the City Engineer.

8.03 ADJUSTMENT OF IRON
Adjustment of iron shall conform to Section 10 of these Standard Construction Specifications. All castings for city-owned facilities shall be brought to finish grade after the final pavement lift has been installed. All iron shall be lowered prior to any pavement planing, or grinding.

8.04 MIX DESIGN
Construction shall not begin until the Contractor has received written approval of mix design by the City Engineer. The mix design should include the following: source of plant, grade of asphalt (AR-4000), lab unit weight, percent of asphalt, aggregate gradation, stability and percent of air voids (4% preferred.) The mix design shall be certified by the supplier.

8.05 SPREADING AND COMPACTING
Spreading and compacting equipment shall be as specified in Section 39-5 of the State Standard Specifications. The State Standard Specifications are amended to allow use of a spreader box for projects involving less than 50 tons of asphalt concrete, as approved by the City Engineer.

In addition, pneumatic-tired rollers shall be required to be used on all types of asphalt concrete paving unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Spreading and compacting shall be as specified in Section 39-6 of the State Standard Specifications and these Specifications. After compaction, the asphalt concrete shall have a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum theoretical unit weight, as determined in the field by Test Method No. Calif. 375 or in a method as approved by the City Engineer.

In addition to the standard straight edge test as specified in the State Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall be required to perform a water flow test on all new pavement placed. The water flow test is to identify any standing water not in conformance with the requirements of this Section. All corrections required shall be done at the Contractor’s expense and to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.

8.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Asphaltic concrete shall be measured by the ton as placed on the street, driveways, and other areas designated by the City Engineer.

Payment shall be made at the contract price per ton and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, traffic control, incidentals and for doing all the work in placing asphalt concrete, prime coat, tack coat and fog seal, complete in place as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications and as directed by the City Engineer. 39 ASPHALT CONCRETE
39-1 GENERAL
39-1.01 GENERAL
Section 39 includes specifications for performing asphalt concrete work. 498
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-93
39-1.02 MATERIALS
Not Used
39-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
Not Used
39-1.04 PAYMENT
Not Used
39-2 HOT MIX ASPHALT
39-2.01 GENERAL
39-2.01A General
39-2.01A(1) Summary
Section 39-2.01 includes general specifications for producing and placing hot mix asphalt.

HMA includes one or more of the following types:

1. Type A HMA

2. RHMA-G

3. OGFC

4. BWC

5. Minor HMA
WMA additive technologies must be on the Authorized Material List for WMA authorized additive technologies.

For HMA that uses asphalt binder containing crumb rubber modifier, submit a Crumb Rubber Usage Report form monthly and at the end of the project.

Wherever reference is made to the following test methods, the year of publication for these test methods is as shown in the following table:
499
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-94
Test method Year of publication
AASHTO M 17 2011 (2015)
AASHTO M 323 2013
AASHTO R 30 2002 (2015)
AASHTO R 59 2011 (2015)
AASHTO T 27 2014
AASHTO T 30 2019
AASHTO T 49 2014
AASHTO T 59 2013
AASHTO T 96 2002 (2010)
AASHTO T 164 2014
AASHTO T 176 2008
AASHTO T 209 2012
AASHTO T 269 2014
AASHTO T 275 2007 (2012)
AASHTO T 283 2014
AASHTO T 304 2011
AASHTO T 305 2014
AASHTO T 308 (Modified) 2010
AASHTO T 312 2014
AASHTO T 313 2012 (2016)
AASHTO T 315 2012 (2016)
AASHTO T 329 2013
AASHTO T 335 2009
ASTM D36/D36M 2014ε1
ASTM D92 2012b
ASTM D217 2010
ASTM D297 2013
ASTM D445 2014
ASTM D1856 2009 (Reapproved 2015)
ASTM D2007 2011
ASTM D2074 2007 (Reapproved 2013)
ASTM D2995 1999 (Reapproved 2009)
ASTM D4791 2010
ASTM D5095 2007
ASTM D5329 2009
ASTM D7741/D7741M 2011ε1
Asphalt Institute MS-2 7th edition (2015)
39-2.01A(2) Definitions
binder replacement: Binder from RAP expressed as a percent of the total binder in the mix. coarse aggregate: Aggregate retained on a no. 4 sieve.
fine aggregate: Aggregate passing a no. 4 sieve.
leveling course: Thin layer of HMA used to correct minor variations in the longitudinal and transverse profile of the pavement before placement of other pavement layers. miscellaneous areas: Areas outside the traveled way and shoulders such as:

1. Median areas not including inside shoulders

2. Island areas

3. Sidewalks

4. Gutters

5. Ditches

6. Overside drains

7. Aprons at ends of drainage structures
500
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-95
processed RAP: RAP that has been fractionated.
supplemental fine aggregate: Mineral filler consisting of rock dust, slag dust, hydrated lime, hydraulic cement, or any combination of these and complying with AASHTO M 17. 39-2.01A(3) Submittals
39-2.01A(3)(a) General
Reserved
39-2.01A(3)(b) Job Mix Formula
39-2.01A(3)(b)(i) General
Except for the HMA to be used in miscellaneous areas and dikes, submit your proposed JMF for each type of HMA to be used. The JMF must be submitted on the Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form along with:

1. Mix design documentation on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form dated within 24 months of the submittal for the JMF verification

2. JMF verification on a Caltrans Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form and the Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form that was submitted for the JMF verification, if applicable

3. JMF renewal on a Caltrans Job Mix Formula Renewal form, if applicable

4. SDS for:

4.1. Asphalt binder

4.2. Supplemental fine aggregate except fines from dust collectors

4.3. Antistrip additives
The Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form must identify the AASHTO resource accredited lab responsible for the mix design and show documentation on aggregate quality.

If you cannot submit a Department-verified JMF on a Caltrans Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form dated within 24 months before HMA production, the Engineer verifies the JMF.

Submit a new JMF if you change any of the following:

1. Target asphalt binder percentage greater than ±0.2 percent

2. Asphalt binder supplier

3. Combined aggregate gradation

4. Aggregate sources

5. Liquid antistrip producer or dosage

6. Average binder content in a new processed RAP stockpile by more than ±2.00 percent from the average RAP binder content reported on page 4 of your Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form

7. Average maximum specific gravity in a new processed RAP stockpile by more than ±0.060 from the average maximum specific gravity value reported on page 4 of your Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form

8. Any material in the JMF, except lime supplier and source Allow the Engineer 5 business days from a complete JMF submittal for document review of the aggregate qualities, mix design, and JMF. The Engineer notifies you if the proposed JMF submittal is accepted.

If your JMF fails verification testing, submit an adjusted JMF based on your testing. The adjusted JMF must include a new Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form, Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form, and the results of the failed verification testing.

You may submit an adjusted aggregate gradation TV on a Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form before verification testing. Aggregate gradation TV must be within the TV limits specified. 39-2.01A(3)(b)(ii) Job Mix Formula Renewal
You may request a JMF renewal by submitting:

1. Proposed JMF on a Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form

2. Previously verified JMF documented on a Caltrans Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form dated within 24 months

3. Mix design documentation on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form used for the previously verified JMF
501
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-96
39-2.01A(3)(b)(iii) Job Mix Formula Modification
For an authorized JMF, submit a modified JMF if you change any of the following:

1. Asphalt binder supplier

2. Liquid antistrip producer

3. Liquid antistrip dosage
You may change any of the above items only once during the Contract.

Submit your modified JMF request at least 15 days before production. Each modified JMF submittal must include:

1. Proposed modified JMF on Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form, marked Modified.

2. Mix design records on Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form for the authorized JMF to be modified.

3. JMF verification on Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form for the authorized JMF to be modified.

4. Test results for the modified JMF in compliance with the mix design specifications. Perform tests at the mix design OBC as shown on the Contractor Asphalt Mix Design Data form.

With an accepted modified JMF submittal, the Engineer verifies each modified JMF within 10 days of receiving all verification samples.
39-2.01A(3)(c) Quality Control Plan
At least 5 business days prior to the pre-paving meeting, submit a QC plan for HMA.

The QC plan must describe the organization and procedures for:

1. Controlling HMA quality characteristics

2. Taking samples, including sampling locations

3. Establishing, implementing, and maintaining QC

4. Determining when corrective actions are needed

5. Implementing corrective actions

6. Using methods and materials for backfilling core locations The QC plan must address the elements affecting HMA quality, including:

1. Aggregates

2. Asphalt binder

3. Additives

4. Production

5. Paving
The QC plan must include aggregate QC sampling and testing during lime treatment.

Allow 5 business days for review of the QC plan.

If you change QC procedures, personnel, or sample testing locations, submit a QC plan supplement before implementing the proposed change. Allow 3 business days for review of the QC plan supplement. 39-2.01A(3)(d) Test Results
If ordered, submit QC test results within 3 business days of a request.

For tests performed under California Test 389, submit test data and 1 tested sample set within 5 business days of sampling.

If coarse and fine durability index tests are required, submit test results within 2 business days of testing.

If a tapered notched wedge is used, submit compaction test result values within 24 hours of testing. 39-2.01A(3)(e) Reserved
39-2.01A(3)(f) Liquid Antistrip Treatment
If liquid antistrip treatment is used, submit the following with your proposed JMF submittal:

1. One 1 pt sample.

2. Infrared analysis, including copy of absorption spectra.

3. Certified copy of test results.

4. Certificate of compliance for each liquid antistrip shipment. On each certificate of compliance, include:

4.1. Your signature and printed name

4.2. Shipment number

4.3. Material type
502
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-97

4.4. Material specific gravity

4.5. Refinery

4.6. Consignee

4.7. Destination

4.8. Quantity

4.9. Contact or purchase order number

4.10. Shipment date

5. Proposed proportions for the liquid antistrip.

For each delivery of liquid antistrip to the HMA production plant, submit a 1 pt sample to METS. Submit shipping documents. Label each liquid antistrip sampling container with:

1. Liquid antistrip type

2. Application rate

3. Sample date

4. Contract number
At the end of each day's production shift, submit production data in electronic and printed media. Present data on electronic media in a tab delimited format. Use line feed carriage return with 1 separate record per line for each production data set. Allow enough fields for the specified data. Include data titles at least once per report. For each HMA mixing plant type, submit the following information in the order specified:

1. For batch plant mixing:

1.1. Production date

1.2. Time of batch completion

1.3. Mix size and type

1.4. Each ingredient's weight

1.5. Asphalt binder content as a percentage of the total weight of mix

1.6. Liquid antistrip content as a percentage of the asphalt binder weight

2. For continuous mixing plant:

2.1. Production date

2.2. Data capture time

2.3. Mix size and type

2.4. Flow rate of wet aggregate collected directly from the aggregate weigh belt

2.5. Aggregate moisture content as a percentage of the dry aggregate weight

2.6. Flow rate of asphalt binder collected from the asphalt binder meter

2.7. Flow rate of liquid antistrip collected from the liquid antistrip meter

2.8. Asphalt binder content as a percentage of the total weight of mix calculated from:

2.8.1. Aggregate weigh belt output

2.8.2. Aggregate moisture input

2.8.3. Asphalt binder meter output

2.9. Liquid antistrip content as a percentage of the asphalt binder weight calculated from:

2.9.1. Asphalt binder meter output

2.9.2. Liquid antistrip meter output
39-2.01A(3)(g) Lime Treatment
If aggregate lime treatment is used, submit the following with your proposed JMF submittal and each time you produce lime-treated aggregate:

1. Exact lime proportions for fine and coarse virgin aggregates

2. If marination is required, the averaged aggregate quality test results within 24 hours of sampling

3. For dry lime aggregate treatment, a treatment data log from the dry lime and aggregate proportioning device in the following order:

3.1. Treatment date

3.2. Time of day the data is captured

3.3. Aggregate size being treated

3.4. HMA type and mix aggregate size

3.5. Wet aggregate flow rate collected directly from the aggregate weigh belt

3.6. Aggregate moisture content, expressed as a percentage of the dry aggregate weight 503
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-98

3.7. Flow rate of dry aggregate calculated from the flow rate of wet aggregate

3.8. Dry lime flow rate

3.9. Lime ratio from the authorized JMF for each aggregate size being treated

3.10. Lime ratio from the authorized JMF for the combined aggregates

3.11. Actual lime ratio calculated from the aggregate weigh belt output, aggregate moisture input, and dry lime meter output, expressed as a percentage of the dry aggregate weight

3.12. Calculated difference between the authorized lime ratio and the actual lime ratio

4. For lime slurry aggregate treatment, a treatment data log from the slurry proportioning device in the following order:

4.1. Treatment date

4.2. Time of day the data is captured

4.3. Aggregate size being treated

4.4. Wet aggregate flow rate collected directly from the aggregate weigh belt

4.5. Moisture content of the aggregate just before treatment, expressed as a percentage of the dry aggregate weight

4.6. Dry aggregate flow rate calculated from the wet aggregate flow rate

4.7. Lime slurry flow rate measured by the slurry meter

4.8. Dry lime flow rate calculated from the slurry meter output

4.9. Authorized lime ratio for each aggregate size being treated

4.10. Actual lime ratio calculated from the aggregate weigh belt and slurry meter output, expressed as a percentage of the dry aggregate weight

4.11. Calculated difference between the authorized lime ratio and actual lime ratio

4.12. Dry lime and water proportions at the slurry treatment time Each day during lime treatment, submit the treatment data log on electronic media in tab delimited format on a removable CD-ROM storage disk. Each continuous treatment data set must be a separate record using a line feed carriage return to present the specified data on 1 line. The reported data must include data titles at least once per report.
39-2.01A(3)(h) Warm Mix Asphalt Technology
If a WMA technology is used, submit the following with your proposed JMF submittal:

1. SDS for the WMA technology

2. For water injection foam technology:

2.1. Name of technology

2.2. Proposed foaming water content

2.3. Proposed HMA production temperature range

2.4. Certification from binder supplier stating no antifoaming agent is used

3. For additive technology:

3.1. Name of technology

3.2. Percent admixture by weight of binder and percent admixture by total weight of HMA as recommended by the manufacturer

3.3. Methodology for inclusion of admixture in laboratory-produced HMA

3.4. Proposed HMA production temperature range
Collect and hold data for the duration of the Contract and submit the electronic media daily. The snapshot of production data must include the following:

1. Production date

2. Production location

3. Time of day the data is captured

4. HMA mix type being produced and target binder rate

5. HMA additive type, brand, and target rate

6. Temperature of the binder and HMA mixture

7. For a continuous mixing plant, the rate of flow of the dry aggregate calculated from the wet aggregate flow rate as determined by the conveyor scale

8. For a continuous mixing plant, the rate of flow of the asphalt meter

9. For a continuous mixing plant, the rate of flow of HMA additive meter

10. For batch plant mixing, actual batch weights of all ingredients 504
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-99

11. Dry aggregate to binder ratio calculated from metered ingredient output

12. Dry aggregate to HMA additive ratio calculated from metered output At the end of each day's production shift, submit electronic and printed media from the HMA plant process controller. Present data on electronic media in comma-separated values or tab-separated values format.

The captured data for the ingredients represented by the production snapshot must have allowances for sufficient fields to satisfy the amount of data required by these specifications and include data titles at least once per report.
39-2.01A(3)(i) Reserved
39-2.01A(3)(j) Tack Coat
Prior to applying tack coat, submit calculations for the minimum spray rate required to achieve the minimum residual rate.
39-2.01A(3)(k) Reserved
39-2.01A(3)(l) Data Cores
Section 39-2.01A(3)(l) applies if a bid item for a data core is shown on the Bid Item List.

Submit a summary of data cores taken and a photograph of each data core to the Engineer and to:

[email protected]
For each data core, the summary must include:

1. Project identification number

2. Date cored

3. Core identification number

4. Type of materials recovered

5. Type and approximate thickness of unstabilized material not recovered

6. Total core thickness

7. Thickness of each individual material to within:

7.1. 1/2 inch for recovered material

7.2. 1.0 inch for unstabilized material

8. Location, including:

8.1. County

8.2. Route

8.3. Post mile

8.4. Lane number

8.5. Lane direction

8.6. Station
Each data core digital photograph must include a ruler laid adjacent to the data core. Each photograph must include:

1. Core

2. Project identification number

3. Core identification number

4. Date cored

5. County

6. Route

7. Post mile

8. Lane number

9. Lane direction
39-2.01A(3)(m)–39-2.01A(3)(o) Reserved
39-2.01A(4) Quality Assurance
39-2.01A(4)(a) General
Take samples under California Test 125. Reduce samples of HMA to testing size under California Test 306.
505
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-100
If a WMA technology is used, a technical representative for the WMA technology must attend the preconstruction meeting.

AASHTO T 308 (Modified) is AASHTO T 308 with the following parameters:

1. Batch samples down to no.8 sieve.

2. Replace no. 40 sieve with no.100 sieve.

3. Replace Section A2.9.2 with: Determine the average difference for the two values. The aggregate correction factors (equal to the resultant average differences) for all sieves must be applied to all acceptance gradation test results determined by T 30, prior to final rounding and reporting. 39-2.01A(4)(b) Job Mix Formula Verification
The Engineer verifies the JMF from samples taken from HMA produced by the plant to be used. The production set point at the plant must be within ±0.2 from the asphalt binder percentage TV shown in your Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form. Notify the Engineer at least 2 business days before sampling materials. Samples may be taken from a different project including a non-Department project if you make arrangements for the Engineer to be present during sampling.

In the Engineer's presence and from the same production run, take samples of:

1. Aggregates. Coarse, fine, and supplemental fine aggregates must be taken from the combined coldfeed belt or the hot bins. If lime treatment is required, samples must be taken from individual stockpiles before lime treatment. Samples must be at least 120 lb for each coarse aggregate, 80 lb for each fine aggregate, and 10 lb for each type of supplemental fine aggregate. For hot-bin samples, the Department combines these aggregate samples to verify the TV submitted on a Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form.

2. Asphalt binder. Take at least two 1-qt samples. If the asphalt binder is modified or rubberized, the asphalt binder must be sampled with the components blended in the proportions to be used.

3. RAP. Samples must be at least 50 lb from each fractionated stockpile used or 100 lb from the belt.

4. Plant-produced HMA. The HMA samples must be at least 250 lb.

For aggregate, RAP, and HMA, split the samples into at least 4 parts and label their containers. Submit 3 parts and keep 1 part.

After acceptance of the JMF submittal, the Engineer verifies each proposed JMF within 20 days of receiving all verification samples.

For JMF verification, the Engineer tests the following for compliance with the specifications:

1. Aggregate quality

2. Aggregate gradation

3. HMA quality characteristics for Department acceptance To verify the HMA for air voids, voids in mineral aggregate, and dust proportion, the Engineer uses an average of 3 briquettes. The Engineer tests plant-produced material.

If the Engineer verifies the JMF, the Engineer furnishes you a Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form.

If the Engineer's test results on plant-produced samples do not show compliance with the specifications, the Engineer notifies you. Submit a JMF adjusted after verification failure based on your testing unless the Engineer authorizes reverification without adjustments. Engineer authorized reverification without adjustment is not JMF adjusted after verification failure. A JMF adjusted after verification failure may include a change in:

1. Asphalt binder content TV up to ±0.20 percent from the OBC value submitted on the Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form

2. Aggregate gradation TV within the TV limits specified in the aggregate gradation table You may adjust the JMF only once due to a failed verification test.

For each HMA type and aggregate size specified, the Engineer verifies up to 2 proposed JMF submittals including a JMF adjusted after verification failure. Do not resubmit any of the 2 proposed submittals including a JMF adjusted after verification failure that failed verification on any other Caltrans projects. If you submit more than 2 JMFs for each type of HMA and aggregate size, the Engineer deducts $3,000 from payments for each verification exceeding this limit. This deduction does not apply to verifications initiated by the Engineer or if a JMF expires while HMA production is stopped longer than 30 days.

A verified JMF is valid for 24 months.
506
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-101
39-2.01A(4)(c) Job Mix Formula Authorization
You may start HMA production if:

1. Engineer's review of the JMF shows compliance with the specifications

2. Department has verified the JMF within 24 months before HMA production

3. Engineer authorizes the verified JMF
39-2.01A(4)(d) Job Mix Formula Renewal
For a JMF renewaland upon request, in the Engineer's presence and from the same production run, take samples of:

1. Aggregates. Coarse, fine, and supplemental fine aggregates must be taken from the combined coldfeed belt or the hot bins. If lime treatment is required, samples must be taken from individual stockpiles before lime treatment. Samples must be at least 120 lb for each coarse aggregate, 80 lb for each fine aggregate, and 10 lb for each type of supplemental fines. For hot-bin samples, the Department combines these aggregate samples to verify the TV submitted on a Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form.

2. Asphalt binder. Take at least two 1 qt samples. Each sample must be in a cylindrical-shaped can with an open top and friction lid. If the asphalt binder is modified or rubberized, the asphalt binder must be sampled with the components blended in the proportions to be used.

3. RAP. Samples must be at least 50 lb from each fractionated stockpile.

4. Plant-produced HMA. The HMA samples must be at least 250 lb.

Notify the Engineer at least 2 business days before sampling materials. For aggregate, RAP, and HMA, split samples into at least 4 parts. Submit 3 parts and use 1 part for your testing.

The Engineer verifies the JMF for renewal under section 39-2.01A(4)(b) except:

1. Engineer keeps the samples until you provide test results for your part on a Contractor Job Mix Formula Renewal form

2. Engineer may use the most recent aggregate quality test results within the past one year, or the Engineer may perform aggregate quality tests

3. Engineer may use RAP and binder test results from the project where renewal samples are taken, or the Engineer may perform RAP and binder tests

4. Department tests samples of materials obtained from the HMA production unit after you submit test results that comply with the mix design specifications

5. After completion of the JMF verification renewal document review, the Engineer verifies each proposed JMF within 20 days of receiving the verification renewal samples and the complete Contractor Job Mix Formula Renewal form

6. You may not adjust the JMF due to a failed verification

7. For each HMA type and aggregate gradation specified, the Engineer verifies at no cost to you 1 proposed JMF renewal within a 24-month period
If the Engineer verifies the JMF renewal, the Engineer furnishes you a Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form.

The Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form is valid for 24 months. 39-2.01A(4)(e) Job Mix Formula Modification
The Engineer verifies the modified JMF after the modified JMF HMA is placed and verification samples are taken within the first 750 tons. The Engineer tests verification samples for compliance with:

1. Hamburg wheel track mix design specifications

2. Air void content

3. Voids in mineral aggregate on plant-produced HMA mix design specifications

4. Dust proportion mix design specifications
The Engineer may test for moisture susceptibility for compliance with the mix design specifications.

If the modified JMF is verified, the Engineer revises your Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form to include the new asphalt binder source, new liquid antistrip producer, or new liquid antistrip dosage. Your revised form will have the same expiration date as the original form.

If a modified JMF is not verified, stop production and any HMA placed using the modified JMF is rejected.

The Engineer deducts $2,000 from payments for each JMF modification. 507
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-102
39-2.01A(4)(f) Certifications
39-2.01A(4)(f)(i) General
Laboratories testing aggregate and HMA qualities used to prepare the mix design and JMF must be qualified under AASHTO re:source program and the Department's Independent Assurance Program. 39-2.01A(4)(f)(ii) Hot Mix Asphalt Plants
Before production, the HMA plant must have a current qualification under the Department's Material Plant Quality Program.
39-2.01A(4)(f)(iii)–39-2.01A(4)(f)(v) Reserved
39-2.01A(4)(g) Reserved
39-2.01A(4)(h) Quality Control
39-2.01A(4)(h)(i) General
QC test results must comply with the specifications for Department acceptance.

Condition each at-the-plant sample of HMA mixture for testing under AASHTO 283 in compliance with sections 7.1.2, 7.1.3, and 7.1.4 of AASHTO R 30. Condition each at-the-plant sample of HMA mixture when composite aggregate absorption factor is greater than 2.0 percent as indicated by the JMF in compliance with sections 7.1.2, 7.1.3, and 7.1.4 of AASHTO R 30.

Prepare 3 briquettes for air voids content and voids in mineral aggregate determination. Report the average of 3 tests.

Except for smoothness, if 2 consecutive QC test results of the same quality characteristic or any 3 QC test results for 1 day's production do not comply with the materials specifications:

1. Stop HMA production

2. Notify the Engineer

3. Take corrective action

4. Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement For QC tests performed under AASHTO T 30, results are considered 1 QC test regardless of number of sieves out of compliance.

Do not resume production and placement until the Engineer authorizes your corrective action proposal. 39-2.01A(4)(h)(ii) Reserved
39-2.01A(4)(h)(iii) Aggregates
39-2.01A(4)(h)(iii)(A) General
Reserved
39-2.01A(4)(h)(iii)(B) Aggregate Lime Treatments
If lime treatment is required, sample coarse and fine aggregates from individual stockpiles before lime treatment. Combine aggregate in the JMF proportions. Test the aggregates under the test methods and frequencies shown in the following table:

Aggregate Quality Control During Lime Treatment
Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and testing frequency
Sand equivalenta,b AASHTO T 176 1 per 750 tons of untreated aggregate Percent of crushed particles AASHTO T 335
1 per 10,000 tons or 2 per project
whichever is greater
Los Angeles Rattler AASHTO T 96
Fine aggregate angularity AASHTO T 304, Method A
Flat and elongated particles ASTM D4791 aReport test results as the average of 3 tests from a single sample. bUse of a sand reading indicator is required as shown in AASHTO T 176, Figure 1. Sections 4.7, "Manual Shaker," 7.1.2, "Alternate Method No. 2," and 8.4.3, "Hand Method," do not apply. Prepare the stock solution as specified in section 4.8.1, "Stock solution with formaldehyde," except omit the addition of formaldehyde.

For lime slurry aggregate treatment, determine the aggregate moisture content at least once every 2 hours of treatment. Calculate moisture content under AASHTO T 255 and report it as a percent of dry 508
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-103
aggregate weight. Use the moisture content calculations as a set point for the proportioning process controller.

The device controlling lime and aggregate proportioning must produce a treatment data log. The log must consist of a series of data sets captured at 10-minute intervals throughout daily treatment. The data must be a treatment activity register and not a summation. The material represented by a data set is the quantity produced 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the capture time. Collected data must be stored by the controller for the duration of the Contract.

If 3 consecutive sets of recorded treatment data indicate a deviation of more than 0.2 percent above or below the lime ratio in the authorized JMF, stop treatment and take corrective action.

If a set of recorded treatment data indicates a deviation of more than 0.4 percent above or below the lime ratio in the authorized JMF, stop treatment and do not use the material represented by that set of data in HMA.

If 20 percent or more of the total daily treatment indicates a deviation of more than 0.2 percent above or below the lime ratio in the authorized JMF, stop treatment and do not use that day's treated aggregate in HMA.

The Engineer may order you to stop aggregate treatment activities for any of the following:

1. You fail to submit treatment data log.

2. You fail to submit aggregate QC data for marinated aggregate.

3. You submit incomplete, untimely, or incorrectly formatted data.

4. You do not take corrective actions.

5. You take late or unsuccessful corrective actions.

6. You do not stop treatment when proportioning tolerances are exceeded.

7. You use malfunctioning or failed proportioning devices.

If you stop treatment for noncompliance, notify the Engineer of any corrective actions taken and conduct a successful 20-minute test run before resuming treatment. 39-2.01A(4)(h)(iv) Liquid Antistrip Treatment
For continuous mixing or batch-plant mixing, sample asphalt binder before adding liquid antistrip. For continuous mixing, sample the combined asphalt binder and liquid antistrip after the static mixer. 39-2.01A(4)(h)(v) Production Start-up Evaluation
You and the Engineer evaluate HMA production and placement at production start-up.

Within the first 750 tons produced on the 1st day of HMA production, in the Engineer's presence, and from the same production run, take samples of:

1. Aggregates

2. Asphalt binder

3. RAP

4. HMA
Sample aggregates from the combined cold-feed belt or hot bin. Take RAP samples from the RAP system.

For aggregates, RAP, and HMA, split the samples into at least 4 parts and label their containers. Submit 3 parts and keep 1 part.

You and the Engineer must test the samples and report test results, except for California Test 389 and AASHTO T 283 test results, within 5 business days of sampling. For California Test 389 and AASHTO T 283 test results, report test results within 15 days of sampling. If you proceed before receipt of the test results, the Engineer may consider the HMA placed to be represented by these test results.

Take one 4- or 6-inch diameter density core for each 250 tons or portion thereof of HMA placed. For each density core, the Engineer reports the bulk specific gravity determined under AASHTO T 275, Method A, in addition to the percent of theoretical maximum density.

California Test 389 and AASHTO T 283 are not required if production start-up evaluation is within 45 days of the date the Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form is signed.

If production stops for more than 60 days, perform a production start-up evaluation. If production stops for more than 30 days but less 60 days, perform a reduced production start-up evaluation. Reduced production start-up evaluation is production start-up evaluation without California Test 389 and AASHTO T 283.
509
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-104
If you proceed before receipt of the test results, the Engineer may consider the HMA placed to be represented by these test results. If production start-up evaluation fails, stop production. 39-2.01A(4)(h)(vi) Hot Mix Asphalt Density
During HMA placement determine HMA density using a nuclear gauge. On the 1st day of production, develop a correlation factor between cores and nuclear gauge under California Test 375.

Test for in-place density using cores and a nuclear gauge. Test at random locations you select and include the test results in your QC production tests reports. 39-2.01A(4)(h)(vii) Tapered Notched Wedge
Perform QC testing on the completed tapered notched wedge joint as follows:

1. Perform density tests using a calibrated nuclear gauge at a rate of 1 test for every 750-foot section along the joint. Select random locations for testing within each 750-foot section.

2. Perform density tests at the centerline of the joint, 6 inches from the upper vertical notch, after the adjacent lane is placed and before opening the pavement to traffic.

3. Determine theoretical maximum density.

4. Determine percent compaction of the longitudinal joint as the ratio of the daily average density to the maximum density test results.

Determine percent compaction values each day the tapered notched wedge joint is completed. If the percent compaction of 1 day's production is less than 91 percent, that day's notched wedge joint is rejected. Discontinue placement of the tapered notched wedge and notify the Engineer of changes you will make to your construction process to comply with the specifications. 39-2.01A(4)(h)(viii) Density Cores
Except for HMA pavement placed using method compaction, take 4- or 6-inch diameter density cores at least once every 5 business days. Take 1 density core for every 250 tons of HMA from random locations the Engineer selects. Take density cores in the Engineer's presence, and backfill and compact holes with authorized material. Before submitting a density core, mark it with the density core's location and place it in a protective container.

If a density core is damaged, replace it with a density core taken within 1 foot longitudinally from the original density core location. Relocate any density core located within 1 foot of a rumble strip to 1 foot transversely away from the rumble strip.

For a tapered notched wedge joint, take 4- or 6-inch diameter density cores 6 inches from the upper vertical notch of the completed longitudinal joint for every 3,000 feet at locations selected by the Engineer. Take cores after the adjacent lane is placed and before opening the pavement to traffic. Take cores in the presence of the Engineer, and backfill and compact holes with authorized material. Before submitting a density core, mark it with the core's location, and place it in a protective container. 39-2.01A(4)(h)(ix) Reserved
39-2.01A(4)(i) Department Acceptance
39-2.01A(4)(i)(i) General
The Department tests treated aggregate for acceptance before lime treatment except for gradation.

The Engineer takes HMA samples for AASHTO T 283 and California Test 389 from any of the following locations:

1. Plant

2. Truck

3. Windrow
The Engineer takes HMA samples for all other tests from any of the following locations:

1. Plant

2. Truck

3. Windrow

4. Mat behind the paver
You must assist in collecting Engineer acceptance samples. Sample in the presence of the Engineer.

Split the Engineer acceptance samples into at least 4 parts. Engineer retains 3 parts and you keep 1 part. 510
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-105
To obtain workability of the HMA sample for splitting, the Engineer reheats each sample of HMA mixture not more than 2 cycles. Each reheat cycle is performed by placing the loose mixture in a mechanical forced-draft oven for 2 hours or less after the sample reaches 140 degrees F.

The Engineer conditions each at-the-plant sample of HMA mixture for testing under AASHTO 283 in compliance with sections 7.1.2, 7.1.3, and 7.1.4 of AASHTO R 30. The Engineer conditions each at-theplant sample of HMA mixture when composite aggregate absorption factor is greater than 2.0 percent as indicated by the JMF in compliance with sections 7.1.2, 7.1.3, and 7.1.4 of AASHTO R 30.

No single aggregate or HMA test result may represent more than 750 tons or one day's production, whichever is less, except AASHTO T 283 and California Test 389.

Except for smoothness, if 2 consecutive Department acceptance test results of the same quality characteristic or any 3 Department acceptance test results for 1 day's production do not comply with the materials specifications:

1. Stop HMA production

2. Take corrective action

3. Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement For Department acceptance tests performed under AASHTO T 30, results are considered 1 Department acceptance test regardless of the number of sieves out of compliance.

The Engineer accepts HMA based on:

1. Authorized JMF

2. Authorized QC plan

3. Asphalt binder compliance

4. Asphalt emulsion compliance

5. Visual inspection

6. Pavement smoothness
39-2.01A(4)(i)(ii) In-Place Density
Except for HMA pavement placed using method compaction, the Engineer tests the density core you take from each 250 tons of HMA. The Engineer determines the percent of theoretical maximum density for each density core by determining the density core's density and dividing by the theoretical maximum density.

Density cores must be taken from the final layer, cored through the entire pavement thickness shown.

Where OGFC is required, take the density cores before placing OGFC.

If the percent of theoretical maximum density does not comply with the specifications, the Engineer must accept the HMA and take a payment deduction as shown in the following table:
511
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-106
Reduced Payment Factors for Percent of Maximum Theoretical Density HMA percent of
maximum theoretical
density
Reduced payment
factor
HMA percent of
maximum theoretical
density
Reduced payment
factor

91.0 0.0000 97.0 0.0000

90.9 0.0125 97.1 0.0125

90.8 0.0250 97.2 0.0250

90.7 0.0375 97.3 0.0375

90.6 0.0500 97.4 0.0500

90.5 0.0625 97.5 0.0625

90.4 0.0750 97.6 0.0750

90.3 0.0875 97.7 0.0875

90.2 0.1000 97.8 0.1000

90.1 0.1125 97.9 0.1125

90.0 0.1250 98.0 0.1250

89.9 0.1375 98.1 0.1375

89.8 0.1500 98.2 0.1500

89.7 0.1625 98.3 0.1625

89.6 0.1750 98.4 0.1750

89.5 0.1875 98.5 0.1875

89.4 0.2000 98.6 0.2000

89.3 0.2125 98.7 0.2125

89.2 0.2250 98.8 0.2250

89.1 0.2375 98.9 0.2375

89.0 0.2500 99.0 0.2500
<89.0 Remove and replace >99.0 Remove and replace
For acceptance of a completed tapered notched wedge joint, the Engineer determines density from cores you take every 3,000 feet.
39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii) Pavement Smoothness
39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii)(A) General
The Department verifies and accepts pavement smoothness based on the results of your inertial profiler testing under section 36-3.

Schedule smoothness testing with the Engineer. Unless otherwise authorized, all smoothness testing must be performed in the presence of the Engineer.

Measure smoothness of new pavement alignment or pavement realignment with an inertial profiler. The Department determines smoothness pay adjustments using the Pay Adjustment for New Pavement Alignment or Pavement Realignment table in section 39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii)(B).

Measure smoothness of pavement constructed on existing pavement surfaces with an inertial profiler.

The Department determines pay adjustments as shown in the applicable Pay Adjustment for Pavement Constructed on Existing Pavement Surfaces table in section 39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii)(C).

Measure smoothness of:

1. Existing asphalt concrete surface before performing any work on the surface and submit the result labeled as the EXIST inertial profiler data file. Notify the Engineer if MRI results vary more than 10 percent from the MRI information provided by the Department at the time of advertisement. For projects suspended for more than 30 days, measure the smoothness of the existing surface that has not received an HMA overlay and submit the result labeled as EXISTR inertial profiler data file.

2. Existing pavement segments if structural repairs such as remove and replace asphalt concrete or leveling courses are made and submit the result labeled as BASELINE inertial profiler data file.

3. Pavement segments, exclusive of OGFC on new HMA, before performing any HMA smoothness corrections and submit the result labeled as PAVE inertial profiler data file.

4. Pavement segments, exclusive of OGFC on new HMA, after performing any HMA smoothness corrective work and submit the results labeled as FINAL inertial profiler data file. Use the PAVE inertial profiler data as the FINAL inertial profiler data if there is no corrective work in the segment. 512
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-107

5. Pavement segments of OGFC before performing any OGFC smoothness correction and submit the result labeled as PAVEO inertial profiler data file.

6. Pavement segments of OGFC after performing any OGFC smoothness corrective work and submit the result labeled as FINALO inertial profiler data file. Use the PAVEO inertial profiler data file as the FINALO inertial profiler data file when no corrective work in the segment is performed.

MRI0 is the lower MRI value from the EXIST and BASELINE profiles for the 0.1-mi segment.

Notify the Engineer 10 days before collecting inertial profiler data. Allow the Engineer 2 days after receipt of your data to complete inertial profiler verification of all data except the FINAL inertial profiler data. Allow the Engineer 10 days after receipt of your data to complete verification of FINAL inertial profiler data.

The Department uses the accepted inertial profiler data for acceptance and determination of the payment adjustment.

Segments may be correctively ground to improve pay adjustments to full pay. The Department does not allow corrective grinding into positive pay adjustments. The Department determines positive pay adjustment segments before any corrective grinding. Correction of ALR in positive pay adjustment segments cannot improve pay.

Corrective actions may be diamond grinding or remove and replace at your option and must comply with section 39-2.01C(16).

When OGFC is being placed over the surface of HMA, corrective actions apply to the HMA surface on which the OGFC is being placed. Smoothness requirements for OGFC are specified in section 39-

2.04A(4)(c)(iii).
39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii)(B) Pay Adjustments for New Pavement Alignment or Pavement Realignment The Department applies pavement smoothness pay adjustments to 0.1-mi segments based on your verified inertial profiler data as shown in the following table:

Pay Adjustment for New Pavement Alignment or Pavement Realignment MRISEG (in/mi) Pay adjustment per 0.1
mi per lane ≥ 0.3'a
Pay adjustment per

0.1 mi per lane < 0.3'a Corrective action
≤ 40.00 + $900.00 + $450.00 None

40.01–50.00 + (50.00 - MRISEG) x
$90.00
+ (50.00 - MRISEG) x
$45.00 None

50.01–60.00 Full pay Full pay None

60.01–80.00 - (MRISEG - 60.00) x
$142.50
- (MRISEG - 60.00) x
$101.25 Optional
> 80.00 -- -- Mandatory
aTotal HMA thickness exclusive of OGFC and HMA leveling courses and structural section repairs.

No ALR over 160 in/mi are allowed.
39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii)(C) Pay Adjustments for Pavement Constructed on Existing Pavement Surfaces The Department applies pavement smoothness payment adjustments using a pay range of target MRI.

The target MRI (MRIT) is determined based on the EXIST or BASELINE MRI (MRI0) exclusive of the OGFC and the number of opportunities as shown in the following table:

Target MRI (MRIT)
Number of opportunities Target MRI (MRIT)
a
1 = 0.2 x MRI0 + 45
2 = 0.1 x MRI0 + 50
3 or more = 55 aIf the calculated MRIT is less than 55, use MRIT = 55.

Opportunities for improving smoothness include:
513
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-108

1. A single lift of asphalt. Where an HMA layer thickness allows the layer to be placed in more than 1 lift, the number of opportunities will be equal to the maximum number of lifts the layer can be broken into regardless of aggregate size chosen.

2. Micro milling or cold planing not in the same shift as the paving. When you choose to micro mill or cold plane and pave in the same shift but have the option to micro mill or cold plane and pave in different shifts, the micro milling or cold planning will still be considered a separate opportunity.

3. Segment correction.

The Department applies pavement smoothness pay adjustments to 0.1-mi segments based on your verified inertial profiler data as shown in the following table:

Pay Adjustment for Pavement Constructed on Existing Pavement Surfaces Pay Rangesb
Payment
adjustment per 0.1
mi per lane ≥ 0.30'a
Payment
adjustment per 0.1
mi per lane < 0.30'a
Corrective action
MRISEG ≤ MRIT - 20 + $900.00 + $450.00
May only grind
areas to meet ALR
thresholds
MRIT - 20 < MRISEG ≤ MRIT - 5 + ((MRIT - 5) -
MRISEG) x $60.00
+ ((MRIT - 5) -
MRISEG) x $30.00
May only grind
areas to meet ALR
thresholds
MRIT - 5 < MRISEG ≤ MRIT + 5 Full pay Full pay
May only grind
areas to meet ALR
thresholds
MRIT + 5 < MRISEG ≤ greater of 90
or (MRIT + 20)
- (MRISEG - (MRIT +
5)) x $190.00,
deduction not to
exceed - $2,850
- (MRISEG - (MRIT +
5)) x $90.00,
deduction not to
exceed - $1,350
Corrective actions
permitted
MRISEG > greater of 90 or (MRIT +
20) -- -- Mandatory correction aTotal HMA thickness exclusive of OGFC and HMA leveling courses and structural section repairs. bMRISEG = the MRI of each 0.1-mile section of completed lane after all corrections.

No ALR greater than ALRMAX are allowed. ALRMAX is the greater value of 160 in/mi or calculated value using the following equation:

ALRMAX = 2.1 x MRIT
39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii)(D) Verification Testing
The Engineer verifies your inertial profiler data under section 36-3.01D(3)(b)(ii). 39-2.01A(4)(i)(iv) Dispute Resolution
You and the Engineer must work together to avoid potential conflicts and to resolve disputes regarding test result discrepancies. You and the Engineer may only dispute each other's test results if one party's test results pass and the other party's test results fail.

If there is a dispute, submit your test results and copies of paperwork including worksheets used to determine the disputed test results within 3 business day of receiving Engineer's test results. An independent third party performs referee testing. Before the third party participates in a dispute resolution, it must be qualified under AASHTO re:source program and the Department's Independent Assurance Program. The independent third party must have no prior direct involvement with this Contract. By mutual agreement, the independent third party is chosen from:

1. Department laboratory in a district or region not in the district or region the project is located

2. METS

3. Laboratory not currently employed by you or your HMA producer 514
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-109
If the Department's portion of the split acceptance samples are not available, the independent third party uses any available material agreed by you and the Engineer as representing the disputed HMA for evaluation.

For a dispute involving JMF verification, the independent third party performs referee testing as specified in the 5th paragraph of section 39-2.01A(4)(b).

If the independent third party determines the Department's test results are valid, the Engineer deducts the independent third party's testing costs from payments. If the independent third party determines your test results are valid, the Department pays the independent third party's testing costs. 39-2.01B Materials
39-2.01B(1) General
Reserved
39-2.01B(2) Mix Design
39-2.01B(2)(a) General
The HMA mix design must comply with the superpave HMA mix design as described in MS-2 Asphalt Mix Design Methods by the Asphalt Institute.

The Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form must show documentation on aggregate quality. 39-2.01B(2)(b) Hot Mix Asphalt Treatments
If the proposed JMF indicates that the aggregate is being treated with dry lime or lime slurry with marination, or the HMA with liquid antistrip, then testing the untreated aggregate under AASHTO T 283 and California Test 389 is not required.

If HMA treatment is required or being used by the Contractor, determine the plasticity index of the aggregate blend under California Test 204.

Do not use an aggregate blend with a plasticity index greater than 10.

If the plasticity index is from 4 to 10, treat the aggregate blend with dry lime with marination or lime slurry with marination.

If the plasticity index is less than 4, treat the aggregate blend with dry lime or lime slurry with marination, or treat the HMA with liquid antistrip.
39-2.01B(2)(c) Warm Mix Asphalt Technology
For HMA with WMA additive technology, produce HMA mix samples for your mix design using your methodology for inclusion of WMA admixture in laboratory-produced HMA. Cure the samples in a forcedair draft oven at 275 degrees F for 4 hours ± 10 minutes.

For WMA water injection foam technology, the use of foamed asphalt for mix design is not required. 39-2.01B(3) Asphalt Binder
Asphalt binder must comply with section 92.

For a leveling course, the grade of asphalt binder for the HMA must be PG 64-10 or PG 64-16. 39-2.01B(4) Aggregates
39-2.01B(4)(a) General
Aggregates must be clean and free from deleterious substances.

The aggregates for a leveling course must comply with the gradation specifications for Type A HMA in section 39-2.02B.
39-2.01B(4)(b) Aggregate Gradations
Test for aggregate gradation under AASHTO T 30.

Choose a TV within the TV limits shown in the tables titled "Aggregate Gradations." Gradations are based on nominal maximum aggregate size. 39-2.01B(4)(c) Aggregate Lime Treatments
39-2.01B(4)(c)(i) General
If aggregate lime treatment is required as specified in section 39-2.01B(2)(b), the virgin aggregate must comply with the aggregate quality specifications.

Lime for treating aggregate must comply with section 24-2.02.

Water for lime treatment of aggregate with lime slurry must comply with section 24-1.02B.

Notify the Engineer at least 24 hours before the start of aggregate treatment.

Do not treat RAP.
515
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-110
The lime ratio is the pounds of dry lime per 100 lb of dry virgin aggregate expressed as a percentage.

Water content of slurry or untreated aggregate must not affect the lime ratio.

Coarse and fine aggregate fractions must have the lime ratio ranges shown in the following table:

Aggregate fractions Lime ratio percent
Coarse 0.4–1.0
Fine 1.5–2.0
Combined 0.8–1.5
The lime ratio for fine and coarse aggregate must be within ±0.2 percent of the lime ratio in the accepted JMF. The lime ratio must be within ±0.2 percent of the authorized lime ratio when you combine the individual aggregate sizes in the JMF proportions. The lime ratio must be determined before the addition of RAP.

If marination is required, marinate treated aggregate in stockpiles from 24 hours to 60 days before using in HMA. Do not use aggregate marinated longer than 60 days.

Treated aggregate must not have lime balls or clods.
39-2.01B(4)(c)(ii) Dry Lime
If marination is required:

1. Treat and marinate coarse and fine aggregates separately

2. Treat the aggregate and stockpile for marination only once

3. Treat the aggregate separately from HMA production
Proportion dry lime by weight with an automatic continuous proportioning system.

If you use a batch-type proportioning system for HMA production, control proportioning in compliance with the specifications for continuous mixing plants. Use a separate dry lime aggregate treatment system for HMA batch mixing including:

1. Pugmill mixer

2. Controller

3. Weigh belt for the lime

4. Weigh belt for the aggregate
If a continuous mixing plant for HMA production without lime-marinated aggregates is used, use a controller that measures the blended aggregate weight after any additional water is added to the mixture.

The controller must determine the quantity of lime added to the aggregate from the aggregate weigh belt input in connection with the manually input total aggregate moisture, the manually input target lime content, and the lime proportioning system output. Use a continuous aggregate weigh belt and pugmill mixer for lime treatment in addition to the weigh belt for the aggregate proportioning to asphalt binder in the HMA plant. If you use a water meter for moisture control for lime treatment, the meter must comply with Department's MPQP manual.

When mixing dry lime with aggregate, the aggregate moisture content must ensure complete lime coating. The aggregate moisture content must not cause aggregate to be lost between the point of weighing the combined aggregate continuous stream and the dryer. Add water to the aggregate for mixing and coating before dry lime addition. Immediately before mixing lime with aggregate, water must not visibly separate from the aggregate.

Mix aggregate, water, and dry lime with a continuous pugmill mixer with twin shafts. Immediately before mixing lime with aggregate, water must not visibly separate from the aggregate. Store dry lime in a uniform and free-flowing condition. Introduce dry lime to the pugmill in a continuous process. The introduction must occur after the aggregate cold feed and before the point of proportioning across a weigh belt and the aggregate dryer. Prevent loss of dry lime.

The pugmill must be equipped with paddles arranged to provide sufficient mixing action and mixture movement. The pugmill must produce a homogeneous mixture of uniformly coated aggregates at mixer discharge.

If the aggregate treatment process is stopped longer than 1 hour, clean the equipment of partially treated aggregate and lime.

Aggregate must be completely treated before introduction into the mixing drum. 516
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-111
39-2.01B(4)(c)(iii) Lime Slurry
For lime slurry aggregate treatment, treat aggregate separate from HMA production. Stockpile and marinate the aggregate.

Proportion lime and water with a continuous or batch mixing system.

Add lime to the aggregate as slurry consisting of mixed dry lime and water at a ratio of 1 part lime to from 2 to 3 parts water by weight. The slurry must completely coat the aggregate.

Immediately before mixing lime slurry with the aggregate, water must not visibly separate from the aggregate.

Proportion lime slurry and aggregate by weight in a continuous process. 39-2.01B(5) Liquid Antistrip Treatment
Do not use liquid antistrip as a substitute for asphalt binder.

Total amine value for amine-based liquid antistrip must be a minimum of 325 when tested under ASTM D2074. Dosage for amine-based liquid antistrip must be from 0.25 to 1.00 percent by weight of asphalt.

Nonvolantile content of organosaline-based liquid antistrip must be 40 percent minimum when tested under ASTM D5095. Dosage for organosaline-based liquid antistrip must be from 0.05 to 0.15 percent by weight of asphalt.

Use only 1 liquid antistrip type or brand at a time. Do not mix liquid antistrip types or brands.

Store and mix liquid antistrip under the manufacturer's instructions. 39-2.01B(6)–39-2.01B(7) Reserved
39-2.01B(8) Hot Mix Asphalt Production
39-2.01B(8)(a) General
Do not start HMA production before verification and authorization of JMF.

The HMA plant must have a current qualification under the Department's Material Plant Quality Program.

Weighing and metering devices used for the production of HMA modified with additives must comply with the Department's MPQP. If a loss-in-weight meter is used for dry HMA additive, the meter must have an automatic and integral material delivery control system for the refill cycle.

Calibrate the loss-in-weight meter by:

1. Including at least 1 complete system refill cycle during each calibration test run

2. Operating the device in a normal run mode for 10 minutes immediately before starting the calibration process

3. Isolating the scale system within the loss-in-weight feeder from surrounding vibration

4. Checking the scale system within the loss-in-weight feeder for accuracy before and after the calibration process and daily during mix production

5. Using a minimum 15 minute or minimum 250 lb test run size for a dry ingredient delivery rate of less than 1 ton per hour

6. Complying with the limits of Table B, "Conveyor Scale Testing Extremes," in the Department's MPQP Proportion aggregate by hot or cold-feed control.

Asphalt binder temperature must be from 275 to 375 degrees F when mixed with aggregate.

Mix HMA ingredients into a homogeneous mixture of coated aggregates.

HMA must be produced at the temperatures shown in the following table:

HMA Production Temperatures
HMA compaction Temperature (°F)
HMA:

Density based
Method
≤ 325
305–325
HMA with WMA technology:

Density based
Method
240–325
260–325
If you stop production for longer than 30 days, a production start-up evaluation is required. 517
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-112
39-2.01B(8)(b) Liquid Antistrip
If 3 consecutive sets of recorded production data show that the actual delivered liquid antistrip weight is more than ±1 percent of the authorized mix design liquid antistrip weight, stop production and take corrective action.

If a set of recorded production data shows that the actual delivered liquid antistrip weight is more than ±2 percent of the authorized mix design liquid antistrip weight, stop production. If the liquid antistrip weight exceeds 1.2 percent of the asphalt binder weight, do not use the HMA represented by that data.

The continuous mixing plant controller proportioning the HMA must produce a production data log. The log must consist of a series of data sets captured at 10-minute intervals throughout daily production. The data must be a production activity register and not a summation. The material represented by the data is the quantity produced 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the capture time. For the duration of the Contract, the collected data must be stored by the plant controller or a computer's memory at the plant.

The Engineer orders proportioning activities stopped for any of the following reasons:

1. You fail to submit data

2. You submit incomplete, untimely, or incorrectly formatted data

3. You fail to take corrective actions

4. You take late or unsuccessful corrective actions

5. You fail to stop production when proportioning tolerances are exceeded

6. You use malfunctioning or failed proportioning devices If you stop production, notify the Engineer of any corrective actions taken before resuming. 39-2.01B(8)(c) Warm Mix Asphalt Technology
Proportion all ingredients by weight. The HMA plant process controller must be the sole source of ingredient proportioning control and be fully interfaced with all scales and meters used in the production process. The addition of the HMA additive must be controlled by the plant process controller.

Liquid ingredient additive, including a normally dry ingredient made liquid, must be proportioned with a mass flow meter at continuous mixing plants. Use a mass flow meter or a container scale to proportion liquid additives at batch mixing plants.

Continuous mixing plants using HMA additives must comply with the following:

1. Dry ingredient additives for continuous production must be proportioned with a conveyor scale or a loss-in-weight meter.

2. HMA plant process controller and ingredient measuring systems must be capable of varying all ingredient-feed rates proportionate with the dry aggregate delivery at all production rates and rate changes.

3. Liquid HMA additive must enter the production stream with the binder. Dry HMA additive must enter the production stream at or before the mixing area.

4. If dry HMA additives are used at continuous mixing HMA plants, bag-house dust systems must return all captured material to the mix. This requirement is waived for lime-treated aggregates.

5. HMA additive must be proportioned to within ±0.3 percent of the target additive rate.

Batch mixing plants using HMA additives must comply with the following:

1. Metered HMA additive must be placed in an intermediate holding vessel before being added to the stream of asphalt binder as it enters the pugmill.

2. If a container scale is used, weigh additive before combining with asphalt binder. Keep the container scale separate from other ingredient proportioning. The container scale capacity must be no more than twice the volume of the maximum additive batch size. The container scale's graduations must be smaller than the proportioning tolerance or 0.001 times the container scale capacity.

3. Dry HMA additive proportioning devices must be separate from metering devices for the aggregates and asphalt binder. Proportion dry HMA additive directly into the pugmill, or place in an intermediate holding vessel to be added to the pugmill at the appropriate time in the batch cycle. Dry ingredients for batch production must be proportioned with a hopper scale.

4. Zero tolerance for the HMA additive batch scale is ±0.5 percent of the target additive weight. The indicated HMA additive batch scale weight may vary from the preselected weight setting by up to ±1.0 percent of the target additive weight.
518
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-113
39-2.01B(9) Geosynthetic Pavement Interlayer
Geosynthetic pavement interlayer must comply with the specifications for pavement fabric, paving mat, paving grid, paving geocomposite grid, or geocomposite strip membrane as shown.

The asphalt binder for geosynthetic pavement interlayer must be PG 64-10, PG 64-16, or PG 70-10. 39-2.01B(10) Tack Coat
Tack coat must comply with the specifications for asphaltic emulsion or asphalt binder. Choose the type and grade of emulsion or binder.
39-2.01B(11) Miscellaneous Areas and Dikes
For miscellaneous areas and dikes:

1. Choose the aggregate gradation from:

1.1. 3/8-inch Type A HMA aggregate gradation

1.2. 1/2-inch Type A HMA aggregate gradation

1.3. Dike mix aggregate gradation

2. Choose asphalt binder Grade PG 64-10, PG 64-16, or PG 70-10

3. Minimum asphalt binder content must be:

3.1. 6.40 percent for 3/8-inch Type A HMA aggregate gradation

3.2. 5.70 percent for 1/2-inch Type A HMA aggregate gradation

3.3. 6.00 percent for dike mix aggregate gradation
If you request and the Engineer authorizes, you may reduce the minimum asphalt binder content.

Aggregate gradation for dike mix must be within the TV limits for the specified sieve size shown in the following table:

Dike Mix Aggregate Gradation (Percentage Passing)
Sieve size Target value limit Allowable tolerance
1/2" 100 --
3/8" -- 95–100
No. 4 73–77 TV ± 10
No. 8 58–63 TV ± 10
No. 30 29–34 TV ± 10
No. 200 -- 0–14
For HMA used in miscellaneous areas and dikes, sections 39-2.01A(3), 39-2.01A(4), 39-2.01B(2), 39-

2.01B(4)(c), and 39-2.01B(5) through 39-2.01B(10) do not apply. 39-2.01C Construction
39-2.01C(1) General
Do not place HMA on wet pavement or frozen surface.

You may deposit HMA in a windrow and load it in the paver if:

1. Paver is equipped with a hopper that automatically feeds the screed

2. Loading equipment can pick up the windrowed material and deposit it in the paver hopper without damaging base material

3. Activities for depositing, pickup, loading, and paving are continuous

4. For method compaction:

4.1. The temperature of the HMA and the HMA produced with WMA water injection technology in the windrow does not fall below 260 degrees F

4.2. The temperature of the HMA produced using WMA additive technology in the windrow does not fall below 250 degrees F
HMA placed in a windrow on the roadway surface must not extend more than 250 feet in front of the loading equipment or material transfer vehicle.

You may place HMA in 1 or more layers on areas less than 5 feet wide and outside the traveled way, including shoulders. You may use mechanical equipment other than a paver for these areas. The equipment must produce uniform smoothness and texture.

HMA handled, spread, or windrowed must not stain the finished surface of any improvement, including pavement.
519
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-114
Do not use petroleum products such as kerosene or diesel fuel to release HMA from trucks, spreaders, or compactors.

HMA must be free of:

1. Segregation

2. Coarse or fine aggregate pockets

3. Hardened lumps

4. Marks

5. Tearing

6. Irregular texture
Complete finish rolling activities before the pavement surface temperature is:

1. Below 150 degrees F for HMA with unmodified binder

2. Below 140 degrees F for HMA with modified binder
39-2.01C(2) Spreading and Compacting Equipment
39-2.01C(2)(a) General
Paving equipment for spreading must be:

1. Self-propelled

2. Mechanical

3. Equipped with a screed or strike-off assembly that can distribute HMA the full width of a traffic lane

4. Equipped with a full-width compacting device

5. Equipped with automatic screed controls and sensing devices that control the thickness, longitudinal grade, and transverse screed slope
Install and maintain grade and slope references.

The screed must be heated and produce a uniform HMA surface texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging.

The paver must not leave marks such as ridges and indentations unless you can eliminate them by rolling.

Rollers must be equipped with a system that prevents HMA from sticking to the wheels. You may use a parting agent that does not damage the HMA or impede the bonding of layers.

In areas inaccessible to spreading and compacting equipment:

1. Spread the HMA by any means to obtain the specified lines, grades, and cross sections

2. Use a pneumatic tamper, plate compactor, or equivalent to achieve thorough compaction 39-2.01C(2)(b) Material Transfer Vehicle
If a material transfer vehicle is specified, the material transfer vehicle must have sufficient capacity to prevent stopping the paver and must be capable of:

1. Either receiving HMA directly from trucks or using a windrow pickup head to load it from a windrow deposited on the roadway surface

2. Remixing the HMA with augers before transferring into the paver's receiving hopper or feed system

3. Transferring HMA directly into the paver's receiving hopper or feed system 39-2.01C(2)(c) Method Compaction Equipment
For method compaction, each paver spreading HMA must be followed by at least one of each of the following 3 types of rollers:

1. Breakdown roller must be a vibratory roller specifically designed to compact HMA. The roller must be capable of at least 2,500 vibrations per minute and must be equipped with amplitude and frequency controls. The roller's gross static weight must be at least 7.5 tons.

2. Intermediate roller must be an oscillating-type pneumatic-tired roller at least 4 feet wide. Pneumatic tires must be of equal size, diameter, type, and ply. The tires must be inflated to 60 psi minimum and maintained so that the air pressure does not vary more than 5 psi.

3. Finishing roller must be a steel-tired, 2-axle tandem roller. The roller's gross static weight must be at least 7.5 tons.
520
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-115
Each roller must have a separate operator. Rollers must be self-propelled and reversible. 39-2.01C(2)(d)–39-2.01C(2)(f) Reserved
39-2.01C(3) Surface Preparation
39-2.01C(3)(a) General
Before placing HMA, remove loose paving particles, dirt, and other extraneous material by any means including flushing and sweeping.
39-2.01C(3)(b) Subgrade
Prepare subgrade to receive HMA under the sections for the material involved. Subgrade must be free of loose and extraneous material.
39-2.01C(3)(c)–39-2.01C(3)(d) Reserved
39-2.01C(3)(e) Prepaving Corrections
39-2.01C(3)(e)(i) General
Section 39-2.01C(3)(e) applies to existing asphalt concrete surfaces if a bid item for segment correction is shown in the Bid Item List.

When micro milling is used, the cold planing equipment and operation must comply with section 39-

3.04C. The micro milling drum must have cutting teeth that are:

1. Tungsten-carbide or diamond tipped

2. Spaced no greater than 1/4-inch apart on center

3. Configured such that the deviation in elevation between any 2 teeth does not exceed 1/16 inch Dispose of grinding or micro milling residue.

Pave within 7 days of prepaving corrections.

The final pavement surface must comply with section 39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii). 39-2.01C(3)(e)(ii) Segment Correction
Section 39-2.01C(3)(e)(ii) applies to existing asphalt concrete segments if a bid item for segment correction number of 0.1-mi sections is shown on the Bid Items List.

Develop a correction plan and submit within 5 days before making segment corrections. Include the maximum removal depth according to the ProVAL smoothness assurance analysis grinding report or other 3D modeling software report. Do not remove more than 15 percent of the existing pavement thickness.

Correction includes one or a combination of the following:

1. Diamond grinding in the wheel paths, the entire surface, or cold planer or paver smoothness referencing locations

2. Micro milling in the wheel paths, the entire surface, or cold planer or paver smoothness referencing locations

3. 3D modeling of the existing roadway and subsequent automatic machine guidance of either cold planer, paver, or both

4. Alternative method of correction authorized by the Engineer that complies with final HMA pavement smoothness requirements
Upon authorization of your correction plan, correct the existing roadway.

Segment correction is considered an opportunity for improvement.

Notify the Engineer of those areas where existing pavement depth limits a 0.1-mi segment correction. The Engineer may order you to:

1. Not perform correction of the 0.1-mi segment. The EXIST profile MRI will be the MRI0. Final pavement surface must comply with section 39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii)(C).

2. Correct to a limited depth and measure smoothness of the corrected areas with an inertial profiler.

The profile after making correction will be the BASELINE profile. Final pavement surface must comply with section 39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii)(C). Do not consider this correction as an opportunity for the percent improvement MRIT determination.

3. Correct by a different method and measure smoothness of the corrected 0.1-mi segment with an inertial profiler. Corrective work performed by a different method is change order work. The profile after making correction will be the BASELINE profile. Final pavement surface must comply with section 39-2.01A(4)(i)(iii)(C).
521
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-116
39-2.01C(3)(f) Tack Coat
Apply a tack coat:

1. To existing pavement including planed surfaces

2. Between HMA layers

3. To vertical surfaces of:

3.1. Curbs

3.2. Gutters

3.3. Construction joints
Equipment for the application of tack coat must comply with section 37-1.03B.

Before placing HMA, apply a tack coat in 1 application at the minimum residual rate shown in the following table for the condition of the underlying surface:

Tack Coat Application Rates for HMA
HMA over:

Minimum residual rates (gal/sq yd)
CSS-1/CSS-1h,
SS-1/SS-1h, and
QS-1h/CQS-1h
asphaltic emulsion
CRS-1/CRS-2 and
QS-1/CQS-1
asphaltic emulsion
Asphalt binder and
PMCRS-2/PMCRS-2h
asphaltic emulsion
New HMA (between layers) 0.02 0.03 0.02
Concrete pavement and existing
asphalt concrete surfacing 0.03 0.04 0.03
Planed pavement 0.05 0.06 0.04
If a stress absorbing membrane interlayer as specified in section 37-2.05 is applied, the tack coat application rates for new HMA apply.

Notify the Engineer if you dilute asphaltic emulsion with water. The weight ratio of added water to asphaltic emulsion must not exceed 1 to 1.

Measure added water either by weight or volume under section 9-1.02 or use water meters from water districts, cities, or counties. If you measure water by volume, apply a conversion factor to determine the correct weight.

With each dilution, submit:

1. Weight ratio of water to bituminous material in the original asphaltic emulsion

2. Weight of asphaltic emulsion before diluting

3. Weight of added water

4. Final dilution weight ratio of water to asphaltic emulsion Apply a tack coat to vertical surfaces with a residual rate that will thoroughly coat the vertical face without running off.

If authorized, you may change the tack coat application rates.

Immediately in advance of placing HMA, apply additional tack coat to damaged areas or where loose or extraneous material is removed.

Close areas receiving tack coat to traffic. Do not allow the tracking of tack coat onto pavement surfaces beyond the job site.

If you use an asphalt binder for tack coat, the asphalt binder temperature must be from 285 to 350 degrees F when applied.
39-2.01C(3)(g) Geosynthetic Pavement Interlayer
Where shown, place geosynthetic pavement interlayer over a coat of asphalt binder and in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. Do not place the interlayer on a wet or frozen surface. If the interlayer, in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions, does not require asphalt binder, do not apply asphalt binder before placing the interlayer.

Before placing the interlayer or asphalt binder:

1. Repair cracks 1/4 inch and wider, spalls, and holes in the pavement. This repair is change order work.

2. Clean the pavement of loose and extraneous material. 522
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-117
If the interlayer requires asphalt binder, immediately before placing the interlayer, apply asphalt binder at a rate specified by the interlayer manufacturer; at 0.25 ± 0.03 gal per square yard of interlayer; or at a rate that just saturates the interlayer; whichever is greater. Apply asphalt binder the width of the interlayer plus 3 inches on each side. At an interlayer overlap, apply asphalt binder on the lower interlayer the same overlap distance as the upper interlayer.

If asphalt binder tracked onto the interlayer or brought to the surface by construction equipment causes interlayer displacement, cover it with a small quantity of HMA.

If the interlayer placement does not require asphalt binder, apply tack coat prior to placing HMA at the application rates specified under section 39-2.01C(3)(f) based on the condition of the underlying surface on which the interlayer was placed.

Align and place the interlayer with no overlapping wrinkles, except a wrinkle that overlaps may remain if it is less than 1/2 inch thick. If the overlapping wrinkle is more than 1/2 inch thick, cut the wrinkle out and overlap the interlayer no more than 2 inches.

Overlap the interlayer borders between 2 to 4 inches. In the direction of paving, overlap the following roll with the preceding roll at any break.

You may use rolling equipment to correct distortions or wrinkles in the interlayer.

Before placing HMA on the interlayer, do not expose the interlayer to:

1. Traffic, except for crossings under traffic control and only after you place a small HMA quantity

2. Sharp turns from construction equipment

3. Damaging elements
Pave HMA on the interlayer during the same work shift. The minimum HMA thickness over the interlayer must be 0.12 foot including at conform tapers.
39-2.01C(4) Longitudinal Joints
39-2.01C(4)(a) General
Longitudinal joints in the top layer must match lane lines or be offset 0.5 foot, if ordered, to avoid permanent pavement delineation conflicts. Alternate the longitudinal joint offsets in the lower layers at least 0.5 foot from each side of the lane line. Other longitudinal joint placement patterns are allowed if authorized.

A vertical longitudinal joint of more than 0.15 foot is not allowed at any time between adjacent lanes open to traffic.

For an HMA thickness of 0.15 foot or less, the distance between the ends of the adjacent surfaced lanes at the end of each day's work must not be greater than can be completed in the following day of normal paving.

For an HMA thickness greater than 0.15 foot, you must place HMA on adjacent traveled way lanes or shoulder such that at the end of each work shift the distance between the ends of HMA layers on adjacent lanes is from 5 to 10 feet. Place additional HMA along the transverse edge at each lane's end and along the exposed longitudinal edges between adjacent lanes. Hand rake and compact the additional HMA to form temporary conforms. You may place kraft paper or other authorized release agent under the conform tapers to facilitate the taper removal when paving activities resume.

If placing HMA against the edge of existing pavement, saw cut or grind the pavement straight and vertical along the joint and remove extraneous material.
39-2.01C(4)(b) Tapered Notched Wedge
For divided highways with an HMA lift thickness greater than 0.15 foot, you may construct a 1-foot wide tapered notched wedge joint as a longitudinal joint between adjacent lanes open to traffic. A vertical notch of 0.75 inch maximum must be placed at the top and bottom of the tapered wedge.

The tapered notched wedge must keep its shape while exposed to traffic. Pave the adjacent lane within 1 day.

Construct the tapered portion of the tapered notched wedge with an authorized strike-off device. The strike-off device must provide a uniform slope and must not restrict the main screed of the paver.

You may use a device attached to the screed to construct longitudinal joints that will form a tapered notched wedge in a single pass. The tapered notched wedge must be compacted to a minimum of 91 percent compaction.
523
1751480.1 7203-001
Technical Specifications
2025 Pavement Preservation Program Page | 6-118
39-2.01C(5) Pavement Edge Treatments
Construct edge treatment on the HMA pavement as shown.

Where a tapered edge is required, use the same type of HMA used for the adjacent lane or shoulder.

The edge of roadway where the tapered edge is to be placed must have a solid base, free of debris such as loose material, grass, weeds, or mud. Grade the areas to receive the tapered edge as required.

The tapered edge must be placed monolithic with the adjacent lane or shoulder and must be shaped and compacted with a device attached to the paver.

The device must be capable of shaping and compacting HMA to the required cross section as shown.

Compaction must be accomplished by constraining the HMA to reduce the cross-sectional area by 10 to 15 percent. The device must produce a uniform surface texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging and must not leave marks such as ridges and indentations. The device must be capable of transitioning to cross roads, driveways, and obstructions.

For the tapered edge, the angle of the slope must not deviate by more than ±5 degrees from the angle shown. Measure the angle from the plane of the adjacent finished pavement surface.

If paving is done in multiple lifts, the tapered edge must be placed with each lift.

Short sections of hand work are allowed to construct tapered edge transitions. 39-2.01C(6) Widening Existing Pavement
If widening existing pavement, construct new pavement structure to match the elevation of the existing pavement's edge before placing HMA over the existing pavement. 39-2.01C(7) Shoulders, Medians, and Other Road Connections Until the adjoining through lane's top layer has been paved, do not pave the top layer of:

1. Shoulders

2. Tapers

3. Transitions

4. Road connections

5. Driveways

6. Curve widenings

7. Chain control lanes

8. Turnouts

9. Turn pockets
If the number of lanes changes, pave each through lane's top layer before paving a tapering lane's top layer. Simultaneous to paving a through lane's top layer, you may pave an adjoining area's top layer, including shoulders. Do not operate spreading equipment on any area's top layer until completing final compaction.